You are on page 1of 369

a.

Product Catalogues

MANUFACTURER /
SUPPLIER

APPLICATION

Air Differential Pressure Switch Airflow &


Air Differential Pressure Switch - Filter

Schneider Electric,
Sweden

Fan Airflow Monitoring &


Filter Status Monitoring

SPU 1201

Water Differential Pressure Switch

Schneider Electric,
Sweden

Pipe Pressure High / Low Level


Monitoring

DS 03

SPD 310

Air Differential Pressure Sensor

Schneider Electric,
Sweden

Duct Air Pressure Monitoring

DS 04

MD20B-230

Actuator Damper (On/Off) + Switch Aux MD-S1

Schneider Electric,
Sweden

AHU Damper Actuator

DS 05

MD10A-24

Actuator Damper (Modulating)

Schneider Electric,
Sweden

DS 06

MN-S4-FCS

Room Temperature Sensor With Display For FCU

Schneider Electric,
USA

Room Temperature Monitoring


for FCU

DS 07

EE07-PFT1
EE244-AA1
EE242-A3

Wireless Temperature and Humidity Sensor +


Wireless Transmitter +
Wireless Base Station

E+E, Austria

Temperature and Humidity


Sensor for Galleries

DS 08

CI-24

PIR sensor for VAV/CAV

Legrand, France

OccupancySensor for VAV/CAV

DS 09

UI-500

Air Volume Control Potentiometer

DS 10

EPW105

DS 11

VER-HWL2XCX

S. NO.

PART NO. / MODEL NO.

DS 01

SPD 910-300 &


SPD 910-1000

DS 02

ITEM DESCRIPTION

Water Differential Pressure Transmitter

Space Humidity Transmitter

Page 1 of 4

Sontay, UK

AHU Damper Actuator

Air Volume Control Knob

Schneider Electric,
USA

Differential Pressure Monitoring


for Pump Controls

Veris, USA

Textile/Paper Lab, Cleaning Room

MANUFACTURER /
SUPPLIER

APPLICATION

Outdoor Humidity Transmitter

Veris, USA

Outdoor Humidity Sensor

TFEYR00

Duct Temperature Sensor

Veris, USA

Temperature Sensor - Duct

DS 14

TIWB1Y0

Immersion Water Temperature Sensor for Pipes

Veris, USA

Immersion Water Temperature


Sensor

DS 15

TE500DCW12H31E2

DS 16

TWLY00

DS 17

VER-HD2XVCX

DS 18

CLRSXX

DS 19

VER-CWE

DS 20

FSR1AK1X + FST4A020

DS 21
DS 22

S. NO.

PART NO. / MODEL NO.

DS 12

VER-HO2XMCX

DS 13

ITEM DESCRIPTION

Duct Averaging Temperature Sensor

Greystone, Canada

Averaging Temperature Sensor Duct


Textile/Paper Lab, Chiller Room,

Wall Mount Space Temperature Sensor

Duct Humidity Transmitter

Remote CO2 Sensor

Veris, USA

Transformer Room, MV Room

Schneider Electric,
USA

Duct Air Humidity Monitoring

Veris, USA

CO2 Sensor for Galleries


Cafeteria, Lobby, Lounge, Stage,

Schneider Electric,
USA

Restaurant, Auditorium, Theatre

Ultrasonic Strap on Flow Meter

Veris, USA

CHW Bypass line

VER-U001-0022

Impellor Water Flow Meter

Veris, USA

TOYR00

Outdoor Temperature Sensor

Veris, USA

Wall Mount CO2 Sensor

Page 2 of 4

CHW Pressurization unit Make-up


line
Outside Temperature Sensor

MANUFACTURER /
SUPPLIER

APPLICATION

Greystone, Canada

High Pressure Alarm for CHW line

CO Sensor

VCP, Sweden

Loading Bay and Generator Room

HC2-IP25

Combined Temperature and Humidity Sensor

Rotronic, USA

Combined Gallery Temp and


Humidity sensor with transmitter

DS 26

LOXONE

Outdoor Light Sensor

Loxone, Austria

Light Sensor

DS 27

LL15

Liquid Level Float Switch

Heat & Combustion,


UK

Tank Level Float Switch

DS 28

AFS-262-HT

High Temperature Air Differential Pressure


Switch

Heat & Combustion,


UK

DS 29

GTC116-PB

Airflow Measuring Station

Ebtron, USA

Airflow Measuring Station for AHU

DS 30

D6200N+SY3-24-3-T

Butterfly Valve + Actuator

Belimo, Switzerland

Butterfly Valve + Actuator

DS 31

AX-MPR3-12, 18, 28, 36,


54, 72, 105

Din Mount Heating Regulator - 3Ph

Axio, UK

Din Mount Heating Regulator

DS 32

MNB-300

FCU & Unitary Controller, BACnet

Schneider Electric,
USA

BACnet Unitary Controller

DS 33

SXWAUTSVR10001

Network Controller

Schneider Electric,
Sweden

Management Level Network


Controller

DS 34

SXWPS24VX10001

Power Supply

Schneider Electric,
Sweden

SXW Power Supply

S. NO.

PART NO. / MODEL NO.

ITEM DESCRIPTION

DS 23

WPS-G-PS3

Liquid Static Pressure Switch

DS 24

CMD 050VC

DS 25

Page 3 of 4

Airflow monitoring for Smoke


Extract fans

StruxureWare I/O Module Family

Schneider Electric,
Sweden

I/O Modules for DDC controller

SXWSWESXX00001

Building Management Software

Schneider Electric,
Sweden

BMS Software

DS 37

HP DX2XXX Series

Workstation PC complete with LCD monitor

HP China/Taiwan

Workstation PC

DS 38

Epson LQ-300 Series

Dot Matrix Printer

Epson China/Taiwan

Printer

DS 39

HP Office-jet 6000 Series

Report Printer

HP China/Taiwan

Printer

DS 40

HP Probook Series

Laptop

HP China/Taiwan

Engineering Laptop

DS 41

Kamstrup + Sitrans

Magnetic Inductive Flow Meter and BTU


Calculator

Sitrans, Germany
Kamstrup, Denmark

Inductive Flow Meter

DS 42

Kamstrup

Ultrasonic BTU Meter

Sitrans, Germany
Kamstrup, Denmark

BTU Meter

DS 35

SXW - SERIES

DS 36

ATT 43

QNM BMS Scope of Works Letter

ATT 44

QNM BMS PICV Compatibility Letter

ATT 45

Product Assurance Letter

ATT 46

Letter of Support Procedures

ATT 47

MOM with Arup UK

Page 4 of 4

SPD 910-300, 1000 Air Differential Pressure Switch

Sensors & Input Devices

SPD910
Differential Air Pressure Switch
This range of four SPD910 differential air flow
switches are intended for use in air handling systems
for the monitoring of air ducts, filters and fans.
The enclosure is plastic with a rating of IP54.
A set-point adjustment is provided under the
clip-on clear plastic cover.
The mounting bracket and tubing is supplied.

Description

See part number table on page 2

Medium
Pressure Range
Tolerable overload on one side
Repeatability

Air and neutral gases


0.2 50 mbar
75 mbar at 30 75 C
50 mbar at 30 85 C

0.2 3 mbar
0.5 5 mbar
1 10 mbar
5 20 mbar
10 50 mbar
Resistive Load

0.025 mbar
0.05 mbar
0.05 mbar
0.05 mbar
0.15 mbar
Switching Load
5 A at 250 Vac
4 A at 30 Vdc
Inductive
0.8 A at 250 Vac
0.7 A at 30 Vdc
Materials in contact with the medium
Case: PC 10% GF
Cover: PC
Diaphragm: Silicone LSR
tempered 200 C, free of gas emissions
Temperature
Medium and ambiance 30 +85 C -22.. +185F
Storage

40 +85 C -40.. +185F


Mechanical > 106 switching cycles
Screw terminals or AMP connectors 6.3 mm or 4.8 mm
according to DIN 46244
Cable gland PG11 with cable strain relief

Without Cover
With Cover

IP 00
IP 54

Service life
Electrical connection

Protection standard
Pressure connections

Pipe 6.2 mm
Adapter inside thread G1/8

Tests / Admissions

ETL
CE conformity
DVGW according to DIN 1854
EU conformity:
Low voltage directive 73/23/EWG
Gas appliance directive:
90/396/EWG CE 0085 A P0918

Sensors & Input Devices SPD910


Part Number
Part Number

Model Number

Description

Replaces

004701090

SPD910-2000Pa

Switch Pres Air SPD910-2000Pa

004701080

SPD910-1000Pa

Switch Pres Air SPD910-1000Pa

004701070

SPD910-500Pa

Switch Pres Air SPD910-500Pa

SPD900-600Pa

004701060

SPD910-300Pa

Switch Pres Air SPD910-300Pa

SPD900-200Pa

Dimensions

INSTALLATION
Fig. 1

In general, the mounting


with two screws next to
each other is sufficient.
The maximum diameter
of the screws must not
be bigger than 8 mm.
Flow area

1)

Fig. 2

Flow area

Function
The pressure switch has two separate pressure
chambers, each with its own connection. The
switch operates when the setpoint is either
exceeded or not reached.

Mount the pressure


switch with the pressure
connections pointing
downwards, to drain
condensation moisture
which might occur.
Mount the pressure
switch horizontally
(electrical connectors
pointing upwards) only,
Hoses are not allowed to
if no condensate can
be bend or damaged
form. In this position, the
during mounting.
switching values are
Leaking hoses and hose
approximately 20 Pa
connections cause
higher as indicated on
disturbances on the
the scale.
device or inaccurate
measurements. It is
essential to remove the
cap for transportation
safety mounted on P2.

Vacuum Monitoring
Connect the pressure switch via P2. Do not
connect P1. Leave P1 open. Pake sure that dirt
can not get into P1.

2011 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

High Pressure Monitoring


Connect the pressure switch via Pa. Do not
Connect P2. Leave P2 open. Make sure that dirt
can not get into P2.
Filter Monitoring
Connect P1 before the filter and P2 after it.
Fan Monitoring
Connect P1 after the fan (in blowing direction)
and P2 before the fan.

Schneider Electric Telephone Europe: Malm, Sweden +46 40 38 68 50


03-00265-01-en

Telephone Asia Pacific: Singapore +65 6776 3166

www.schneider-electric.com
October 2011

SPU 1201

Water Differential Pressure Switch

DS 21.602
02/03
TM

UNIVERSAL DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE


SWITCH
Specification No. 131-X-XXX
APPLICATIONS
Can be used to signal when the pressure difference is too high due to
a blocked filter; too low due to flow failure, or for level control in a
pressurised vessel. Not suitable for use on a vacuum.

Invensys is a trademark of Invensys plc and its subsidiaries and affiliates.

SPU

SPECIFICATION
Type:

SPU 1201 Universal Pressure Switch Specification No. 131-1-201


SPU 1202 Universal Pressure Switch Specification No. 131-1-202

Maximum Line Pressure:

34 bar

SPU 1201
Pressure Range:

0.2 to 4 bar

Reset Differential:

0.1 bar approx.

Maximum Differential Pressure Overload: 16 Bar


SPU 1202
Pressure Range:

12 to 250 mbar

Reset Differential:

7 mbar approx.

Maximum Differential Pressure Overload: 1 Bar


ELECTRICAL RATING
Single pole, double throw microswitch:

5A at 250Vac (Resistive)
2A at 440Vac (Resistive)
Earth Connection Provided

Ambient Temperature Limits:

10C to +80C

CONSTRUCTIONS
Diaphragm:

Beryllium Copper

Seals:

Nitrile Rubber

Pressure Chambers:

Brass

Pressure Connections:

SPU 1201 " BSP


SPU 1202 1/8" BSP

Microswitch Housing:

Zinc Diecast

Top Cover:

Steel with Neoprene Gasket

Mounting Bracket:

Steel zinc plated

Degree of Protection:

IP65

Terminals:

Accept 1mm2 wire. Larger sizes are not recommended.

Cable Entry:

20mm conduit thread adaptor supplied. SPU thread also suitable for a cable gland nut.

Pressure Medium:

Air, Nitrogen, Inert Gases, Water, Steam or Mineral Oils

INSTALLATION

MOUNTING BRACKET DETAILS

Connect the high pressure and low pressure connections to the


appropriate tapping points. (HIGH or HP, LOW or LP).
In applications involving flow where differences in line pressure
between the two connections are always within the range of the switch
there is no need to fit valves.
Not suitable for use on a vacuum.
Mounting Considerations
The mounting bracket is fitted as standard.
Wiring Instructions
1. Ensure the switch is isolated.
2. Remove the lid and terminal cover.
3. User terminals 1 and 2 (or C and NC) for closed circuit below
operating pressure.
4. Use terminals 1 and 3 (or C and NO) for closed circuit above
operating pressure.
5. Ensure Earth connection is used.
Adjustment
A quarter turn of the adjusting nut will give a change in setting of
approximately 10% of the range of the SPU. (400mbar on the
SPU 1201, 25mbar on SPU 1202). Fig.3.

Two Slots 6.7 Wide


12.7 Long

Fig.1

Dimensions in mm

WIRING
Normally Open Contact

Normally Closed Contact

Common Contact

Fig.2
ADJUSTMENT
INCREASE
Adjusting Nut

Operating
Pressure
Adjustment
DECREASE

Fig.3

Conduit
Thread

DIMENSION DRAWINGS

Adjusting
Nut

Low

Low
SPU1201

SPU1202

Dimensions in mm

High
High

Weight:
1.4kg (SPU 1201)
1.8kg (SPU 1202)
Type

SPU 1201

100

38

92

17.0

18.6

53.2

" BSP

77

21.4

14.5

SPU 1202

92.4

42.9

100

17.0

18.6

52.6

/8" BSP

90

16.2

12.5

TM

Invensys Climate Controls Europe


Farnham Road
Slough
Berkshire SL1 4UH
United Kingdom
Telephone +44 (0)1753 611000
Facsimile +44 (0)1753 611001
Web site
www.climate-uk.invensys.com

WARNING THIS IS A MAINS OPERATED DEVICE. LOCAL WIRING REGULATIONS


AND USUAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS MUST BE OBSERVED. NOTE
EARTHING REQUIREMENTS.
Cautions
Do not apply any voltages until a qualified technician has checked
the system and the commissioning procedures have been
completed.
If any equipment covers have to be removed during the installation
of this equipment, ensure that they are refitted after installation to
comply with UL and CE safety requirements.
Not suitable for use on a vacuum.
Observe maximum ambient temperature.
Interference with those parts under sealed covers renders the
guarantee void.
Design and performance of Invensys equipment is subject to
improvement and therefore liable to alteration without notice.
Information is given for guidance only and Invensys does not accept
responsibility for the selection of its products unless information has
been given by the Company, in writing, relating to a specific
application.
A periodic system and tuning check of the control system is
recommended. Please contact your local Invensys Office for details.

1995 Invensys plc. All Rights Reserved.

SPD 310

Air Differential Pressure Sensor

01

Sensors & Input Devices

SPD310/SPD360

Part Number
Part Number

Product

004700320

SPD310-100/300/500/1000 Pa

004700340

SPD310-1000/1200/2500/5000
Pa

004700360

SPD360-300/500/1000/2500 Pa

Product specifications
Signal Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 - 10 VDC
Power.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC 10%/15 - 32 VDC
Load Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . >50 kOhm
Current Consumtion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 mA
Accuracy (linear output). . . . . . . . . . . . 0.75%FS
0 - 100 Pa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5%FS
Linearity inc. temperature and
hysteresis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2%FS
0 - 100 Pa.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4%FS
Accuracy at ambient temp.
of 25 C/UG - 24V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.4%FS

Ambient Temperature

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . -20 to 60 C (-4 to 140 F)


Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . -30 to 85 C (-22 to 185 F)
Load Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10 Hz
Response Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <10 ms

Materials:

Housing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PP
Duct Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABS
Tubing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PVC, soft
Enclosure Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IP65
Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 g
EMC Standards . . . . . EN 50081-1, EN 50082-12

Max. Pressure

100/300/500/1000 Pa . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,000 Pa
1000/1200/2500/5000 Pa . . . . . . . . . . 50,000 Pa

Differential Pressure Transmitter Air


0-10 V
SPD310/SPD360 Differential pressure transmitters
are used in air handling systems for the monitoring
of air ducts, filters and fans.
SPD310/SPD360 are electronic differential pressure
transmitters that convert the measured differential
pressure into an electric 0 - 10V signal. Four measuring ranges are user selectable (jumper/see table).
For special applications the output signal can be
configured symmetrically (jumper sym).
SPD360 has a LC display, showing the differential
pressure in Pa or mbar (jumper mbar) or InH2O
(jumper InH2O).
SPD310/SPD360 are delivered with 2 metres of
tube and two plastic duct connectors.
Medium: air and non-aggressive gases.

Sensors & Input Devices SPD310/SPD360

dimensions
85

G0

1000 100Pa
1200

300Pa

2500

500Pa

5000 1000Pa
1

mbar
psi

Wiring details

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

30

sym.

Schneider Electric Telephone Europe: Malm, Sweden +46 40 38 68 50 Telephone Asia Pacific: Singapore +65 6776 3166 www.schneider-electric.com
03-00266-01-en

January 2012

MDB 20B-230

Damper Actuator (On/Off)

01

Field Devices Europe

MD20B-24/-230
On/Off or 3-point 24 V AC/230 V AC
Damper Actuator 20 Nm (180 in-lb)
MD20B series damper actuators for operating air
control dampers in ventilation and air-conditioning
systems for building services installations
For air control dampers up to approx. 4 m2
(4.8 yard2 )
Torque 20 Nm (180 in-lb)
Nominal voltage AC/DC 24 V or 230 V
Control: On/Off or 3-point

Power consumption
In operation
MD20B-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 W @ nominal torque
MD20B-230. . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 W @ nominal torque
At rest
MD20B-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2 W
MD20B-230. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.6 W
For wire sizing
MD20B-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 VA
MD20B-230. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 VA
Connection cable. . . . . . . . 1 m (3.3 ft), 30.75 mm2
(AWG 18)
Angle of rotation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . max. 95
(adjustable by mechanical stops)
Torque . . . min. 20 Nm (180 in-lb) @ nominal voltage
Running time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 s
Direction of rotation . . . . . . . . Reversible with switch
Position indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mechanical
Standards conformity
EMC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2004/108/EC
LVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2006/95/EC (230 V only)
Protection class
MD20B-24. . . . . . . . . . . III Safety extra-low voltage
MD20B-230. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II Totally insulated

Weight
MD20B-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approx 1 kg (2.2 lb.)
MD20B-230. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approx 1 kg (2.2 lb.)

DIMENSIONS mm (in)

64
(2,5)

Power supply
MD20B-24. . . . . . . . . . . 24 V AC 20%, 5060 Hz,
24 V DC 20%
MD20B-230. . . 230 V AC 56% to +15%, 5060 Hz

Ambient temperature
Operation. . . . . . . . . 30 to +50 C (22 to +122 F)
Storage . . . . . . . . . . 40 to +80 C (40 to +176 F)
Sound power leve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . max. 45 dB (A)
Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance-free

56
(2,2)

Part numbers
MD20B-230. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 875-1021-000
MD20B-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 875-1025-000

Enclosure rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IP 54
Ambient humidity. . . . . . . . . . 95% r.H (EN 60730-1)

139
(5,4)

88
(3,4)

SPECIFICATIONS

30
(1,2)

109
(4,3)

41
(1,6)

Damper spindle (in.)

Length mm (in.)

Clamp on top

min. 48 (1.89)

10 ... 20 (0.39 ... 0.78)

Clamp on bottom

min. 20 (0.78)

10 ... 20 (0.39 ... 0.78)

mm

02

Field Devices Europe MD20B-24/-230


FUNCTION
Simple direct mounting
Simple direct mounting on the damper spindle
with a universal spindle clamp, supplied with an
anti-rotation strap to prevent the actuator from
rotating.

WIRING
0
1

Direction of rotation

On/Off control
G0
G

Manual override
Manual operation is possible with the selfresetting pushbutton (the gearing latch remains
disengaged as long as the pushbutton is pressed
or detented).

Adjustable angle of rotation


Adjustable angle of rotation with mechanical end
stops.

High functional reliability


The actuator is overload-proof, requires no limit
switches and automatically stops when the end
stop is reached.

0
1

0
1

3-point control
N
L1

On/Off control
N
L1

SAFETY NOTES

3-point control
G0
G

The damper actuator is not allowed to


be used outside the specified field of
application, especially in aircraft.

Caution: 230 V voltage !

The device may only be opened at the


manufacturers site. It does not contain any parts that can be replaced or
repaired by the user.

0
1

0
1

The cables must not be removed from


the device.
When calculating the required torque,
the specifications supplied by the
damper manufacturers (cross section,
design, installation site), and the air flow
conditions must be observed.
The device contains electrical and
electronic components and is not allowed to be disposed of as household
refuse. All locally valid regulations and
requirements must be observed.

WIRING
MD20B-230
Caution: 230 V voltage!

Other actuators can be connected in


parallel. Please not the performance data.

MD20B-24
Connection via safety isolating
transformer.

ACCESSORIES
Please refer to data sheet G-30-90
Accessories Damper Actuators
(part. no. 0-003-2251).

On October 1st, 2009, TAC became the Buildings Business of its parent company Schneider Electric. This document reflects the visual identity of Schneider Electric,
however there remains references to TAC as a corporate brand in the body copy. As each document is updated, the body copy will be changed to reflect appropriate
corporate brand changes.
Schneider Electric Telephone Europe: Malm, Sweden +46 40 38 68 50 Telephone Asia Pacific: Singapore +65 6776 3166 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
003-0737-6

April 2010 ao

2010 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Other actuators can be connected in


parallel. Please not the performance data.

MD10A-24

Damper Actuator (Modulating)

01

Field Devices Europe

MD10A-24
Modulating Damper Actuator Damper
Actuator 10 Nm (90 in-lb)
MD10A-24 damper actuators for operating air
control dampers in ventilation and air-conditioning
systems for building services installations
For air control dampers up to approx. 2 m2
(2.4 yard2)
Torque 10 Nm (90 in-lb)
Nominal voltage AC/DC 24 V
Control: Modulating 0 10 V

SPECIFICATIONS

Ambient humidity. . . . . . . . . . 95% r.H (EN 60730-1)

Part number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 875-1019-000


Power supply. . . . . . . . . 24 V AC 20%, 5060 Hz,
24 V DC 20%

Ambient temperature
Operation. . . . . . . . . 30 to +50 C (22 to +122 F)
Storage . . . . . . . . . . 40 to +80 C (40 to +176 F)
Sound power level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . max. 35 dB (A)
Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance-free

Standards conformity
EMC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2004/108/EC
LVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2006/95/EC (230 V only)
Protection class. . . . . . . III Safety extra-low voltage
Enclosure rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IP 54

62
(2.4)

52
(2.05)

DIMENSIONS mm (in)

124
(4.9)

80
(3.1)

Power consumption
In operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 W @ nominal torque
At rest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.4 W
For wire sizing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 VA
Connection cable. . . . . . . . 1 m (3.3 ft), 40.75 mm2
(AWG 18)
Control signal X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 010 V DC
Input resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 k Ohm
Operating range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 V DC
(for set angle of rotation)
Synchronisation tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5%
Position feedback Y. . . . . . 210 V DC (max. 1 mA)
Direction of rotation . . . . Reversible with switch 0 / 1
at switch position 0
resp. 1
Angle of rotation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . max. 95
(adjustable by mechanical stops)
Torque . . . . min. 10 Nm (90 in-lb) @ nominal voltage
Running time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 s
Position indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mechanical
Manual override. . . . . . . . Gearing latch disengaged

. with pushbutton, self-resetting, manual locking

25
(1.0)

99
(3.9)

41
(1.6)

Damper spindle (in.)

Length mm (in.)

Clamp on top

min. 40 (1.57)

8 ... 26.7 (0.31 ... 1.04

Clamp on bottom*

min. 20 (0.78)

8 ... 20 (0.31 ... 0.78)

*Option (Accessory K-MD10)

mm

02

Field Devices Europe MD10A-24


FUNCTION
Mode of operation
The actuator is controlled by means of a standard
control signal DC 2-10 V. It opens to the position
dictated by this signal. The measuring voltage
Y allows the damper position (0 ... 100%) to be
electrically indicated and serves as a follow-up
control signal for other actuators.
Simple direct mounting
Simple direct mounting on the damper spindle with
a universal spindle clamp, supplied with an antirotation strap to prevent the actuator from rotating.
Manual override
Manual operation is possible with the self-resetting
pushbutton (the gearing latch remains disengaged
as long as the pushbutton is pressed or detented).
Adjustable angle of rotation
Adjustable angle of rotation with mechanical end
stops.
High functional reliability
The actuator is overload-proof, requires no limit
switches and automatically stops when the end
stop is reached.

WIRING

Connection via safety isolating


transformer.

SAFETY NOTES

he damper actuator is not allowed to


T
be used outside the specified field of
application, especially in aircraft.
The device may only be opened at
the manufacturers site. It does not
contain any parts that can be replaced
or repaired by the user.
The cable must not be removed from
the device.
When calculating the required torque,
the specifications supplied by the
damper manufacturers (cross section,
design, installation site), and the air
flow conditions must be observed.
The device contains electrical and
electronic components and is not allowed to be disposed of as household
refuse. All locally valid regulations and
requirements must be observed.

WIRING

Measuring voltage Y for position indication or as


master-slave signal.
Parallel connection of several actuators is
possible. Power consumption must be observed.

ACCESSORIES
Please refer to data sheet G-30-90

On October 1st, 2009, TAC became the Buildings Business of its parent company Schneider Electric. This document reflects the visual identity of Schneider Electric,
however there remains references to TAC as a corporate brand in the body copy. As each document is updated, the body copy will be changed to reflect appropriate
corporate brand changes.
Schneider Electric Telephone Europe: Malm, Sweden +46 40 38 68 50 Telephone Asia Pacific: Singapore +65 6776 3166 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
003-2232-5

April 2010

ao

2010 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Accessories Damper Actuators


(part. no. 0-003-2251).

MN-S4-FCS

Room Temperature Sensor With Display


For FCU

TAC I/A Series

MicroNet Sensors
MCS-4000
The TAC I/A Series MicroNet Sensors (MNSxxx
series) are a family of digital wall temperature
and humidity sensors for use with TAC I/A Series
MicroNet controllers. These sensors feature a Sensor
Link (S-Link) communication protocol which provides
a simple two-wire interface for power and exchange
of sensor and subbase information. Subbase
information includes selecting occupancy override,
fan speed, operating mode, or emergency heat.
Continued on next page.

SPECIFICATIONS

European Community EMC Directive 89/336/


EEC
Emissions and Immunity EN61326

Temperature Sensor

Ambient Limits

Type
Precision thermistor.

Operating Temperature
32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C).

Range
32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C).

Shipping and Storage Temperature


-40 to 160 F

Humidity Sensor

Humidity
5 to 95% RH, non-condensing.

Element
Type: . . . . . . . Thermoset polymer capacitive sensor.
Accuracy:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% RH at 77 F (25 C).
Range
5 to 95%, non-condensing.
Hysteresis
1.2% RH maximum.
Immersion
Extended exposure to equal to or greater than
90% RH causes a reversible 3% shift. Sensor will
recover from short term exposure to liquid water or
condensation. Repeated exposure will degrade the
performance of the sensor.
Dimensions
4-21/32 H x 3 W x 1 D in (118.5 x 76.2 x 24 mm).
Enclosure
Conforms to NEMA-1 requirements.
Surge Immunity Compliance
IEEE C62.41 (IEEE-587, Category A & B).

Hardware
Wiring Terminals
Four (4) screw terminals. AWG #18 to #24
(0.823 mm2 maximum) wire.
Display
Setpoints, input spans, and units vary with the
controller application.
Range
-99 to 999 or -9.9 to 99.9.
Units
F, C, or %.
Command Options (S4xx and S5xx Models)
Varies with the controller application.
System Mode
Heat/Cool/Off/Auto (except MN-S4xx-FCS).
Fan Mode
Off/On/Speed (Low, Medium, High)/Auto.

Agency Listings

Override
Occupied/Unoccupied (except MN-S4xx-FCS).

FCC
Class B.

Emergency Heat
Enable/Disable (MN-S5xx models only).

UL Listed
UL-916 (File # E71385 Category PAZX).
UL Listed to Canadian Safety Standards (CAN/CSA
C22.2).

TAC I/A Series

MicroNet Sensors

FEATURES

Continued from first page.


Available in twelve models, MN-Sxxx series sensors
provide an integral analog-to-digital conversion for
elimination of sensor-to-controller noise effects and
wire resistance offset.
Using the digital wall sensor, the operator can monitor
performance and edit operational settings. MN-Sxxx
series sensors are suitable for direct-wall, 2 x 4
electrical box, 1/4 DIN electrical box, or surface box
mounting.

Contemporary, low-profile packaging.


Digital zone temperature indication (selectable for
0.1 or 1 degree display resolution of F or C).
Self-compensating temperature conversions
remove the need to calibrate over time.
Digital zone humidity indication (selectable for 0.1
or 1% RH display resolution).
Long-life humidity sensing element with excellent
resistance to contamination and condensation.

The MN-Sxxx series sensor measures room


conditions and transmits the information to the
controller via the S-Link. A single sensor is connected
directly to an application specific TAC I/A Series
MicroNet controller via low-cost, unshielded, twistedpair cable. The connection between the sensor and
controller is not polarity-sensitive.

Pushbutton override capabilities allow occupants


to switch to timed occupied mode for after hours
operation.

A convenient connection to either a MicroNet


LonWorks or MicroNet BACnet network is provided
as an option with each sensor in the series. If the
LonWorks network wiring is connected to the sensor,
a PC running WorkPlace Tech Tool or a third party
Network Management Tool can be connected to the
network at the sensor. This feature allows convenient
access to the MicroNet LonWorks network.

Directly connects to selected TAC I/A Series


MicroNet controllers via low-cost, unshielded,
twisted-pair cable, which provides both power
and communication.

Displays selected system values such as


setpoints, outdoor air temperature, and operating
mode.
Provides the ability to change operating modes.

Separate wiring subbase and electronics.


LonWorks network jack for convenient network
access.
S-Link jack for Pocket I/A access to the
connected controller.

SOFTWARE SPECIFICATIONS
Digital Display (MN-S3xx, MN-S4xx and
MN-S5xx Models only)
Custom field-configurable sensor displays.
Auto-ranging of displayed values.
Occupant command capabilities.
Adjustable minimum/maximum limit setpoint values.
Controller driven, automatically configured,
customized display/command values.
Typical MN-S3xx, -S4xx, or -S5xx Display/Change Values.
Value

Display

Change

S3xx, S4xx, S5xx

Zone Temperature

Yes

No

S4xx, S5xx

Outdoor Air Temperature

Yes

No

S4xx, S5xx

Percent Humidity

Yes

No

S3xxa, S4xxa, S5xx

Heating Setpoint, Cooling Setpoint,


Unoccupied Heat, Unoccupied Cool

Yes

Yes

S4xx, S5xx

Mode Heating/Cooling/Auto/Off

Yes

Yesb

S4xx, S5xx

Fan (On/Speed (Low/Medium/High), Auto

Yes

Yes

2009 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Model Family

a S3xx and S4xx-FCS models have a single setpoint.


b S4xx-FCS models do not allow mode changes.

Schneider Electric
F-26290-10

1354 Clifford Avenue, P.O. Box 2940, Loves Park, IL 61132-2940, USA

1-888-444-1311

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
November 2009

tl

TAC I/A Series

MicroNet Sensors

Communications
S-Link
Sensor Link (S-Link) communications wiring provides
power and communication interface to the
TAC I/A Series MicroNet sensor (MN-Sxxx series). It
uses two-wire, unshielded cable and is not polarity
sensitive. From some sensor models, the user can
view and adjust application parameters. Maximum
wire length allowed between a controller and the
TAC I/A Series MicroNet sensor is 200 ft. (61 m).
BACnet or LonWorks Network
The BACnet or LonWorks network wiring can
be connected to the second set of terminals in
the sensor base. This optional connection allows
convenient access to the LonWorks network at the
sensor.

MODELS
Model

Description

Keypad

Display

Temperature
Sensor

Temperature
and Humidity
Sensor

MN-S1

MN-S1HT

Sensor only

None

None

MN-S2

MN-S2HT

Sensor with override

One button

LED Override Status Indication

MN-S3b

MN-S3HTb

Sensor with setpoint adjustment and override

Three button

Digital LCDa and LED Override


Status Indication

MN-S4b

MN-S4HTb

Sensor with setpoint, override, and controller


mode functions

Six-button

Digital LCDc and LED Override


Status Indication

MN-S4-FCSb

MN-S4HTFCSb

Sensor with setpoint, On/Off and Fan speed


functions

Six button

Digital LCDc and LED Fan Status


Indication

MN-S5b

MN-S5HTb

Sensor with setpoint, override, controller


mode functions, and emergency heat
key/indication

Seven button

Digital LCDc and LED Override and


Emergency Heat Indication

Schneider Electric
F-26290-10

1354 Clifford Avenue, P.O. Box 2940, Loves Park, IL 61132-2940, USA

1-888-444-1311

2009 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

a LCD displays value and setpoint.


b Allows viewing of alarms and diagnostics.
c LCD displays values, setpoints, and controller mode functions.

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
November 2009

tl

MicroNet Sensors

TAC I/A Series

Architecture
PDA

MicroNet Sensor
(MN-S5 Shown)

MN 110 or MN 130
Controller

MNL-V3RVx
or MN 50
Controller

DO5
C5

RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK OR FIRE. DO NOT


I N T E R C O N N E C T S E PA R AT E C L A S S 2 C I R C U I T S .
DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE SERVICING.
D E C O N N E C T E R AVA N T E N T R E T E N .

934G
E9429

DO1
24VAC
DO2
DO3
24VAC
DO4

N2223

Temperature indicating and


Regulating Equipment

CAUTION

Power: 24VAC, 50/60Hz, Class 2,


8.5VA + DO1-DO4 loads.
Ambient Temp: -40C to +60C
UI: 5VDC Max, Class 2.
S-LK: 16VDC Max, Class 2.
DO1-DO4: 24VAC, 0.4A Max Total Load.
DO5: 250VAC, 3A Max, COS f = 0.4.

This device conforms with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that
may cause undesired operation.

This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations. Cet
appareil numerique de la classe B respecte toutes les exigences du Reglement sur le material brouilleur du Canada

T
X
M
I

J1

I/A Series

MNL-11RF2

GND
0V
24VAC
UI3
COM 0V
UI2
COM 0V
UI1
S-LK
S-LK
LON
LON

SRVC

S
R
R
E
C
V
V
C

SW
24H
SW 3
24H
2
24H
24H 1

MNL-CIM
MicroNet Controller
Interface Module

SW

24G
GN

AO

UI
K/C DI
OM
S-L
K
LON
LON

S-L

Router 6
(if required)

LONWORKS
Network

I/A
MN

MN 100, MN 150, or
MN 200 Controller

UNC Controller

MNL-V1RVx
or MNL-V2RVx
Controller

Se

rie

80

MN 800
Controller

4
MicroNet Sensor
(MN-S3 Shown)

A PC can be connected to the LONWORKS TP/FT-10 Network, either directly or through the LONWORKS network jack of a LONWORKS
controller or MN-Sxxx Wall Sensor. The PC must have an Echelon LONTALK adapter card.

Programming any of the TAC I/A Series controllers, or the TAC I/A Series MN 800 controller, requires WorkPlace Tech Tool.

This controller is not suitable for exposed mounting on a wall or panel, or in any other easily accessible place due to the possibility of
personal contact with the high-voltage terminals. It must be mounted inside a suitable grounded metal enclosure.

MicroNet Sensors can be connected to any MN controller.

A PDA running the Pocket I/A interface software may be used to communicate with TAC MicroNet I/A Series controllers.

When routers are used, WorkPlace Tech is able to communicate through them to any of the TAC I/A Series devices on the network.

PC Workstation with WorkPlace


Tech Tool Suite and:
Enterprise Server (used with UNC)
or
Enterprise Network Server (used with ENC)

Ethernet TCP/IP and BACnet/IP

UNC Universal
Network Controller
or
ENC Enterprise
Network Controller

S-Link
Sensor

S-Link
Sensor

S-Link
Sensor

S-Link
Sensor

S-Link
Sensor

BACnet MS/TP Communications Bus


MicroNet BACnet
MNB-1000
Plant Controller

MicroNet BACnet
MNB-300
Unitary Controller

MicroNet BACnet
MNB-70
Zone Controller

MicroNet BACnet
MNB-V1
Cooling Controller

MicroNet BACnet
MNB-V2
Deluxe Controller

On October 1st, 2009, TAC became the Buildings Business of its parent company Schneider Electric. This document reflects the visual identity of Schneider Electric, however there
remains references to TAC as a corporate brand in the body copy. As each document is updated, the body copy will be changed to reflect appropriate corporate brand changes.
All brand names, trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Information contained within this document is subject to change without notice.
All rights reserved.
Schneider Electric
F-26290-10

1354 Clifford Avenue, P.O. Box 2940, Loves Park, IL 61132-2940, USA

1-888-444-1311

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
November 2009

tl

2009 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Desktop PC or Notebook PC
with WorkPlace Tech Tool Software

EE Series

Wireless Temperature and Humidity Sensor

EE240 Series

Wireless Sensor for


Humidity / Temperature / CO2

State of the art sensor technology, highest reliability of data


transmission and the ease of system installation are the outstanding
features of the wireless sensor series EE240. Indifferent whether a
point-to-point connection or a complex network is required, the series
EE240 offers the ideal solution.

EE245 Transmitter

Wireless Transmitter EE245


The elegant housing combines the measurement of temperature, humidity and CO2. An optional display is available to provide local indication.
As a standard, batteries provide for the power supply. For more power
demanding applications the device can be powered through an
external adapter.

EE244 Transmitter

Wireless Transmitter EE244


The industrial housing can be equipped with up to three sensing probes
to contact the interchangeable probes. An optional display is available to
provide local indication. As a standard, batteries provide for the power
supply. For more power demanding applications the device can be
powered through an external adapter.
Interchangeable Sensing probes
A modular structure and easy extendable assortment of sensing probes
allow the usage in many applications. For many years, the proven
sensor technology of E+E for the measurement values of humidity, temperature, and CO2 guarantee precise measurements and the highest
longtime stability.
The standard interface and the stored calibration data of the sensing
probe allow for any choice or combination of the available sensing probes offered. An adaptation or expansion of the number of sensing probes afterwards or an exchange for service purposes can be achieved in
seconds a must-have for uninterrupted data acquisition. For high
temperature applications or installations in small spaces, the sensing
probe can be connected with a sensor cable of up to 10 m (33 ft) in length.
Base Station EE241 and EE242
Do you have to traverse a street? The inexpensive point-to-point connection can be accomplished very easily with the EE241.
The configuration at the factory of the up to four transmitted
measurement values is done in accordance with your specifications,
meaning that the values are available as analogue outputs
(0 5 / 10 V or 4 - 20 mA) immediately after installation.
For more complex networks (up to 500 transmitters or up to
2000 measurement values) is the user-configurable EE242 available.
Independent of the topology of the network the integrated
Webserver and the Ethernet interface warrants highest flexibility in the
configuration of the network with a computer. A simple integration of the
measurement system in the customers network and the easy remote
access and diagnostic of the measurement data are additional helpful
features. The output values can be transferred as an analogue signal,
as well as in digital form (via Ethernet). For a bus integration, Modbus
will be supported. The actual measurement values and some operational information can be indicated on an optional display.

Sensing Probes for EE244

EE241

Base Station

EE242

Router EE244-R

Router Series EE244-R


The radio range is greatly depending on local circumstances. With the
router series EE244-R obstacles can be bypassed or the transmission distance expanded.
132

v1.5

EE240

Typical Applications

Features

Interchangeable Sensing Probes


Remote Probes up to 10 m (33 ft)
Battery Operating Life up to 1 Years
Webserver
Ethernet
Long Rangeability

Pharmaceutical Industry
Warehouses
Control Rooms
Cooling Chambers
Museums
HVAC Systems
Food Industry

Highest Transmission Reliability


The data transmission is based on the IEEE 802.15.4 protocol with a transmission frequency of 2.4 GHz,
which can be used all over the world without any additional cost. A special identification address, checksums,
handshakes, and bidirectional communication provide the highest transmission reliability. Typical radio ranges
are 100 m (330 ft) for indoor applications and 1000 m (3300 ft) in the open field. Greater radio ranges are easy
obtainable with routers. The self-configuring, scalable, and self-healing mesh network, even when a
connection fails, is another component contributing to the improvement of the transmission reliability and
security. The highest possible data security level is accomplished with a preset encryption key according to
AES-128.

Digital bus connection


For bus integration, Modbus is supported. Communication is implemented via Ethernet or RS485 interface.
Bus connection is only supported by the base station EE242.

Installation / Remote Access / Maintenance via Webserver

The integrated Webserver allows platform-independent installation, remote access and easy
maintenance with any commercially available browser (Internet Explorer, Firefox, OPERA...) on a computer
without additional software.

Wireless Networks
EE241 (point-to-point connection)

Transmitter
(max. 500 pieces)

Transmitter
(max. 1 piece)

EE242 (wireless network)

max. 10 transmitters each


node

Router
(max. 60 pieces)

)
1

Base Station
max. 10 radio signals each node
1) Radio ranges:
- up to 60m (197 ft) indoors
2) Radio ranges:
- up to 100m (330 ft) indoors
- up to 1000m (3300 ft) in open field

Base Station

Comparison

EE241

EE242

Transmitter:
max. number of transmitters EE244 / EE245

500

Router:
maximum number of routers EE244-R

60

60

Base Station:
configuration of analogue outputs
user-configurable after delivery
digital interface

acc. to order code


--
--

EE240

via Webserver
via Webserver
Ethernet, Modbus

133

Technical data Transmitter EE244 & EE245


General


Transmission frequency

Transmission system

Transmission power

Radio range

Approval

Electromagnetic compatibility

EE244 (Transmitter, Router)

2.4 GHz
IEEE 802.15.4
10mW
up to 100m (330 ft) indoors, up to 1000m (3300 ft) in open field
ETSI / FCC Part 15.247 / IC
EN61326-1 Industry
FCC Part 15 Class B
EN61326-2-3 Industry
ICES-003 Class B

Supply transmitter (EE244-A)


battery 4x1.5V AA
Battery lifetime
> 1 year with a measuring data transmission every 5 min. (for T / %RH)
External supply transmitter (EE244-B)
8...28V DC SELV, typ. IL = 20mA at 24V; max. IL = 35mA at 24V DC
External supply router (EE244-R)
8...28V DC SELV, typ. IL = 20mA at 24V; max. IL = 35mA at 24V DC
Housing material
polycarbonate (PC)
Protection class housing
IP65

Temperature ranges
working temperature range of probe: refer to respective data sheet of sensing probe

working temperature range:
-40...+50C (-40...122F)

(with display: -20...+50C / -4...122F)

storage temperature range:
-40...+50C (-40...122F)

(with display: -20...+50C / -4...122F)

Max. number of sensing probes
3 (2*)

Max. number of measuring signals
6 (4*) (T / RH / CO2**)


EE245 (Transmitter)

Power Supply
battery 4x1.5V AA
Battery lifetime
> 1 year with a measuring data transmission every 5 min. (for T / %RH)
Radio Range
up to 60m (197 ft) indoors
Antenna
internal
External supply transmitter (EE245)
DC 8-28V SELV / AC 12V (20%)
Housing material
polycarbonate (PC)
Protection class housing
IP30

Temperature ranges
working temperature range: 0...90%RH (non-condensing) / -5...+55C (23...131F)

storage temperature range: 0...90%RH (non-condensing) / -5...+55C (23...131F)

Max. numbers of measuring values
3 (T / RH / CO2**)

Accuracy
T: 0,3 C (at 20 C) / 0,4 C (20...55 C)

Rh: 3 % (30...70 %) / 5 % (70...90 %)

CO2: 2000ppm ( 50ppm +2 % of m.v.)

5000ppm ( 50ppm +3 % of m.v.)

Connection
screw terminal 1,5mm

*) with external power supply

**) For CO2 an external power supply is recommended.

Dimensions in mm
EE244-Ax3:

EE244-Bx2:

EE245
32
31

85

110
90

(3.5)

136

20

(0.9)

(4.3)

11,5

135

10 9

(2)
GND
VCC

depth: 50

(5.3)

socket / ELKA 4012 PG7

134

power supply
DC 8-28V SELV
AC 12V (20%)

EE240

Technical data Base Station EE241 & EE242

EE241/EE242 (Base Station)


Supply voltage SELV

digital interface


Current consumption EE241

EE242

Analogue outputs



Number of analogue outputs

Accuracy of analogue outputs

Temperature dependence

of analogue outputs

Resolution of analogue outputs

Electrical connection

Housing material

Protection class housing

Temperature ranges

24V AC/DC 20%


Ethernet
Modbus (RTU / ASCII / TCP)
typ. IL = 70mA at 24V DC; max. IL = 100mA at 24V DC
typ. IL = 150mA at 24V DC; max. IL = 180mA at 24V DC
0-5V
-0.5mA < IL < 0.5mA
0-10V
-1mA < IL< 1mA
0-20mA / 4-20mA
RL < 500 Ohm
4
5mV resp. 10A
mV

max. 0.1 C resp. 1 C

0.7mV resp. 1.50A


screw terminals max. 2.5mm2
polycarbonate (PC)
IP20
working temperature range: -30...+50C (-22...122F) (with display: -20...+50C / -4...122F)
storage temperature range: -30...+50C (-22...122F) (with display: -20...+50C / -4...122F)

108

(4.3)

(0.2)

11

(0.4)

62

24V AC/DC

RS485

SELV

Modbus RTU

V/
mA

12

13

14

V/
mA

V/
mA

15

16

GND

11

GND

10

OUT4

GND

GND

OUT3

NC

NC

GND

OUT2

OUT1

NC

V+

90

(3.5)

11

(0.4)

pluggable or remote antenna


(antenna cable refer to Accessories)

GND

Dimensions in mm - connection Diagram EE241 / EE242

V/
mA

(2.4)

Overview of EE244 Sensing Probes


Application Picture
Measuring Range

Accuracy

Order Code

Humidity/Temperature Probes
RH/T probe for standard applications
0...100% RH


-40...80C (-40...176F)

2% RH (0...90% RH)
EE07-PFT1
3% RH (90...100% RH)
0.1C (0.18F) at 20C (68F)

RH/T probe for clean room applications,


0...100% RH
food and pharmaceutical industry

-40...80C (-40...176F)

2% RH (0...90% RH)
3% RH (90...100% RH)
0.1C (0.18F) at 20C (68F)

EE07-MFT9

RH/T module for installation in small


0...95% RH
spaces or unobtrusive mounting


-40...85C (-40...185F)

3% RH (10...100% RH)
at 21C (69.8F)
0.3C (0.54F) at 20C (68F)

EE03-FT9

Temperature Probes
T probe for standard applications

-40...80C (-40...176F)

0.1C (0.18F) at 20C (68F) EE07-PT1

T probe for clean room applications,


food and pharmaceutical industry

-40...80C (-40...176F)

0.1C (0.18F) at 20C (68F) EE07-MT

02000ppm
05000ppm
010000ppm

(50ppm+2% of m.v.)
(50ppm+3% of m.v.)
(100ppm+5% of m.v.)

CO2 Probes
CO2 probe for standard applications

EE240

EE871

135

Ordering Guide
Base station - point-to-point connection (EE241) and wireless network (EE242)

EE241-

EE242-

A
2
3
5
6
D
-

A
2
3
5
6
D
-

Hardware Configuration
Frequency
Output signal

2,4GHz (10mW)
0-5V
0-10V
0-20mA
4-20mA
with
without

Display

Software Configuration
Physical parameters of relative humidity
temperature
outputs

dew point temperature


CO2
metric / SI
non metric / US
-40...60
(T02)
-20...50
(T48)
0...2.000
(C20)
0...5.000
(C21)

Unit
T-Scaling (in C or F)
Td-Scaling (in C or F)
CO2-Scaling (in ppm)

RH
T
Td
CO2

[%]
[C]
[C]
[ppm]

(A)
(B)
(C)
(R)

0...50
(T04)
furhter scalings on request
0...10.000 (C22)

output
output
output
output

1
2
3
4

output T
output Td

A
B
C
R
E01
Select Txx code
Select Tdxx code

/C/R
/C/R
/C/R
/C/R
E01
Select Txx code
Select Tdxx code

Select Cxx code

Select Cxx code

TRANSMITTER EE245
Type

CO2

(only for TC and FTC)

Frequency
Display

A/
A/
A/
A/

B
B
B
B

EE245FTC
FTx
xTC
xTx
2
5
x
A
D
x

RH + T + CO2
RH + T
CO2 +T
T
0...2000ppm
0...5000ppm
without CO2 measurement
2,4GHz (10mW)
with
without

Software Configuration
Unit

TRANSMITTER / ROUTER EE244


Type
Frequency
Number of sensing
probes
Display

E01

C
F

transmitter
transmitter with external supply
router
2,4GHz (10mW)
1
2
3 (not possible with type B - transmitter with external supply)
with
without

EE244A
B
A
1
2
3
D
-

EE244R
A

SENSING PROBES FOR EE244


Humidity /
Temperature

probe RH/T (polycarbonat)


probe RH/T (metal)
module RH/T

Temperature

probe T (polycarbonat)
probe T (metal)

CO2

probe CO2

136

EE07-PFT1
EE07-MFT9
EE03-FT9
EE07-PT1
EE07-MT
EE871

EE240

Accessories / Replacement Parts


Base Station:

- Antenna cable 2m (7ft)


- Crossover cable (PC to base station)
- External power supply unit

(HA010330)
(HA010333)
(V02)

Transmitter:
- Probe cable for EE07 -
2m (7ft) / 5m (16ft) / 10m (33ft)
- Connection cable for EE03, 2m (7ft)
- Connection cable for EE03, 5m (16ft)
- Antenna cable 2m (7ft)
- Bracket for rail installation
- Reference probes
- Duct mounting kit for EE07
- External power supply unit

EE244 EE245

(HA0108xx)

()

(HA010328)
(HA010329)
(HA010330)
(HA010203)
(HA010403)
(HA010209)
(V02)

()
()
()
()
()
()
()

()

Oder Example
1)

2)

Position 1 - Base Station:


EE242-A3D/ABCR-T04-Td48-C20

Position 2 - Transmitter / Router:


EE244-BA1D

Frequency: 2,4GHz
Output signal:
0-10V
Display: yes
Outputs:
RH, T, Td, CO2
Unit:
SI
Scaling:
T: 0...50; Td: -20...50

Type:
Industral transmitter with

external supply
Frequency: 2,4GHz
Probe: 1
Display: yes

Position 1 - Base Station:


EE242-A3D/ABCR-T04-Td48-C20

Position 2 - Transmitter:
EE245-FTC5Ax

Frequency: 2,4GHz
Output signal:
0-10V
Display: yes
Outputs:
RH, T, Td, CO2
Unit:
SI
Scaling:
T: 0...50; Td: -20...50

Type:
Room transmitter for relative

Humidity, Temperature and CO2
CO2: 0...5000ppm
Frequency: 2,4GHz
Display: without

EE240

Position 3 - Sensing Probes:


EE07-PFT1, EE07-MT

137

CI-24

PIR for VAV/CAV

NEW!

LIGHTING CONTROLS
WattStopper Occupancy Sensor
CI-24
Description
The CI-24 is a ceiling-mount passive infrared occupancy
sensor specifically designed to interface with Building
Automation Systems through an internal isolated relay. A
user-adjustable time delay (30 seconds to 30 minutes) on
deactivation may be programmed through DIP switches to
prevent unnecessary cycling. The CI-24 includes a built-in
override switch. Two levels of sensitivity are also selectable
through DIP switches. The four-level patented Fresnel lens
allows the CI-24 to cover up to 1200 ft2 (111.48 m2).

Features

LIGHITING CONTROLS

12

CI-24

Advanced PIR technology


Adjustable time delay
Adjustable sensitivity
Contains isolated relay for use with BAS and other
control systems
Patented Fresnel lens
360 coverage up to 1200 ft2 (11.48m2)
Red LED indicates occupancy detection
Five-year warranty
Manual override switch

Supply Voltage
Contact Rating

Coverage Pattern

24 VAC/ VDC 10% 37 mA


1A @ 24 VAC/ VDC,
1/2A @ 120 VAC
360 degrees up to 1200 ft2
(111.48m2)
Time Delay Adjust
Digital (DIP switch setting) for 30
seconds, 10 minutes, 20 minutes,
or 30 minutes
Operating Temperature 32 to 98F (0 to 36C)
Mounting
2.75" to 3" hole in ceiling
Color
White
Dimensions
3.3" dia x 2.2" deep (8.5 x 5.6 cm),
protrudes approximately 0.4 from
ceiling surface
Approvals
cUL listed UL Listed, File E101196
Weight
1.0 lb (0.46 kg)

ORDERING INFORMATION

562

Powered by 24 VAC/VDC, the Model CI-24 uses advanced


PIR technology to detect occupancy. Detection occurs when
the unit senses the difference between infrared emissions
from a human body and the background space. When
occupancy is detected, the Model CI-24 transfers an SPDT
contact set. The contacts return to their normal state after a
user-selectable time delay once the space is unoccupied.

Wiring

Specifications

MODEL
CI-24

OPERATION

DESCRIPTION
Ceiling-mount occupancy sensor
with SPDT isolated contact

001-901-382-6084 International 888-397-5353 USA kele.com

Isolated Relay
Contacts

24 VAC/VDC Supply

Cable
Wires
1-(red)

Normally Closed Contact

2-(green)

Common

3-(orange)

Normally Open Contact

4-(yellow)

24 Return

5-(black)

LED

DIP Switch Control for Time


Delay, Sensitivity, and Override

ON 1 2 3 4

DIP SWITCH #

TIME DELAYS
30 sec
10 min.
20 min.
} 30 min.

X
X
O
O

X
O
X
O

SENSITIVITY
} Minimum
Maximum
OVERRIDE
} Normal
Override

O
X
O
X

X=on
O=off
}= factory setting
Note: Exceeding voltage rating may damage sensor.

2012 Kele, Inc. All rights reserved. The Kele name and logo are registered trademarks of Kele, Inc.

August 2012

UI-500

Air Volume Control Potentiometer

UI-500
Date of Issue: 12/02/2013
Issue Number: 5.3
Page 1 of 1

UI-500
Custom Interface Options Individual Solutions

Proposed POT with


Steel Finish

Overview
In addition to our standard range of sensors we are able to manufacture user interface equipment to your
specifications. Typically this would be a single or twin gang plate styled to match other equipment on a project.
The examples on this page are just a few of the types, designs and options we can supply.
Please contact the Customer Service Team for more information or to discuss your requirements.

Whilst every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of this specification, Sontay cannot accept responsibility for damage, injury, loss or
expense from errors or omissions. In the interest of technical improvement, this specification may be altered without notice.

Tel: +44 (0) 1732 861200 - E-mail: sales@sontay.com - Web: www.sontay.com


2012 Sontay Limited. All rights reserved

CUSTOMER DETAILS
22/07/2013
SP reference 3043
Date
Schneider Electric
Lloyed Thoppil
Customer
Contact
SUMMARY OF CUSTOMER REQUIREMENTS
1 Gang stainless steel plate fitted with a 0-10k potentiometer
0
0
0
0
DRAWING / LAYOUT DETAILS

AIRFLOW ADJUSTMENT

LESS AIR

MORE AIR

CUSTOMER APPROVAL (Must be completed and returned with purchase order)

Signature:
Print Name:
Date:
In accordance with our standard terms and conditions these "special products" are non returnable unless
they are deemed by Sontay to be defective through no fault of the customer.
Telephone: +44 (0) 1732 816200

Fax: +44 (0) 1732 816201

Email: sales@sontay.com

90800012 Issue 7

EPW105

Water Differential Pressure Transmitter

Sensors

EPW Series
Differential Pressure Transducer Wet Media
Installer's Specifications

Quick Install
1. Affix the backplate to a mounting surface (wall, duct, sheet
metal, etc.).
2. Plumb the ports to "HI" and "LO" sides of the pressure
differential. Wrap the fitting with 2-3 turns of Teflon tape, hand
tighten, then use a wrench to make two more turns.
3. Wire the sensor. See the Wiring section on page 2 for details.
4. Configure the jumpers as desired. See the Configuration section
on page 3 for details.

Dimensions

2.3"
(57 mm)

WET DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE

5.8"
(147 mm)

LOW

HIGH

4.1"
(102 mm)

Media Compatibility. . . . . . 17-4 PH stainless steel


Power Consumption
EPW2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20mA max.
Input Power
EPW: . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 to 30VDC, 24VAC nom.
EPW2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-24VDC
Output
EPW: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-wire transmitter;
user selectable 4-20mA/0-5V/0-10V*
EPW2: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-wire transmitter;
4-20mA; polarity insensitive (clipped and capped)*
Pressure Ranges (switch selectable)
103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-50psig (5/10/25/50psid) /
0-3.45 bar (0.34/0.69/1.72bar)
104. . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-100psig (10/20/50/100psid) /
0-6.89bar (0.69/1.38/3.45bar)
105. . . . . . . . . . . . 0-250psig (25/50/125/250psid) /
0-17.24bar (1.72/3.45/8.62bar)
Status Indication
EPW: . . . . . . Dual color LED: solid green=normal,
blinking green=low>high, solid red=over range, blinking red=over pressure
Proof Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2x max.; F.S. range
Burst Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5x max.; F.S. range
Accuracy @ 25C . . 1% F.S.** combined linearity,
hysteresis, and repeatability;
EPW: . . . . . . . . . Range D accuracy = 2% F.S.**
Surge Dampening. . . . . . . . . Electronic, selectable
(1-second or 5-second averaging)
Temperature Compensated Range. . . . 0 to 50C
(32 to 122F);
TC Zero<1.5% of product F.S. per sensor;
TS Span<1.5% of product F.S. per sensor
Sensor Operating Range.-20 to 85C (-4 to 185F)
Long Term Stability . 0.25% per year (all models)
Zero Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pushbutton autozero;
. . . . . . . . . . digital input (2-position terminal block)
Operating Environment. . . . . . . . . . . . -10 to 55C
(14 to 131F); 10 to 90% RH non-condensing
Fittings. . . . . . 1/8" NPT female, stainless 17-4 PH
Physical. . . . . . . . White powder-coated aluminum
To conform to EMC standards, use shielded cabling.* Minimum input voltage
for 4-20mA operation: 250 loop (1-5V) = 12VDC; 500 loop (2-10V) =
15VDC.
** Full Scale is defined as the full span of the selected range in bidirectional

Sensors

EPW Series

Installation/Wiring
EPW

ZERO

Note: Use of
housing grounding
lug is required for CE
applications

Analog Reverse

JP8
JP7
JP6
JP3
JP2
JP1

Range
A
B
C
D

REMOTE ZERO
(Dry Contact)

Port Swap
Bidirectional

/ Slow Surge Damping


/10V Output
/ Volts Output

Fast
5V
mA

POWER
SIGNAL

POWER SUPPLY
12 to 30 VDC/24 VAC

/ Normal
/ Normal
/ Normal

RANGE

COM

MODEL
EPW103
EPW104
EPW105

DIGITAL CONTROL
Analog Input
0-5V/0-10V
or 4-20mA
Optional
Digital Output

A
50
100
250

B
25
50
125

C
10
20
50

D
5
10
25

EPW2

ZERO

A-High
B-Mid High
C-Mid Low
D-Low
Pressure
Range

Note: Use of
housing grounding
lug is required for CE
applications

POWER SOURCE
12 to 24 VDC

Voltage IN
DIGITAL CONTROL
Digital Output

Schneider Electric
F-27667-1

REMOTE
4-20mA ZERO

Settings

Port Swap/Norm
Bi-Dr/Normal
Slow Avg/Fast Norm
Analog Rev/Norm
Bar/PSI

Default Settings in bold.


Insert jumper to activate
other features.

Range psi
EPW2103
EPW2104
EPW2105

A
50
100
250

B
25
50
125

C
10
20
50

D
5
10
25

Range bar
EPW2103
EPW2104
EPW2105

A
3.45
6.89
17.24

B
1.72
3.45
8.62

C
0.69
1.38
3.45

D
0.34
0.69
1.72

1354 Clifford Ave. Loves Park, IL 61111

1-888-444-1311

2009 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Polarity Insensitive

www.schneider-electric.com
October 2009 ao

Sensors

EPW Series

Configuration

Operation

EPW

LED INDICATOR (EPW Only)

JP1: Voltage (V) or current (mA) mode.

GREEN ON (solid):

Normal

JP2: 0-10V or 0-5V output span (Voltage mode only).

GREEN (blinking):

Low > High - Use port swap jumper or bidrectional mode.

JP3: Slow or fast mode. Slow mode provides 5-second averaging for surge
dampening; fast mode provides 1-second averaging.

RED ON (solid):

Differential Pressure is too high. Select a higher range on device.

RED (blinking):

Gauge pressure has exceeded sensor; F.S. Reduce line pressure or


replace with a higher range device.

JP6: Bidirectional or Normal. Normal mode range is from zero to full scale
differential pressure. Bi-directional mode changes range from minus full scale
to plus full scale differential pressure. Output will be at one half when the
differential pressure is zero (see table below).

ZERO

Press and hold the ZERO push-button for 2 seconds or provide contact closure on
auxiliary REMOTE ZERO terminal to automatically reset output to ZERO pressure.
JP7: Port Swap or Normal. This setting is used to remedy situations when the "HI" &
To protect the unit from accidental ZERO, this feature is enabled only when detected
"LO" ports to the pressure transducer are incorrectly plumbed. Use jumper JP7 to
pressure is within 5% of factory calibration.
reverse polarity of pressure ports. This jumper makes the "HI" port "LO" and the
"LO" port "HI".
JP8: Analog Reverse or Normal. Normal mode output increases as pressure
increases. Reverse mode output is maximum when pressure differential is zero
and decreases as pressure increases.
RANGE: Use range switch to select full-scale differential pressure.

Product Identification
Range

EPW
103 = 0-50psig

Blank = No Display

104 = 0-100psig

LCD = LCD Display

EPW2

105 = 0-250psig

Fast or Slow: Slow mode provides 5-second averaging for surge dampening; fast
mode provides 1-second averaging.

Range

Bidirectional or Normal: Normal mode range is from zero to full scale differential
pressure. Bi-directional mode changes range from minus full scale to plus full
scale differential pressure. Output will be at one half when the differential
pressure is zero (see table below).

Local Display

Local Display

EPW2
103 = 0-50psig

Blank = No Display

104 = 0-100psig

LCD = LCD Display

105 = 0-250psig

Port Swap: This setting is used to remedy situations when the "HI" & "LO" ports
to the pressure transducer are incorrectly plumbed. Use jumper "Port Swap" to
reverse polarity of pressure ports. This jumper makes the "HI" port "LO" and the Select operational range according to the max. gauge pressure, NOT differential pressure.
Example: For hi-gauge pressure = 90psig, select the 100psig model.
"LO" port "HI".
Analog Reverse or Normal: Normal mode output increases as pressure increases.
Reverse mode output is maximum when pressure differential is zero and
decreases as pressure increases.

Note: The EPW Series is 3-wire. The EPW2 Series is 2-wire, loop-powered.

Range: Use range switch to select full-scale differential pressure. Select psi or bar
by positioning jumper.

InputConditions(psi)

Result

OutputsRead

Hi Port

Lo Port

DP

4-20mA

100

+100

20

100

50

+50

16

50

50

12

50

100

-50

100

-100

Schneider Electric
F-27667-1

1354 Clifford Ave. Loves Park, IL 61111

2009 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Bi-directional Operation

1-888-444-1311

www.schneider-electric.com
October 2009 ao

Sensors

EPW Series

Available Products
Part Number

Product Description

EPW103

Differential Pressure Transducer - Wet Media 0-50 psig 0-5VDC/0-10VDC/4-20mA

EPW103-LCD

Differential Pressure Transducer - Wet Media 0-50 psig 0-5VDC/0-10VDC/4-20mA w/LCD

EPW104

Differential Pressure Transducer - Wet Media 0-100 psig 0-5VDC/0-10VDC/4-20mA

EPW104-LCD

Differential Pressure Transducer - Wet Media 0-100 psig 0-5VDC/0-10VDC/4-20mA w/LCD

EPW105

Differential Pressure Transducer - Wet Media 0-250 psig 0-5VDC/0-10VDC/4-20mA

EPW105-LCD

Differential Pressure Transducer - Wet Media 0-250 psig 0-5VDC/0-10VDC/4-20mA w/LCD

EPW2103

Differential Pressure Transducer - Wet Media 0-50 psig 4-20mA

EPW2103-LCD

Differential Pressure Transducer - Wet Media 0-50 psig 4-20mA w/LCD

EPW2104

Differential Pressure Transducer - Wet Media 0-100 psig 4-20mA

EPW2104-LCD

Differential Pressure Transducer - Wet Media 0-100 psig 4-20mA w/LCD

EPW2105

Differential Pressure Transducer - Wet Media 0-250 psig 4-20mA

EPW2105-LCD

Differential Pressure Transducer - Wet Media 0-250 psig 4-20mA w/LCD

Notice:
This product is not intended for life or safety applications.
Do not install this product in hazardous or classified locations.
Read and understand the instructions before installing this product.
Turn off all power supplying equipment before working on it.

2009 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

The installer is responsible for conformance to all applicable codes.

Schneider Electric
F-27667-1

1354 Clifford Ave. Loves Park, IL 61111

1-888-444-1311

www.schneider-electric.com
October 2009 ao

VER-HWL2XCX

Space Humidity Sensor

HUMIDITY
1% & 2% NIST, or STANDARD
2%, 3%, or 5%

9EAR

7ARRANTY

HWL

Deluxe Wall Humidity Sensors


HW Deluxe humidity transmitters provide an ideal
solution for measuring relative humidity in all
conditions. All devices are equipped with a thin-film
capacitive sensor that is easily replaceable in the field.
These sensors are calibrated to NIST standards, with
certificates available.
The wall-mounted HW model features a low-profile
housing with an LCD display for easy visibility. All
Deluxe models come with an extended five-year
warranty.

APPLICATIONS
Managing energy systems

Sense humidity in harsh environments


Thin-film polymer capacitive sensor element
recovers from 100% saturation
Fully interchangeable element to 1%, 2%, 3%, or
5% accuracy. Calibration-free!
Replace element in the field...maintain accuracy
and minimize downtime
Easy Installation
Polarity insensitive, two-wire 4-20mA, or
3-wire 0-5/0-10VDC versions...flexible systems
compatibity...save time in the field, and stock
fewer devices

Controlling HVAC systems for improved comfort

LCD display for easy reading

and energy savings


Museums, schools, printing shops, and other
locations requiring humidity control
Facilitating compliance with ASHRAE standards
for environmental control and indoor air quality

Calibration-free interchangeable NIST traceable


HS element
HS element is microprocessor profiled with onboard nonvolatile memory
Multi-point digital calibration to NIST standards
NIST certification available
Minimizes field calibration downtime

SPECIFICATIONS
HS Element
Digitally profiled thin-film capacitive (32 bit mathematics) U.S. Patent 5,844,138
Accuracy at 25C from 10-80% RH*
2%, 3%, or 5% models;

1% at 12-60% RH in voltage output mode;

1% at 12-60% RH in mA output mode with temp transmitter;

1% at 20-40% RH in mA output mode

(Multi-point calibration, NIST traceable)
Reset Rate**
24 hours
Stability
1% @ 20C (68F) annually, for two years
Operating Humidity Range
0 to 100% RH (non-condensing)
Hysteresis
1.5% typical
Temperature Coefficient
0.1% RH/C above or below 25C (typical)
Analog Output
4-20mA version: 2-wire, polarity insensitive, (clipped and capped)

0-5V/0-10V versions: 3-wire, observe polarity
Scaling
0-100% RH
Operating Temperature Range
10 to 35C (50 to 95F)
Input Power***
4-20mA version: loop powered 12-30VDC only, 30mA max.

0-5V/0-10V versions: 12-30VDC/24VAC, 15mA max.
Optional Temperature Transmitter Output
Digital, 4-20mA, (clipped and capped) or 0-5V/0-10V output;

accuracy 0.5C (1F) typical
EMC Conformance CE Option
EN 50081-1, EN 50082-1, EN 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-5, EN 61000-4-3,

ENV 50204, EN 61000-4-6
*Specified accuracy with 24VDC supplied power with rising humidity. RTD/Thermistors are not compensated for internal heating
of product.
**Reset Rate is the time required to recover to 50% RH after exposure to 90% RH for 24 hours.
***One side of transformer secondary is connected to signal common, so an Isolation transformer or dedicated power supply
may be required.
Shielded cabling is required for conformance to EMC standards. Technical information is available from factory upon request or is
available on our website: www.veris.com.

70

800.354.8556

503.598.4564

www.veris.com

2008 Veris Industries

HUMIDITY
APPLICATION/WIRING DIAGRAMS
HW Voltage Output (3-Wire, 0-5V/0-10V)

HW Current Output (2-Wire, 4-20mA)


+
-

POWER SOURCE
12-30VDC/24VAC

POWER SOURCE
12-30VDC only
CONTROL SYSTEM

SETPOINT SLIDER

The SLIDER terminals connect to the optional potentiometer.


The LEFT and RIGHT terminals relate to the physical
orientation of the control on the device (optional equipment)

RTD/THERMISTOR/OVERRIDE

T OUT (4-20 RTN)


RTD/Thermistor/Override
RTD/Thermistor/Override
Slider Right
Slider Wiper
Slider Left

PWR
COMMON
RH OUT

T OUT
RTD/Thermistor/Override
RTD/Thermistor/Override
Slider Right
Slider Wiper
Slider Left

RTD/ THERMISTOR/OVERRIDE

RH RETURN
T RETURN

RH OUT (4-20 RTN)

COMMON
RH INPUT 0-10V
T INPUT 0-10V

- COMMON

PWR (4-20 SEND)

RTD/THERMISTOR/OVERRIDE terminals
connect to the resistive temperature
sensor, if ordered, in parallel with
an onboard pushbutton (optional
equipment)

CONTROL SYSTEM

SETPOINT SLIDER

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
HW

4.8"
(122 mm)

3.5"
(89 mm)

1.2"
(30 mm)

ORDERING INFORMATION
Display

Accuracy

L = LCD
X = No

1 = 1%
2 = 2%
3 = 3%
5 = 5%

Available

Options Available
US or EU

NIST

Temp.

Sensor Type

Temp Cal Cert

Option

Value

HW
S = Standard
C = CE

N = NIST
X = No

T = Temp*
X = No Temp
(Stop here)

Examples:

HW L

Stop Here

HW L

HW X

*In order for unit to display both temp and RH, a temperature transmitter
model must be ordered.

800.354.8556

503.598.4564

A = Transmitter: 10 - 35C (50 - 95F)



0 - 50C (32 - 122F)

(switchable)
B = 100R Platinum, RTD
C = 1k Platinum, RTD
D = 10k T2, Thermistor
E = 2.2k, Thermistor
F = 3k, Thermistor
G = 10k CPC, Thermistor
H = 10k T3, Thermistor
J = 10k Dale, Thermistor
K = 10k with 11k shunt, Thermistor
M = 20k NTC, Thermistor
N = 1800 ohm TAC, Thermistor
Q = 1uA/C, Linitemp
R = 10k US, Thermistor
S = 10k 3A 221
T = 100k, Thermistor
U = 20k D, Thermistor

X = No Cert
1 = 1pt Cal
2 = 2pt Cal

www.veris.com

1 = Push Button Override


A = 1k
2 = Set Point Slider
3 = Push Button Override F = 10k
and Set Point Slider G = 20k
K = 50k
M =100k

ACCESSORIES
Replacement HS humidity element...see page 76.

2008 Veris Industries

71

VER-HO2XMCX

Outdoor Humidity Transmitter

HUMIDITY
1% & 2% NIST, or STANDARD
2%, 3%, or 5%

9EAR

7ARRANTY
HD

HD

Deluxe Duct and Outdoor


Humidity Sensors
HD/HO Deluxe humidity transmitters provide an
ideal solution for measuring relative humidity in all
conditions. All devices are equipped with a thin-film
capacitive sensor that is easily replaceable in the field.
These sensors are calibrated to NIST standards, with
certificates available.
The duct mounted HD is encased in a die cast metal
housing for extra strength. The outdoor HO housing is
completely weather proof the most rugged sensor
available.

Die cast metal housing and


an extended five-year warranty
HO

All Deluxe models come with an extended five-year


warranty.

APPLICATIONS
Managing energy systems
Controlling HVAC systems for improved comfort

and energy savings

Museums, schools, printing shops, and other

locations requiring humidity control


Facilitating compliance with ASHRAE standards
for environmental control and indoor air quality

Exceptional accuracy, long-term stability...the


best in the industry for serviceability.
Available in 2%, 2% NIST, 3%, or 5% accuracies

Sense humidity in harsh environments


Thin-film polymer capacitive sensor element
recovers from 100% saturation
Fully interchangeable element to 1% (HD only),
2%, 3%, or 5% accuracy. Calibration-free!
Replace element in the field...maintain accuracy
and minimize downtime
Rugged industrial design
Duct sensor element can be serviced without
disturbing conduit
Polarity insensitive, two-wire 4-20mA, or
3-wire 0-5/0-10VDC versions...flexible systems
compatibity
Calibration-free interchangeable NIST traceable
HS element
HS element is microprocessor profiled with onboard nonvolatile memory
Multi-point digital calibration to NIST standards
NIST certification available
Minimizes field calibration downtime

SPECIFICATIONS
HS Element
Digitally profiled thin-film capacitive (32 bit mathematics) U.S. Patent 5,844,138
Accuracy at 25C from 10-80% RH* 1% (HD only), 2%, 3%, or 5% (specify); multi-point calibration, NIST traceable
Reset Rate**
24 hours
Stability
1% @ 20C (68F) annually, for two years
Operating Humidity Range
0 to 100% RH (non-condensing)
Hysteresis
1.5% typical
Duct Only Temperature Effect
0.1% RH/C above or below 25C (typical)
Outdoor Only Temperature Effect
Voltage Versions (0.0015x%RHx(TC-25))_(%RHx0.0008xabs(TC-25))

mA Versions (0.0013x%RHx(TC-25))
Analog Output
4-20mA version: 2-wire, polarity insensitive, (clipped and capped)

0-5V/0-10V versions: 3-wire, observe polarity
Scaling
0-100% RH
Operating Temperature Range
-40 to 50C (-40 to 122F)
Input Power***
4-20mA version: loop powered 12-30VDC only, 30mA max.

0-5V/0-10V versions: 12-30VDC/24VAC, 15mA max.
Optional Temperature Transmitter Output
Digital, 4-20mA (clipped and capped) or 0-5V/0-10V output;

HO transmitter accuracy: 1.3C (2.3F) typical;

HD transmitter accuracy: 0.5C (1.0F) typical
EMC Conformance CE Option
EN 50081-1, EN 50082-1, EN 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-5,

EN 61000-4-3, ENV 50204, EN 61000-4-6
*Specified accuracy with 24VDC supplied power with rising humidity. RTD/Thermistors are not compensated for internal heating
of product.
**Reset Rate is the time required to recover to 50% RH after exposure to 90% RH for 24 hours.
***One side of transformer secondary is connected to signal common, so an Isolation transformer or dedicated power supply
may be required.
Shielded cabling is required for conformance to EMC standards. Technical information is available from factory upon request or
is available on our website: www.veris.com.

68

800.354.8556

503.598.4564

www.veris.com

2008 Veris Industries

HUMIDITY
APPLICATION/WIRING DIAGRAMS
HD/HO 4-20 mA Temperature Transmitter Versions

HD/HO 05V/010V Temperature Transmitter Versions


BLK (Common)

POWER SOURCE
AC/DC
(See Specifications)

POWER SOURCE
DC Only
(See specifications)
DIGITAL CONTROL
Humidity
4-20mA Return
Temperature
4-20mA Return
(optional)

RED

BLUE 0-10V HUMIDITY


ORANGE 0-10V TEMP
GREEN 0-5V HUMIDITY
YELLOW 0-5V TEMP

White/Gray 0-1V
Test Leads for use
with voltmeter

BLUE
HUMIDITY
ORANGE
TEMP
BLUE
HUMIDITY
ORANGE
TEMP

HO 4-20mA Resistance Versions

HO (05V/010V Resistance Versions)


BLK (Common)

POWER SOURCE
AC/DC
RED
(See Specifications)
BLUE 0-10V HUMIDITY
GREEN 0-5V HUMIDITY
ORANGE THERMISTOR
optional { ORANGE THERMISTOR

POWER SOURCE
DC Only
(See specifications)
DIGITAL CONTROL

BLUE HUMIDITY

Humidity
4-20mA Return
Temperature
(optional)

BLUE HUMIDITY

White/Gray 0-1V
Test Leads for use
with voltmeter

ORANGE THERMISTOR
ORANGE THERMISTOR

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
HO

HD

0.7"
(18 mm)

2.7"
(69 mm)

2.9"
(74 mm)

2.3"
(58 mm)

Foam Gasket
2.5" x 2.5"
(62 mm x 62 mm)

2.8"
(72 mm)

0.5" Dia.
(13 mm.)

4.6"
(117 mm)

4.6"
(116 mm)
0.7"
(18 mm)

8.5"
(216 mm)

2.0"
(51 mm)

9.9"
(251 mm)

Humidity Transmitter Combination


Sensor Type
A
= Transmitter

Available

ORDERING INFORMATION
Accuracy

Enclosure

NIST

Output

US or EU

Temp.

H
S = Standard
D = RH Duct 1 = 1% N = NIST 1% & 2% only
M = 4-20mA
O = Outdoor 2 = 2% X = None 2%, 3%, 5% only V = 0-5V/0-10VDC C = CE
3 = 3%
5 = 5%
(1% not available on HO)
Example: (No Temp)
H

Example: (With Temp)


H

ACCESSORIES
Water guard and other accessories...see page 218.
Replacement HS humidity element...see page 76.

800.354.8556

503.598.4564

T = Temp
X = No Temp
(Stop here)

Range
1 = -40 to 50C
(-40 to 122F)
2 = 0 to 50C
(32 to 122F)

OPTION
Temp Cert

Blank = None
1 =1pt Cal
2 = 2pt Cal

Humidity RTD/Thermistor Combination


Sensor Type

OPTION Temp Cert

B = 100R Platinum, RTD


C = 1k Platinum, RTD
D = 10k T2, Thermistor
E = 2.2k, Thermistor
F = 3k, Thermistor
G = 10k CPC, Thermistor
H = 10k T3, Thermistor
J = 10k Dale, Thermistor
K = 10k with 11k shunt, Thermistor
M = 20k NTC, Thermistor
N = 1800 ohm TAC, Thermistor
Q = 1uA/C, Linitemp
R = 10k US, Thermistor
S = 10k 3A 221, Thermistor
T = 100k, Thermistor

www.veris.com

Blank = None
1 =1pt Cal
2 = 2pt Cal

2008 Veris Industries

69

TFEYR00

Duct Temperature Sensor

T SERIES

VERIS INDUSTRIES

Duct Mount
Temperature Sensors

TG

TF

Sensor Housed In Probe,


Protects Against Corrosion

TD
TDDA

TK

DESCRIPTION

FEATURES

Veris duct mount temperature sensors are pre-calibrated and housed in sturdy
stainless steel probes. The devices are easy to install, durable, and highly accurate.

Cost-effective, high accuracy thermistors or RTDs available with or without a

junction box

TABLE OF STANDARD RTD AND THERMISTOR VALUES

No calibration required
Stainless steel probe

THERMISTOR

Pt RTD

Class
Type
Accuracy

100 Ohm 1000 Ohm

2.2k

3k

10k Type 2 10k Type 3 10k Dale 10k 3A221 10k G US

0.3C
0.3C
0.2C 0.2C
0.0385 curve 0.0385 curve 0/70C 0/70C
Temp. Response*
PTC
PTC
NTC
NTC
*PTC: Positive Temperature Coecient
*NTC: Negative Temperature Coecient

TEMPERATURE

-50
-40
-30
-20
-10
0
10
20
25
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130

-58
-40
-22
-4
14
32
50
68
77
86
104
122
140
158
176
194
212
230
248
266

Sensor Codes

1.0C
-50/150C
NTC

0.2C
0/70C
NTC

0.2C
-20/70C
NTC

1.1C
0/70C
NTC

0.2C
0/70C
NTC

20k

20k D

100k

Consult
Factory
NTC

Consult
Factory
NTC

Consult
Factory
NTC

10k Type 2

20k D

10k Type 3

0.1C 20/70C 0.1C


0.2C 0/20C
0/70C
NTC
NTC
High Accuracy

STANDARD RTD AND THERMISTOR VALUES (Ohms )

100 Ohm 1000 Ohm


80.306
84.271
88.222
92.160
96.086
100.000
103.903
107.794
109.735
111.673
115.541
119.397
123.242
127.075
130.897
134.707
138.506
142.293
146.068
149.832

803.06
842.71
882.22
921.60
960.86
1000.00
1039.03
1077.94
1097.35
1116.73
1155.41
1193.97
1232.42
1270.75
1308.97
1347.07
1385.06
1422.93
1460.68
1498.32

2.2k

154,464
77,081
40,330
22,032
12,519
7,373
4,487
2,814
2,252
1,814
1,199
811.5
561.0
395.5
284.0
207.4
153.8
115.8
88.3
68.3
E

3k

205,800
102,690
53,730
29,346
16,674
9,822
5,976
3,750
3,000
2,417
1,598
1,081
747
527
378
F

10k Type 2 10k Type 3 10k Dale 10k 3A221 10k G US 20k NTC
692,700
344,700
180,100
98,320
55,790
32,770
19,930
12,500
10,000
8,055
5,323
3,599
2,486
1,753
1,258
919
682
513
392
303

454,910
245,089
137,307
79,729
47,843
29,588
18,813
12,272
10,000
8,195
5,593
3,894
2,763
1,994
1,462
1,088
821
628
486
380

672,300
337,200
177,200
97,130
55,340
32,660
19,900
12,490
10,000
8,056
5,326
3,602
2,489
1,753
1,258
917
679
511
389
301

333,562
176,081
96,807
55,252
32,639
19,901
12,493
10,000
8,055
5,324
3,600
2,486
1,751
1,255
915
678
509
388
299

441,200
239,700
135,300
78,910
47,540
29,490
18,780
12,260
10,000
8,194
5,592
3,893
2,760
1,990
1,458
1,084
816.8
623.6
481.8
376.4

1,267,600
643,800
342,000
189,080
108,380
64,160
39,440
24,920
20,000
16,144
10,696
7,234
4,992
3,512
2,516
1,833
1,356
1,016
770
591

803,200
412,800
220,600
122,400
70,200
41,600
25,340
20,000
15,884
10,210
6,718
4,518
3,100
2,168
1,542
1,134
816
606
456

100k

3,366,000
1,770,000
971,200
553,400
326,600
199,000
124,900
100,000
80,580
53,260
36,020
24,880
17,510
12,560
9,164
6,792
5,108
3,894
3,006

10k Type 2

10k Type 3

692,700
344,700
180,100
98,320
55,790
32,770
19,930
12,500
10,000
8,055
5,323
3,599
2,486
1,753
1,258
919
682
513
392
303

To compute Linitemp Temperature:


2-Wire version (1A/C)
A reading 10 - 273.15=Temperature in C
3-Wire version (10mV/C)
mV reading/10 - 273.15 = Temperature in C

454,910
245,089
137,307
79,729
47,843
29,588
18,813
12,272
10,000
8,195
5,593
3,894
2,763
1,994
1,462
1,088
821
628
486
380

SPECIFICATIONS
Wiring

22 AWG; 2-wire: RTD Thermistor, 4-20mA; 3-wire: Voltage output models

Transmitter:

Input Power
4-20mA models: Loop powered 12-30VDC only, 30mA max; 0-5/0-10V models: 12-30VDC/24VAC, 15mA max
Temp Output
2-wire, loop powered 4-20mA or 3-wire, 0-5V/0-10VDC
Sensor Type
Solid-state, integrated circuit (Transmitter)
Accuracy
0.5C (1F) typical
Ranges 0 to 50C (32 to 122F), -40 to 50C (-40 to 122F)

Linitemp:

Input Power
Output
Operating Temperature

5 to 30VDC
1A/C or 10mV/C
-25 to 105C (-13 to 221F)

Resistive:

RTD/Thermistor

See table above

Accuracy:

Z202030-0R
page 1
Calibration Error

2011 Veris Industries USA 800.354.8556 or +1.503.598.4564 / support@veris.com

Error over Temperature


800.354.8556

+1 503.598.4564

11111
1.5C (2.7F) typical; 2.5C (4.5F) max. at 25C (77F)
1.8C (3.24F) typical; 3.0C (5.4F) max. over 0 to 70C (32 to 158F) range;
2.0C (3.6F) typical, 3.5C (6.3F) max. over -25 to 105C (-13 to 221F) range

www.veris.com

HQ0001874.A 01121

800.354.8556

+1 503.598.4564

www.veris.com

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
TD Model

1.5"
(38 mm)

0.7"
(18 mm)

1.1"
(28 mm)

2"
(51 mm)

TDDA Model

2.9"
(74 mm)

0.25"Dia.
(6 mm)

Foam Gasket
2.5" x 2.5"
(64 mm x 64 mm)

0.5" Dia.
(13 mm.)

4.6"
(117 mm)

2.3"
(59 mm)

8.5"
(216 mm)

2.0"
(51 mm)

TF Model

4.3"
(109 mm)

TG Model

0.25"Dia.
(6 mm)

0.7"
(18 mm)

L
2.9"
(74 mm)

TK Model
0.25"
(6 mm)

4.6"
(117 mm)

0.25"Dia.
(6.3 mm)

L
L

2.0"
(51 mm)

ORDERING INFORMATION
Transmitter Models

RTD/Thermistor Models
Enclosure

Immersion Probe
Length L

Sensor Type

Output

Cal Certificate

R
D = Duct
F = Duct w/
mounting box
G = Duct w/water
resistant housing
K = Probe only (no
mounting
hardware)

B = 4" (102mm)*
C = 6" (152mm)
D = 8" (203mm)
E = 12 (305mm)**
F = 18 (457mm)**
G = 24 (610mm)**
K = 36 (914mm)**

* TK model is 4 1/2 (115 mm)


** Not available with TK model

HQ0001874.A 01121

B = 100R Platinum, RTD


= Resistive out
0 = None
C = 1k Platinum, RTD
1 = 1 point
D = 10k T2, Thermistor
Cal validation
E = 2.2k, Thermistor
2 = 2 point
F = 3k, Thermistor
Cal validation
G = 10k CPC, Thermistor
H = 10k T3, Thermistor
J = 10k Dale, Thermistor
Example:
K = 10k w/11k shunt,
Thermistor
T
D
B
D R0 2
M = 20k NTC, Thermistor
N = 1800 ohm, Thermistor
P = 10mV/C, Linitemp
R = 10k US, Thermistor
S = 10k 3A 221B, Thermistor
T = 100k, Thermistor
U = 20k D, Thermistor
W = 10k T2 high accuracy, Thermistor
Y = 10k T3 high accuracy, Thermistor
Z = 10k E1, Thermistor

Range

Output

Cal Certificate

TDDA
M = 4-20mA
V = 5/10V

0 = None
1 = 1 point Cal validation
2 = 2 point Cal validation

ACCESSORIES

Example:
TDDA V

1 = -40 to 50 C
(-40 to 122F)
2 = 0 to 50C
(32 to 122F)

Klipet mounting clip for TK probe (AA64)

AA64

TEMPERATURE

Foam Gasket
2.5" x 2.5"
(64 mm x 64 mm)

TIWB1Y0

Immersion Temperature Sensor

TI SERIES

VERIS INDUSTRIES

Immersion Temperature
Sensors

TID
TIW

Corrosion Resistant Stainless


Steel Probe
DESCRIPTION

FEATURES

These immersion probe type temperature sensors are both highly accurate and
cost effective. Installation could not be easier. The sensor is encased in a corrosionresistant stainless steel probe for durability, with a choice of service entry body,
indoor junction box, or threaded enclosures. A variety of RTD or thermistor sensor
options and probe lengths are available for maximum application versatility.

Cost-effective high accuracy thermistors/RTDs


Corrosion resistant stainless steel probe design...durable
1/2 NPT threads standard...ease of selection
Variety of enclosures include duct mount, service entry body, threaded, and
water resistant to fit your application
Thermowells available...enables easy servicing

APPLICATIONS
Tanks
Pipes
Chillers

TABLE OF STANDARD RTD AND THERMISTOR VALUES


THERMISTOR

Pt RTD

Class
Type
Accuracy

100 Ohm 1000 Ohm

2.2k

3k

0.3C
0.3C
0.2C 0.2C
0.0385 curve 0.0385 curve 0/70C 0/70C
Temp. Response*
PTC
PTC
NTC
NTC
*PTC: Positive Temperature Coecient
*NTC: Negative Temperature Coecient

TEMPERATURE

-50
-40
-30
-20
-10
0
10
20
25
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130

-58
-40
-22
-4
14
32
50
68
77
86
104
122
140
158
176
194
212
230
248
266

TIG

TIH

1.0C
-50/150C
NTC

0.2C
0/70C
NTC

0.2C
-20/70C
NTC

1.1C
0/70C
NTC

0.2C
0/70C
NTC

20k

20k D

100k

Consult
Factory
NTC

Consult
Factory
NTC

Consult
Factory
NTC

10k Type 2

10k Type 3

0.1C 20/70C 0.1C


0.2C 0/20C
0/70C
NTC
NTC
High Accuracy

STANDARD RTD AND THERMISTOR VALUES (Ohms )

100 Ohm 1000 Ohm

Sensor Codes

10k Type 2 10k Type 3 10k Dale 10k 3A221 10k G US

80.306
84.271
88.222
92.160
96.086
100.000
103.903
107.794
109.735
111.673
115.541
119.397
123.242
127.075
130.897
134.707
138.506
142.293
146.068
149.832

803.06
842.71
882.22
921.60
960.86
1000.00
1039.03
1077.94
1097.35
1116.73
1155.41
1193.97
1232.42
1270.75
1308.97
1347.07
1385.06
1422.93
1460.68
1498.32

2.2k

154,464
77,081
40,330
22,032
12,519
7,373
4,487
2,814
2,252
1,814
1,199
811.5
561.0
395.5
284.0
207.4
153.8
115.8
88.3
68.3
E

3k

205,800
102,690
53,730
29,346
16,674
9,822
5,976
3,750
3,000
2,417
1,598
1,081
747
527
378
F

10k Type 2 10k Type 3 10k Dale 10k 3A221 10k G US 20k NTC
692,700
344,700
180,100
98,320
55,790
32,770
19,930
12,500
10,000
8,055
5,323
3,599
2,486
1,753
1,258
919
682
513
392
303

454,910
245,089
137,307
79,729
47,843
29,588
18,813
12,272
10,000
8,195
5,593
3,894
2,763
1,994
1,462
1,088
821
628
486
380

672,300
337,200
177,200
97,130
55,340
32,660
19,900
12,490
10,000
8,056
5,326
3,602
2,489
1,753
1,258
917
679
511
389
301

333,562
176,081
96,807
55,252
32,639
19,901
12,493
10,000
8,055
5,324
3,600
2,486
1,751
1,255
915
678
509
388
299

441,200
239,700
135,300
78,910
47,540
29,490
18,780
12,260
10,000
8,194
5,592
3,893
2,760
1,990
1,458
1,084
816.8
623.6
481.8
376.4

1,267,600
643,800
342,000
189,080
108,380
64,160
39,440
24,920
20,000
16,144
10,696
7,234
4,992
3,512
2,516
1,833
1,356
1,016
770
591

20k D
803,200
412,800
220,600
122,400
70,200
41,600
25,340
20,000
15,884
10,210
6,718
4,518
3,100
2,168
1,542
1,134
816

3,366,000
1,770,000
971,200
553,400
326,600
199,000
124,900
100,000
80,580
53,260
36,020
24,880
17,510
12,560
9,164
6,792
5,108

100k

10k Type 2

10k Type 3

606
456

3,894
3,006

392
303

486
380

692,700
344,700
180,100
98,320
55,790
32,770
19,930
12,500
10,000
8,055
5,323
3,599
2,486
1,753
1,258
919
682
513

To compute Linitemp Temperature:


2-Wire version (1A/C)
A reading - 273.15=Temperature in C
3-Wire version (10mV/C)
mV reading/10 - 273.15 = Temperature in C

454,910
245,089
137,307
79,729
47,843
29,588
18,813
12,272
10,000
8,195
5,593
3,894
2,763
1,994
1,462
1,088
821
628

SPECIFICATIONS
Wiring
Probe
Test Pressure

22 AWG; 2-wire: RTD Thermistor, 4-20mA; 3-wire: Voltage output models


Stainless Steel
200 psi

Linitemp:

Input Power
Output
Operating Temperature

5 to 30VDC
1A/C or 10mV/C
-25 to 105C (-13 to 221F)

Resistive:

RTD/Thermistor

See table, above

Accuracy:

Calibration Error
Error over Temperature

*Room temperature error documented on each unit.
Z202030-0R

page 1

800.354.8556

1.5C (2.7F) typical; 2.5C (4.5F) max. at 25C (77F)*


1.8C (3.24F) typical; 3.0C (5.4F) max. over 0 to 70C (32 to 158F) range;
2.0C (3.6F) typical, 3.5C (6.3F) max. over -25 to 105C (-13 to 221F) range

2011 Veris Industries USA 800.354.8556 or +1.503.598.4564 / support@veris.com

+1 503.598.4564

www.veris.com

11111

HQ0001878.A 01121

800.354.8556

+1 503.598.4564

www.veris.com

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
TIG Model

TIH Model
Immersion Probes
0.25" dia.
(6 mm)
Overall: "L" + 2" (51 mm)

Thermowells

1.5"
(38 mm)

0.375" dia.
(0.5" dia. on
(10 mm) 12 probe lengths)
L

1/2" NPT
Standard

Overall: "L" + 1.75" (45mm)

0.25"Dia.
(6 mm)

TID Model

4.5"
(114 mm)

4"
(102 mm)

TIW Model

0.5" nom.
(13 mm)

1.5"
(38 mm)
1/2" NPT
Standard

0.25" dia"
(6 mm)

0.25" dia"
(6 mm)

ACCESSORIES

ORDERING INFORMATION
Immersion Probe
Length L

Enclosure

OPTIONS
Thermowell

Sensor Type

Cal Certificate

Threads

Thermowells (AA22, AA24,


AA25, AA33)

TI
D = Duct
G = Service Entry Body
H = Threaded NPT Only
W = Water resistant
housing

A = 2 1/2" (64mm) 0 = None


1 = Add Thermowell
B = 4" (102mm)
C = 6" (152mm)
D = 8" (203mm)
E = 12 (305mm)

Thermowell Sizing
Probe Length
A (2 1/2") (64mm)
B (4") (102mm)
C (6") (152mm)
D (8") (203mm)
E (12) (305mm)

HQ0001878.A 01121

Thermowell Length
1 1/2 (38mm)
3 (76mm)
5 (127mm)
7 (178mm)
11 (279mm)

B = 100R Platinum, RTD


0 = None
Blank = NPT
C = 1k Platinum, RTD
1 = 1 point Cal validation
A = BSPT
D = 10k T2, Thermistor
2 = 2 point Cal validation
B = DIN 2999
E = 2.2k, Thermistor
F = 3k, Thermistor
NOTE:
G = 10k CPC, Thermistor
For 4-20mA transmitter output, order any TI with the
H = 10k, T3, Thermistor
100 platinum RTD and accessory AA10xx
J = 10k Dale, Thermistor
K = 10k w/11k shunt,Thermistor
M = 20k NTC, Thermistor
N = 1800 ohm, Thermistor
P = 10mV/C, Linitemp
R = 10k US, Thermistor
Example:
S = 10k 3A221, Thermistor
T = 100k, Thermistor
TI D
B
1
D
2
A
U = 20k D, Thermistor
W = 10k T2 high accuracy, Thermistor
Y = 10k T3 high accuracy, Thermistor
Z = 10k E1, Thermistor

AA24

TEMPERATURE

2.8"
(71 mm)

2.2"
(56 mm)

TE500DCW12H31E2

Duct Averaging Temperature Sensor

SUBMITTAL
Part Number: TE500DCW12H31E2
Duct Average Temperature Transmitter

PRODUCT SELECTION INFORMATION:


MODEL
TE500D
TE500DC

Product Description
Duct Average Temperature Sensor
Continuous Duct Average Temperature Sensor (Available in Type 12, 1000 Plat. only)
CODE
M
E
W

Enclosure (ABS enclosure is standard)


ABS enclosure, standard (no code required, leave blank)
Metal utility box
Round ABS, w/gasketed cover
Aluminum weatherproof box
CODE
2
12

Sensor
PT100-100 Platinum, IEC 751, 385 Alpha, thin film
PT1000-1000 Platinum, IEC 751, 385 Alpha, thin film
CODE
G
H
I
J

Probe Length/No. of Sensors for Multipoint (D)


1800 mm (6)
3600 mm (12)
6100 mm (20)
7300 mm (24)
CODE
3

(4 Sensors)
(4 Sensors)
(4 Sensors)
(9 Sensors)

Transmitter Output Signal


Current 4-20mA
Voltage 0-5 Vdc
Voltage 0-10 Vdc
CODE
1
2
6
*

Not available on DC

Copper

1A
1D
1E

Not available on DC

Probe Material

CODE

TE500D

The TE500D multi point duct average


temperature transmitter incorporates numerous
precision platinum RTDs at equal distances (DC is
continuous) and encapsulated in a 7.94 mm
(0.3125) OD, soft copper probe and is available in
various lengths (see ordering chart) All probes
provide excellent heat transfer, fast response and
resist moisture penetration. A transmitter that
provides a high accuracy signal with excellent
long term stability, low hysteresis and fast
response is available with various ranges.
(See ordering chart) .

1A

Transmitter Range
0 - 35C (32 - 95F)
0 - 50C (32 - 122F)
-50 - 50C (-58 - 122F)
Customer range, please
contact Greystone

Greystone Energy Systems, Inc. reserves the right to make design modifications without prior notice.

EXAMPLE: Duct average , 20 Copper, 4-20 mA, 0-50 C

*Custom Range:

Sensor Operating
Temperature Range

Enclosure

D: -20 to 60 C (-4 to 140 F)


DC: -40 to 100 C (-40 to 221 F)
Standard - ABS - UL94-V - NEMA 1 (IP23)
Round (E) - ABS - NEMA 3 (IP64)
Metal (M) - Galvanized steel - NEMA 1 (IP23)
Weatherproof (W) - Cast Aluminum - NEMA 4X (IP66)

Cable

FT-6 Plenum rated cable

Probe

0.3125 (7.94 mm) Soft Copper

Output
Signal

Current: 4-20 mA current loop


Voltage: 0-5 or 0-10 VdcC
(Factory Configured)

Transmitter
Accuracy
Power
Supply

0.1% of span, including linearity


Current: 15-35 Vdc or 22-32 Vac
Voltage 0-5 Vdc: 10-35 Vdc or 10-32 Vac
0-10 Vdc: 15-35 Vdc or 15-32Vac

Power
Consumption

Current: 22.5 mA Max. (Occurs with open sensor)


Voltage: 5 mA nominal

PCB Operating
Temperature

0 to 70C (32 to 158F)

Wiring
Connections

Two or three wires


Screw terminal block (14 to 22 AWG)

Installation:
The duct average probes are installed through
a hole in the side of the duct to monitor an
average temperature within the duct. Select a
probe length that allows for criss-crossing the
duct multiple times. Install the probes in a
straight section of duct at a suitable distance
downstream from any heating, cooling or
humidification elements.
Each enclosure style provides mounting tabs
on the outside for ease of installation.

ACCURACY BY DESIGN

Greystone Energy Systems, Inc.


150 English Drive, Moncton, NB
Canada E1E 4G7
(506) 853-3057 Fax: (506) 853-6014
North America: 1-800-561-5611
e-mail: mail@greystoneenergy.com
www.greystoneenergy.com

Dimensions:
ACCURACY BY DESIGN

2.110
53.6 mm
Mounting Holes (X2) 0.200

2X 0.850
Foam Gasket

Soft Copper Probe

4.56
115.8 mm

3.320
84.3 mm
0.3125
7.94 mm

Various Probe Lengths


See Chart Pg 1

ABS Enclosure

2.25
57.2 mm

Soft Copper Probe


4.0
101.6 mm

0.25
6.35 mm

2.44
61.9 mm

Various Probe Lengths


See Chart Pg 1
0.875

Metal Enclosure (M)

2.115
53.7 mm

Foam Gasket

0.825

Soft Copper Probe


3.62
91.9 mm

0.3125
7.94 mm

3.62
91.9 mm

4.12
104.6 mm

Various Probe Lengths


See Chart Pg 1

Round ABS Enclosure (E)

2.125
53.9 mm

1
25.4 mm
Soft Copper Probe

4.50
114.3 mm

0.3125
7.94 mm
Various Probe Lengths
See Chart Pg 1

2X 0.50 NPT

Weatherproof Enclosure (W)

2.85
72 mm

3.35
85 mm
3.78
96 mm

TWLY00

Space Temperature Sensor

TW SERIES

VERIS INDUSTRIES

Wall Mount
Temperature Sensors
Wall Mount Temperature Sensors

TW

TE

DESCRIPTION
These wall mounted temperature sensors feature a discreet appearance combined with high accuracy and reliability. Aesthetically pleasing in any interior environment.
Flexible mounting options include flush and single-gang for ease of installation.

TABLE OF STANDARD RTD AND THERMISTOR VALUES


THERMISTOR

Pt RTD

Class
Type
Accuracy

100 Ohm 1000 Ohm

2.2k

3k

0.3C
0.3C
0.2C 0.2C
0.0385 curve 0.0385 curve 0/70C 0/70C
Temp. Response*
PTC
PTC
NTC
NTC
*PTC: Positive Temperature Coecient
*NTC: Negative Temperature Coecient

TEMPERATURE

-50
-40
-30
-20
-10
0
10
20
25
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110

-58
-40
-22
-4
14
32
50
68
77
86
104
122
140
158
176
194
212
230

120
130

248
266

Sensor Codes

10k Type 2 10k Type 3 10k Dale 10k 3A221 10k G US


1.0C
-50/150C
NTC

0.2C
0/70C
NTC

0.2C
-20/70C
NTC

1.1C
0/70C
NTC

0.2C
0/70C
NTC

20k

20k D

100k

Consult
Factory
NTC

Consult
Factory
NTC

Consult
Factory
NTC

20k D

10k Type 2

10k Type 3

0.1C 20/70C 0.1C


0.2C 0/20C
0/70C
NTC
NTC
High Accuracy

STANDARD RTD AND THERMISTOR VALUES (Ohms )

100 Ohm 1000 Ohm


80.306
84.271
88.222
92.160
96.086
100.000
103.903
107.794
109.735
111.673
115.541
119.397
123.242
127.075
130.897
134.707
138.506
142.293

803.06
842.71
882.22
921.60
960.86
1000.00
1039.03
1077.94
1097.35
1116.73
1155.41
1193.97
1232.42
1270.75
1308.97
1347.07
1385.06
1422.93

146.068
149.832

1460.68
1498.32

2.2k

3k

154,464
77,081
40,330
22,032
12,519
7,373
4,487
2,814
2,252
1,814
1,199
811.5
561.0
395.5
284.0
207.4
153.8
115.8

205,800
102,690
53,730
29,346
16,674
9,822
5,976
3,750
3,000
2,417
1,598
1,081
747
527
378
-

88.3
68.3
E

10k Type 2 10k Type 3 10k Dale 10k 3A221 10k G US 20k NTC

100k

3,366,000
1,770,000
971,200
553,400
326,600
199,000
124,900
100,000
80,580
53,260
36,020
24,880
17,510
12,560
9,164
6,792
5,108

10k Type 2

10k Type 3

770
591

606
456

3,894
3,006

392
303

486
380

454,910
245,089
137,307
79,729
47,843
29,588
18,813
12,272
10,000
8,195
5,593
3,894
2,763
1,994
1,462
1,088
821
628

672,300
337,200
177,200
97,130
55,340
32,660
19,900
12,490
10,000
8,056
5,326
3,602
2,489
1,753
1,258
917
679
511

333,562
176,081
96,807
55,252
32,639
19,901
12,493
10,000
8,055
5,324
3,600
2,486
1,751
1,255
915
678
509

441,200
239,700
135,300
78,910
47,540
29,490
18,780
12,260
10,000
8,194
5,592
3,893
2,760
1,990
1,458
1,084
816.8
623.6

1,267,600
643,800
342,000
189,080
108,380
64,160
39,440
24,920
20,000
16,144
10,696
7,234
4,992
3,512
2,516
1,833
1,356
1,016

392
303

486
380

389
301

388
299

481.8
376.4

SPECIFICATIONS (TE)
Wiring
Housing

803,200
412,800
220,600
122,400
70,200
41,600
25,340
20,000
15,884
10,210
6,718
4,518
3,100
2,168
1,542
1,134
816

692,700
344,700
180,100
98,320
55,790
32,770
19,930
12,500
10,000
8,055
5,323
3,599
2,486
1,753
1,258
919
682
513

692,700
344,700
180,100
98,320
55,790
32,770
19,930
12,500
10,000
8,055
5,323
3,599
2,486
1,753
1,258
919
682
513

To compute Linitemp Temperature:


2-Wire version (1A/C)
A reading - 273.15=Temperature in C
3-Wire version (10mV/C)
mV reading/10 - 273.15 = Temperature in C

454,910
245,089
137,307
79,729
47,843
29,588
18,813
12,272
10,000
8,195
5,593
3,894
2,763
1,994
1,462
1,088
821
628

22 AWG; 2-wire: RTD Thermistor, 4-20mA; 3-wire: Voltage output models


White ABS plastic (For black, consult factory)

Linitemp:

Input Power
Output
Operating Temperature

5 to 30VDC
1A/C or 10mV/C
-25 to 105C (-13 to 221F)

Accuracy:

Calibration Error
Error over Temperature

1.5C (2.7F) typical; 2.5C (4.5F) max. at 25C (77F)*


1.8C (3.24F) typical; 3.0C (5.4F) max. over 0 to 70C (32 to 158F) range;
2.0C (3.6F) typical, 3.5C (6.3F) max. over -25 to 105C (-13 to 221F) range

*Room temperature error documented on each unit.

SPECIFICATIONS (TW/TEA)
Input Power:

TW Model:
12 to 24VAC/DC nominal, 30VDC maximum, 30mA maximum
TEA Model:
4-20mA mode; loop powered 24VDC only; 0-10V, 3-wire, observe polarity; 12-30DC; 0-5V, 3-wire, observe polarity; 24VAC, 12-30DC
Analog
Output (TEA
model)
2-wire, polarity insensitive (clipped and capped)
Z202030-0R
page4-20
1 mA
2011
Veris Industries USA 800.354.8556 or +1.503.598.4564 / support@veris.com
11111
Temp Output (TW Model)
2-wire, loop powered 4-20mA or 3-wire, 0-5V/0-10VDC
Sensor Type
Solid-state, integrated circuit (transmitter)
Accuracy
0.5C (1F) typical

Ranges:

TW Model:
TEA Model:

10 to 35C (50 to 95F)/0 to 50C (32 to 122F) jumper-selectable


10 to 35C (50 to 95F)

RTD/Thermistors in wall packages are not compensated for internal heating of product.

800.354.8556

+1 503.598.4564

www.veris.com

HQ0001876.A 01121

800.354.8556

+1 503.598.4564

www.veris.com

APPLICATION/WIRING DIAGRAMS
TW Series 0-5/0-10V

TW Series 4-20mA

Thermistor, RTD
or Override
Right
Wiper
Left

Voltage Range
Temp Range

+
POWER SOURCE
12 to 24VDC Only DIGITAL CONTROL

Thermistor, RTD
or Override
Right
Wiper
Left

50 to 95
10 to 35 32 to 122
0 to 50

Setpoint

10V

5V

Temp Scale
F

POWER SOURCE
12 to 24VDC Only DIGITAL CONTROL

Temperature
4-20mA

Setpoint

Temperature
0-5/0-10V

NOTE: For 24VAC transformer powered applications, one side of transformer secondary is connected to
common. Isolation transformer, or dedicated power supply may be required.

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
TE/TEA

1.2"
(31 mm)

0.25"
(6 mm)

4.8"
(122 mm)

4.5"
(115 mm)

3.2"
(82 mm)

3.5"
(89 mm)

TEMPERATURE

TW

0.5"
(13 mm)

2.8"
(72 mm)

ORDERING INFORMATION
Local Display

TW

Setpoint/Override

Sensor Type

TEA

A
L = LCD
X = No

= Transmitter selectable outputs


Example:
TW X

Local Display

Output

Cal Certificate

Sensor Type

0 = None
2 = 1k Setpoint
3 = 10k Setpoint
4 = 1k Setpoint w/override
5 = 10k Setpoint w/override

Setpoint/Override

0 = None
1 = 1 point
Cal validation
2 = 2 point
Cal validation

S
M = 4-20mA
V = 0-10VDC
J = 0-5VDC

Sensor Type

Cal Certificate

US or EU

= Standard

Example:
TEA J

Setpoint/Override

Cal Certificate

TE

TW
L = LCD
X = No

HQ0001876.A 01121

0 = None
0 = None
B = 100R platinum, RTD
1 = 1 point
1 = Override*
C = 1k platinum, RTD
Cal validation
2 = 1k Setpoint
D = 10k T2, Thermistor
2 = 2 point
3 = 10k Setpoint
E = 2.2k, Thermistor
Cal validation
4 = 1k Setpoint w/override*
F = 3k, Thermistor
G = 10k CPC, Thermistor
5 = 10k Setpoint w/override*
H = 10k T3, Thermistor
*NOTE: Pushbutton override short circuits RTD/thermistor output
J = 10k Dale, Thermistor
K = 10k w/11k shunt,Thermistor
M = 20k NTC, Thermistor
N = 1800 ohm, Thermistor
P = 10mV/C, Linitemp
Example:
R = 10k US, Thermistor
TW L C 0 1
S = 10k 3A221, Thermistor
T = 100k, Thermistor
U = 20k D, Thermistor
W = 10k T2 high accuracy, Thermistor
Y = 10k T3 high accuracy, Thermistor
Z = 10k E1, Thermistor

0 = None
0 = None
B = 100R Platinum, RTD
1 = 1 point Cal validation
1 = Override
C = 1k Platinum, RTD
2 = 2 point Cal validation
2 = 1k Setpoint
D = 10k T2, Thermistor
3 = 10k Setpoint
E = 2.2k, Thermistor
4 = 1k Setpoint w/override
F = 3k, Thermistor
G = 10k CPC, Thermistor
5 = 10k Setpoint w/override
H = 10k T3, Thermistor
J = 10k Dale, Thermistor
K = 10k w/11k shunt,Thermistor
M = 20k NTC, Thermistor
Example:
N = 1800 ohm, Thermistor
P = 10mV/C, Linitemp
TE D
5
2
R = 10k US, Thermistor
S = 10k 3A221, Thermistor
T = 100k, Thermistor
U = 20k D, Thermistor
W = 10k T2 high accuracy, Thermistor
Y = 10k T3 high accuracy, Thermistor
Z = 10k E1, Thermistor

VER-HD2XVCX Duct Humidity Transmitter

HD & HO SERIES

VERIS INDUSTRIES

Deluxe Duct & Outdoor


Humidity Sensors
HO

HD

1% & 2% NIST, or Standard 2%,


3%, or 5%
DESCRIPTION

FEATURES

HD and HO Deluxe humidity transmitters provide an ideal solution for measuring


relative humidity in a wide range of conditions. All devices are equipped with a
thin-film capacitive sensor that is easily replaceable in the field. These sensors are
calibrated to NIST standards, with certificates available (see Ordering Information;
choose N in NIST block). Temperature sensing options are also available.

Thin-film capacitive sensor element recovers from 100% saturation


Fully interchangeable element to 1%, 2%, 3%, or 5% accuracy...no calibration

The duct mounted HD is encased in a die cast metal housing for extra strength.
The outdoor HO housing is completely weather proof the most rugged sensor
available.

(1% not available on HO models)

Replace element in the field...maintain accuracy and minimize downtime


Duct sensor element can be serviced without disturbing conduit
Polarity insensitive two-wire 4-20mA or 3-wire 0-5/0-10VDC versions...flexible





All Deluxe models come with a standard five-year warranty.

APPLICATIONS
Controlling HVAC systems for improved comfort and energy savings
Museums, schools, printing shops, and other locations requiring humidity

systems compatibity
Potted circuitry prevents costly condensate shorts
Calibration-free interchangeable NIST traceable HS element
HS element is microprocessor profiled with on-board nonvolatile memory
Multi-point digital calibration to NIST standards
NIST certification available
Minimizes field calibration downtime

control

HUMIDITY

Facilitating compliance with ASHRAE standards for environmental control and

indoor air quality

SPECIFICATIONS
Input Power:*
Voltage Model
mA Model
Output Power:
Voltage Model
mA Model
Humidity:
HS Element
Accuracy at 25C from 10-80% RH**
Temperature Effect, Duct Model
Temperature Effect, Outdoor Model
Scaling
Hysteresis
Linearity
Reset Rate***
Stability
Temperature:
Optional Temperature Transmitter Output

Operating Environment:
Operating Humidity Range
Operating Temperature Range

12-30VDC/24VAC, 15mA max.


Loop powered 12-30VDC only, 30mA max.
3-wire, observe polarity
2-wire, polarity insensitive (clipped and capped)
Digitally profiled thin-film capacitive (32 bit mathematics) U.S. Patent 5,844,138
1% (HD only), 2%, 3%, or 5% (specify); multi-point calibration, NIST traceable
0.1% RH/C above or below 25C (typical)
4-20mA version: (0.0013x%RHx(TC-25)); 0-5 V/0-10V versions: (0.0015x%RHx(TC-25))(%RHx0.0008xabs(TC-25))
0-100% RH
1.5% typical
Included in accuracy spec.
24 hours
1%@20C (68F) annually, for two years
Digital, 4-20mA (clipped and capped) or 0-5V/0-10V output;
HO transmitter accuracy: 1.3C (2.3F) typical; HD transmitter accuracy: 0.5C (1.0F) typical
0 to 100% RH noncondensing
-40 to 50C (-40 to 122F)

The HS sensing element has a 1-year warranty. The element is not a part of the 5-year product warranty.
* One side of transformer secondary is connected to signal common, so an Isolation transformer or dedicated power supply may be required.
** Specified accuracy with 24VDC supplied power with rising humidity. RTD/Thermistors are not compensated for internal heating of product.
*** Reset Rate is the time required to recover to 50% RH after exposure to 90% RH for 24 hours.
Shielded cabling is required for conformance to EMC standards. Technical information is available from factory upon request or is available on our website: www.veris.com.
EMC Conformance - CE Option: Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC and EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.
EMC Special Note: Connect this product to a DC distribution network or an AC/DC power adaptor with proper SURGE PROTECTION (EN 61000-6-1:2007 specification requirements).

800.354.8556

+1 503.598.4564

www.veris.com

HQ0001790.A 01121

800.354.8556

+1 503.598.4564

www.veris.com

APPLICATION/WIRING DIAGRAMS

HD/HO 05V/010V Temperature Transmitter Versions


BLUE HUMIDITY

POWER SOURCE
DC Only
(See specifications)
DIGITAL CONTROL
Humidity
4-20mA Return

HD/HO 4-20mA Temperature Transmitter Versions

White/Gray 0-1V
Test Leads for use
with voltmeter

POWER SOURCE
DC Only
(See specifications)

ORANGE THERMISTOR
ORANGE THERMISTOR

HO (05V/010V Resistance Versions)


POWER SOURCE
DC Only
(See specifications)

RED

BLUE 0-10V HUMIDITY


GREEN 0-5V HUMIDITY
ORANGE THERMISTOR
ORANGE THERMISTOR

DIGITAL CONTROL
Humidity
4-20mA Return
Temperature
(optional)

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
HD

0.7"
(18 mm)

BLUE HUMIDITY

White/Gray 0-1V
Test Leads for use
with voltmeter

BLUE HUMIDITY
ORANGE THERMISTOR
ORANGE THERMISTOR

HO

2.3"
(58 mm)
2.7"
(69 mm)

2.9"
(74 mm)

2.8"
(72 mm)

Foam Gasket
2.5" x 2.5"
(64 mm x 64 mm)

4.6"
(117 mm)

4.6"
(117 mm)

0.7"
(18 mm)

0.5" Dia.
(13 mm.)

12.2"
(310 mm)

8.5"
(216 mm)

2.0"
(51 mm)

Humidity Transmitter Combination


Sensor Type

OPTION
Temp Cert

Range

A
= Transmitter

ORDERING INFORMATION

1 = -40 to 50C
(-40 to 122F)
2 = 0 to 50C
(32 to 122F)

Available

Blank = None
1 =1pt Cal
2 = 2pt Cal

Humidity RTD/Thermistor Combination


Accuracy

Enclosure

NIST

Output

US or EU

Temp.

Sensor Type

OPTION Temp Cert

H
D = RH Duct
O = Outdoor

S = Standard
1 = 1% N = NIST 1% & 2% only
M = 4-20mA
2 = 2% X = None 2%, 3%, 5% only V = 0-5V/0-10VDC C = CE
3 = 3%
5 = 5%
(1% not available on HO)
Example: (No Temp)

Example: (With Temp)


N

ACCESSORIES
Water guard (AA42)
Replacement humidity element (HS)

HQ0001790.A 01121

AA42

HS

T = Temp
X = No Temp
(Stop here)

B = 100R Platinum, RTD


Blank = None
C = 1k Platinum, RTD
1 =1pt Cal
D = 10k T2, Thermistor
2 = 2pt Cal
E = 2.2k, Thermistor
F = 3k, Thermistor
G = 10k CPC, Thermistor
H = 10k T3, Thermistor
J = 10k Dale, Thermistor
K = 10k with 11k shunt, Thermistor
M = 20k NTC, Thermistor
N = 1800 ohm TAC, Thermistor
Q = 1uA/C, Linitemp
R = 10k US, Thermistor
S = 10k 3A 221, Thermistor
T = 100k, Thermistor
U = 20k D, Thermistor
W = 10k T2 high accuracy, Thermistor
Y = 10k T3 high accuracy, Thermistor
Z = 10k E1, Thermistor

HUMIDITY

optional

BLUE
HUMIDITY
ORANGE
TEMP

HO 4-20mA Resistance Versions

BLK (Common)

POWER SOURCE
AC/DC
(See Specifications)

White/Gray 0-1V
Test Leads for use
with voltmeter

ORANGE
TEMP

DIGITAL CONTROL
Humidity
4-20mA Return
Temperature
4-20mA Return
(optional)

BLUE HUMIDITY

Temperature
(optional)

BLUE
HUMIDITY

CLRSXX

Remote CO2 sensor

CRL SERIES

VERIS INDUSTRIES

Remote Mount CO2 Sensor,


with Field-Selectable Outputs
Suitable For Outside Air
Measurement Applications

CRL

DESCRIPTION

FEATURES

The CRLXX remote mount carbon dioxide sensor is designed for use in HVAC control
applications. Inside buildings, people are the major source of CO2. By controlling
fresh air based on CO2 levels, energy can be saved and tenant comfort improved.

Microprocessor-based design reduces long-term drift and calibration

The CRLXX ensures that adequate ventilation is provided, while maximizing energy
savings by ventilating at the optimum level.

APPLICATIONS
Controlling HVAC in response to occupancy
Improving tenant comfort
Facilitating compliance with ASHRAE 62.1 standard for air quality
Direct measuring of outside air or sample from other remote area

requirements

Non-dispersive infrared technology (NDIR) repeatable to 20 ppm

0-2000 ppm range...high accuracy measurements


Innovative self-calibration algorithm...reliable accuracy over time
5-year calibration interval (recommended)
Low ambient sensitivity
Field-selectable 4-20mA/0-5V/0-10V output...system flexibility
Comes complete with AA50 3 ft long duct pickup and filtered sample
tube assembly...easy to install
LCD display for visibility
Alarm relay output to trigger HVAC equipment at predetermined level




AIR QUALITY
SPECIFICATIONS
Input Power
Analog Output
Operating Temperature Range*
Operating Humidity Range
Housing Material
CO2 Transmitter:
Sensor Type
Output Range
Accuracy
Repeatability
Response Time***

20 to 30VDC/24VAC; 100mA maximum


4-20mA (clipped & capped)/0-5VDC/0-10VDC (selectable)
0 to 50C (32 to 122F)
0 to 95% RH noncondensing
High impact ABS plastic
Non-dispersive infrared (NDIR), diffusion sampling
0-2000/5000 ppm (programmable)
30 ppm 2% of measured value**
20 ppm 1% of measured value
<60 seconds for 90% step change

EMC Conformance: EN 61000-6-3:2001 Class B, EN 61000-6-1:2001, EN 61000-3-2:2000, EN 61000-3-3:2001, EMC Test Methods: CISPR 22:1997 (Amended A1:2000, A2:2002) Class B, IEC 61000-4-2:2002, IEC 61000-43:2006, IEC 61000-4-4:2004, IEC 61000-4-5:2001, IEC 61000-4-6:2004, IEC 61000-4-8:2001, IEC 61000-4-11:2004.
EMC Special Note: Connect this product to a DC distribution network or an AC/DC power adaptor with proper SURGE PROTECTION (EN 61000-6-1:2001 specification requirements).
* When directly measuring outside air, ensure the temperature of the air as it reaches the sensor is between 0 and 50C.
** Measured at NTP
*** Response time when used with 3ft long sampling tube, Veris part number AA50.
Note: Rough handling and transportation may cause a temporary reduction of CO2 sensor accuracy. With time, the ABC function will tune the readings back to the correct accuracy range. The default tuning speed is limited to
30 ppm per week.

800.354.8556

+1 503.598.4564

www.veris.com

HQ0001741.A 01121

800.354.8556

+1 503.598.4564

www.veris.com

APPLICATION/WIRING DIAGRAM
CONFIGURATION
PUSHBUTTONS

PLUS
ENTER
MINUS

mA

V+ CO2-OUT GND

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
6.7"
(170 mm)

Volt

ABC
ON
LOW
OFF

3.1"
(78 mm)

NC COMM NO

AIR QUALITY

2.4"
(61 mm)

ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
CRLSXX

DESCRIPTION
Remote Mount CO2 Sensor

ACCESSORIES
Remote sample pickup kit (AA50)
Calibration kits and gases (AA01, AA26, AA27, AA28, AA29)
Handheld air quality testers (1010, 1008, 770)

AA50
HQ0001741.A 01121

1010

AA01

VER-CWE

Wall Mount CO2 Sensor

CDE & CWE SERIES

VERIS INDUSTRIES

Economy Duct and Wall


CO2 Sensors
Field-Selectable
4-20mA/0-10VDC Output

CDE

CWE

DESCRIPTION

FEATURES

The CDE and CWE are non-dispersive infrared (NDIR) sensors designed for measuring
environmental CO2 concentration in ventilation systems and indoor living spaces.
Their measurement range of 0-2000 ppm makes them compliant with ASHRAE and
other standards for ventilation control

Microprocessor-based design increases accuracy and reduces installation time


Non-dispersive infrared technology repeatable to 20 ppm 1% of

The CWE/CDE Series provides a user-selectable 4-20mA or 0-10VDC output for


versatility. Microprocessor-based digital electronics and a unique self-calibration
algorithm improves long-term stability and accuracy.

APPLICATIONS

measured value...high accuracy measurements


Innovative self-calibration algorithm...easy to maintain
5-year calibration interval (recommended)
Low ambient sensitivity
Output 4-20mA/0-10V for flexible control system interface
3-year factory warranty from date of purchase

Controlling ventilation in response to occupancy


Facilitating compliance with ASHRAE 62.1 standard for air quality
Office buildings, conference rooms, schools, retail stores, etc.

AIR QUALITY
SPECIFICATIONS
Input Power
Analog Output
Operating Temperature Range
Operating Humidity Range
Housing Material
Sensor Type
Output Range
Accuracy
Repeatability
Response Time

3Year

Warranty

20 to 30VDC/24AC; 100mA Maximum


4-20mA (clipped and capped)/0-10VDC (selectable)
0 to 50C (32 to 122F)
0 to 95% RH noncondensing
High impact ABS plastic
Non-dispersive infrared, diffusion sampling
0-2000 ppm
30 ppm 2% of measured value*
20 ppm 1% of measured value
<60 seconds for 90% step change

RTD/Thermistors in wall housings are not compensated for internal heating of product.
EMC Conformance: Low voltage directive 2006/95/EC and EMC directive 2004/108/EC.
EMC Special Note: Connect this product to a DC distribution network or an AC/DC power adaptor with proper SURGE PROTECTION (EN 61000-6-1:2007 specification requirements).
* Measured at NTP
Note: Rough handling and transportation may cause a temporary reduction of CO2 sensor accuracy. With time, the ABC function will tune the readings back to the correct accuracy range. The default tuning speed is limited
to 30 ppm per week.

800.354.8556

+1 503.598.4564

www.veris.com

HQ0001740.A 01121

800.354.8556

+1 503.598.4564

www.veris.com

APPLICATION/WIRING DIAGRAMS
CWE Wall Mount

CDE Duct Mount

CALIBRATION
PUSHBUTTON
V+

Power (+24) N/A


CO2 OUT
RTD
COMMON
RTD

Optional

CO2-OUT

GND

LED

CONDUIT ADAPTER
(included)

* Note: Connector blocks and headers for optional


features are not included with non-option models.

1/2 NPT MALE/FEMALE


(included)

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
CWE Wall Mount

CDE Duct Mount


6.7"
(170 mm)
3.1"
(78 mm)

7.8"
(97 mm)

2.4"
(61 mm)

3.5"
(89 mm)

1.2"
(30 mm)

ORDERING INFORMATION
Duct Mount

all models

ACCESSORIES

Wall Mount

Calibration kits and gases (AA01, AA26, AA27, AA28, AA29)


Handheld air quality testers (1010, 1008, 770)

Sensor Type

CDE

(No Options)

CWE
SB = 100R Platinum, RTD
SC = 1k Platinum, RTD
SD = 10k T2, RTD, Thermistor
SE = 2.2k, Thermistor
SF = 3k, Thermistor
SG = 10k CPC, Thermistor
SH = 10k T3, Thermistor
SJ = 10k Dale, Thermistor
SK = 10k w/11k shunt, Thermistor
SM = 20k NTC, Thermistor
SN = 1800 ohm, Thermistor
SR = 10k US, Thermistor
SS = 10k 3A221, Thermistor
ST = 100k, Thermistor
SU = 20k D Thermistor
SW = 10k T2 high accuracy, Thermistor
SY = 10k T3 high accuracy, Thermistor
SZ = 10k E1, Thermistor

HQ0001740.A 01121

1010

Example:

CWE SH

AA01

AIR QUALITY

4.8"
(122 mm)

10.2"
(258 mm)

FSR1AK1X +
FST4A020

Ultrasonice Strap on Flow Meter

FST & FSR SERIES

VERIS INDUSTRIES

Ultrasonic Flow and


Energy BTU Meter
Accurate Readings From
Outside the Pipe

FSR Monitor
FST4, FST5 Transducer
N o cu
weld tting,
in
drill g, or
in
a fas g for
inexp t and
insta ensive
llatio
n

FST1, FST2, FST3 Transducers

Temperature Sensors

DESCRIPTION

FEATURES

Ultrasonic flow and energy metering systems clamp onto the outside of pipes
without contacting the internal liquid. The technology has many advantages over
other products including low-cost installation, no pressure head loss, no moving
parts to maintain or replace, excellent fluid compatibility, and a wide bidirectional
measuring range that ensures reliable readings even at very low and very high flow
rates. Veris ultrasonic metering products are available in a variety of configurations
that permit selection of an ideal system, no matter what the application.

Wide range of measurable fluids, including water, brine, raw sewage, ethylene

The monitor is available in two versions: standard flow and energy flow versions.
Energy versions are used in conjunction with dual clamp-on or insert RTD
temperature sensors. The energy flow meter calculates energy usage in BTU or
tons, and it is ideal for retrofit, chilled water, and other HVAC and building
automation applications.

APPLICATIONS

glycol, glycerin, and more...flexibility in commercial and industrial applications

Bidirectional flow measurement...can measure forward flow, reverse flow, and

net total

No contact with fluid...safe from fouling and damage from system pressure
Modbus RTU and BAcnet/IP communications available...easy integration with

existing data collection systems


Compact, rugged aluminum housing...long service in harsh environments
Digital LCD...easy to read
Universal AC or DC power with clamp-on or insertion temperature sensors and
numerous measurement unit choices...lots of flexibility
Factory programming included using a web-based tool at time of ordering
(www.veris.com)...save time in installation

Commercial and industrial installations involving clean liquids or liquids

containing small amounts of suspended solids or aeration

flow
SPECIFICATIONS

1Year

Warranty

System:
Velocity Range
All models: Bidirectional flow;

FST1, FST2, FST3: 2 to 40 FPS (0.6 to 12.1 MPS);

FST4, FST5: 1 to 40 FPS (0.3 to 12.1 MPS)
Flow Accuracy
FST4, FST5: 1% of reading at rates > 1 FPS (0.3 MPS); within 0.01 FPS (0.003 MPS) at lower rates

FST1, FST2, FST3, 1 and larger units: 1% of reading from 4-40 FPS (1.2-12 MPS); 0.04 FPS (0.012 MPS) at rates < 4 FPS 91.2-12 MPS)

FST1, FST2, FST3, units smaller than 1: 1% of full scale
Flow Repeatability
0.01% of reading
Flow Sensitivity
0.001 FPS (0.0003 MPS)
Temperature Accuracy (Energy Versions Only)
0 to 100C (32 to 212F); Absolute 0.25C (0.45F), Difference 0.1C (0.18F)
Temperature Sensitivity
0.025C (0.05F)
Temperature Repeatability
0.05% of reading
Monitor:
Power
AC: fused, 95-264VAC, 47-63 Hz at 17VA max.; DC: auto-reset fuse, 10-28VDC at 5.0W, reverse polarity and transient supression protected
Display
2 line backlit LCD
Engineering Units
Rate: Gal, liters, million gal, ft3, m3, acre-ft, oil barrels (42 gal); liquor barrels (31.5 gal), ft, m, lb, kg
(User Configured)
Energy Version: BTU, MBTU, MMBTU, Ton

Time: Sec, min, hr, days

Totalizer: Gal, liters, million gal, ft3, m3, acre-ft, oil barrels (42 gal), liquor barrels (31.5 gal), lb, kg
Ambient Conditions
-40 to 85C (-40 to 185F), 0-95% RH (noncondensing)
Response Time (Flow)
0.3 to 30 sec, user configured, for 10% to 90% step change in flow
Security
Keypad lockout, user selected 4-digit password code
Transducers:
Environment
IP 67
Pipe Surface Temperature
FST4, FST5: -40 to 121C (-40 to 250F); FST1, FST2, FST3: -40 to 85C (-40 to 185F)
Ambient Conditions
-40 to 85C (-40 to 185F), 0-95% RH noncondensing
Software Compatibility
Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista

800.354.8556

+1 503.598.4564

www.veris.com

HQ0001789.B 01131

800.354.8556

+1 503.598.4564

www.veris.com

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
FST1, FST2, FST3 Transducers

FSR Monitor

4.1
(105 mm)

6.4
(163 mm)
6.0
(153 mm)

D
B

4.3
(110 mm)

U-Bolt Connection
(2 Pipe Only)

2x 0 0.5
(13 mm)

1/2

1.4
(35 mm)

FST4, FST5 Transducer

3/4
0.75
(19 mm)

2.7
(67 mm)

1
1.6
(40 mm)
2.9
(74 mm)

1 1/4

2.2
(56 mm)

Clamp-On RTD Temperature Sensor


Cable Diameter
0.3 (7 mm)

0.5
(13 mm)

1 1/2

0.2
(5 mm)

MET US

Electrical and Hazardous


Location Safety
E112904

ORDERING INFORMATION
Monitors:
Output

K
A = AC, 95-264 V
D = DC

Transducers:
Pipe Type

FST

Cable Length

020

1 = ANSI pipe, 1/2 to 2


2 = Copper pipe, 1/2 to 2
3 = Rigid tube, 1/2 to 2 *

Pipe Type

FST
4 = most materials 2 to 24
5 = most materials >24
HQ0001789.B 01131

A = 1/2
B = 3/4
C = 1
D = 1 1/4
E = 1 1/2
F = 2

= 20 ft. (6.1 m) ***

Pipe Size

Cable Length

020

= greater than 2

2.36 (60 mm)

2.66 (68 mm)

0.840 (22 mm)

2.36 (60 mm)

3.33 (85 mm)

0.625 (16 mm)

Tubing

2.46 (63 mm)

2.28 (58 mm)

3.33 (85 mm)

0.500 (13 mm)

ANSI

2.46 (63 mm)

2.57 (66 mm)

2.66 (68 mm)

1.050 (27 mm)

Copper

2.46 (63 mm)

2.50 (64 mm)

3.56 (91 mm)

0.875 (23 mm)

Tubing

2.46 (63 mm)

2.50 (64 mm)

3.56 (91 mm)

0.750 (19 mm)

ANSI

2.46 (63 mm)

2.92 (75 mm)

2.86 (73 mm)

1.315 (34 mm)

Copper

2.46 (63 mm)

2.87 (73 mm)

3.80 (97 mm)

1.125 (29 mm)

Tubing

2.46 (63 mm)

2.75 (70 mm)

3.80 (97 mm)

1.000 (26 mm)

ANSI

2.79 (71 mm)

3.18 (81 mm)

3.14 (80 mm)

1.660 (43 mm)

Copper

2.46 (63 mm)

3.00 (77 mm)

4.04 (103 mm)

1.375 (35 mm)

Tubing

2.46 (63 mm)

3.00 (77 mm)

4.04 (103 mm)

1.250 (32 mm)

ANSI

3.02 (77 mm)

3.42 (87 mm)

3.33 (85 mm)

1.900 (49 mm)

Copper

2.71 (69 mm)

2.86 (73 mm)

4.28 (109 mm)

1.625 (42 mm)

Tubing

2.71 (69 mm)

3.31 (85 mm)

4.28 (109 mm)

1.500 (39 mm)

ANSI

3.71 (95 mm)

3.42 (87 mm)

5.50 (140 mm)

2.375 (61 mm) *

3.71 (95 mm)

3.38 (86 mm)

5.50 (140 mm)

2.125 (54 mm) *

3.21 (82 mm)

3.85 (98 mm)

4.75 (121 mm)

2.000 (51 mm) *

2
(U-bolt Copper
only)
Tubing

* Varies due to U-bolt feature

02 = 20 ft. (6.1 m)
05 = 50 ft. (15.2 m) **
10 = 100 ft. (30.4 m) **

A = Clamp-on RTD
B = Insertion RTD

* If Flow version is selected, this option includes


frequency; if Energy version is selected, this option
includes temperature (not frequency).
** Call for availability.
Works with most pipe materials. See website for details.
Call for other length options.

= 20 ft. (6.1 m)

2.46 (63 mm)

Temp. Sensor Type

Example:

2.46 (63 mm)

Pipe Size

Copper

Temp. Sensor Cable Length

1 = Analog 4-20mA,
Modbus, frequency
or temperature *
2 = 10/100 Base-T,
ethernet, BACnet,
Modbus, TCP-IP

ANSI

Energy/BTU Included Temp. Sensor


Power

FSR
1 = Flow Meter
2 = Energy/BTU
Meter

Pipe
Material

Example Monitor: FSR1AK1X or FSR2DKX02A


Example Transducer: FST2C020

ACCESSORIES
PART #

DESCRIPTION

FSA001

Kit, software CD, Veris Ultrasonic, USB

FSA002

Acc, Flow, US, transducer coupling grease, 5.3 oz.

FSA003

Acc, Flow, US, kit, 200C temperature clamp, 1k RTD,


20 ft. lead

FSA004

Acc, Flow, US, kit, 200C temperature clamp, 1k RTD,


50 ft. lead

FSA005

Acc, Flow, US, kit, 200C temperature clamp, 1k RTD,


100 ft. lead

FSA006

Acc, Flow, US, kit, 200C temperature insert, 3 x 1/4,


1k RTD 20

FSA007

Acc, Flow, US,Extra heat sink grease, 4 g

FSA008

Acc, Flow, US, temperature clamp tape, 6 ft.

FSA009

Acc, Flow, US, connector, RTD replacement

FSA010

Acc, Flow, US, kit, 200C temperature insert, 3 x 1/4,


1k RTD 50

PS24 - 7.5W

Power Supply, 24VDC, 7.5W

flow

Pipe
Size

2.1
(53 mm)

0 0.75
(19 mm)

Type

VER-U001-0022

Impellor Water Flow Meter

SDI SERIES

VERIS INDUSTRIES

Insert Meter, Small


Diameter Impeller (SDI)
SDI0H1N20-0200

Ideal For Pipe Sizes 1-1/2 To


Over 36

SDI1D1N20-0200

DESCRIPTION

FEATURES

The Veris direct insert style liquid flow sensor with stainless steel/PPS plastic or PEEK
plastic tip combines flow sensing with a built-in transmitter for an all-in-one flow
measuring system. This device fits all 1-1/2 to over 36 (38 to 915 mm) pipes, and it
is intended for direct installation into the pipe through a 1 NPT hole.

This sensor is available with or without hot tap capability. In the hot tap installation,
the sensor is mounted in the pipe under pressure by attaching a service saddle or
weld-on fitting to the pipe. Then the sensor assembly is attached to an isolation
valve and extended into the pipeline to measure flow. Hot tap installations are often
required in retrofit projects, but even in new construction, a hot tap sensor can be
desirable for service considerations.

NEMA 4 electronics housing...rugged and weather-proof


Scaled pulse and 4-20mA output available
Viton O-ring seal...no leaks
Stainless steel impeller, tungsten carbide shaft and polyamide-imide bearing...
highly durable

Software and programming cable are required to operate these meters. If the meter
will be used for hot tap installation, the A1027 tool is also needed (see Ordering
Information).

APPLICATIONS

flow

Flow measuring projects


True hot tap installations
BTU applications (requires temperature sensors and transmitter/monitor)

SPECIFICATIONS
Recommended Design Flow Range
Pressure Rating
Maximum Temperature Rating
Operating Temperature
Pressure Drop
Accuracy
Repeatability

1Year

Warranty

0.3 to 20 ft./sec
1000 psi @ 21C (70F)
135C (300F)
Electronics: 20 to 65C (14 to 150F)
0.5 psi or less @ 10 ft/sec for all pipe sizes 1.5 dia and up
1% of rate over optimum flow range*
0.5%

* 10 upstream and 5 downstream straight pipe diameters, uninterrupted flow.

800.354.8556

+1 503.598.4564

www.veris.com

HQ0001777.C 01131

800.354.8556

+1 503.598.4564

www.veris.com

DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
SDI1D1N20-0200
D1 = 15.75 (400 mm)
D2 = 19.25 (489 mm)
D3 = 25.5 (648 mm)

4.25
(108 mm)
0.7
(18 mm)

Handtight Engagement + Wrench Makeup


Per ANSI/ASME B1.20.1-1993, R1992

SDI0H1N20-0200
isolation valve, top
view

H1 = 19.0 (483 mm)


H2 = 21.5 (546 mm)
H3 = 27.5 (699 mm)

7.9
(201 mm)

7.75
(197 mm)
4.4
(112 mm)

2.9
(74 mm)

flow

1 NPT

isolation valve, side view

ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL

MANUF. PART #

DESCRIPTION

U001-0020

A301-20*

Flow, Programming Cable with CD for Badger/DI prod

U001-0021

SDI0D1N10-0200

Flow, SDI, SS, 1.5 to 10, 4-20mA, No Display

U001-0022

SDI0H1N10-0200

Flow, SDI, Hot Tap, SS, 1.5 to 10, 4-20mA, No Display

U001-0050

A1027**

Flow, Tool, Hot Tap Adapter, 1 machine to 1 NPT

U001-0063

SD10D1N00-0200

Flow, SDI, SS, 1.5 to 10, Frequency, No Display

U001-0064

SD10H1N00-0200

Flow, SDI, SS, 1.5 to 10, Hot Tap, Frequency, No Display

U001-0149

40134-0002*

Flow, Programming Data Converter with Cable and CD

Example:

* Software and programming cable are required for analog, Modbus, LonWorks, BACnet transmitter and meter products.
** A1027 required to adapt SDI hot tap sensor 1 machine thread to 1 NPT for hot tap drilling tools.

SDI

D3

Other models available:


Material

Type

Electronic
Housing

SDI

Output

Display

O-Ring

N
0 = Stainless Steel/
PPS plastic Tip
1 = Brass/PPS
plastic Tip
(no Hot Tap)
2 = Stainless Steel/
PEEK plastic Tip

HQ0001777.C 01131

D1 = Direct Insert for Pipe 1 - 10


D2 = Direct Insert for Pipe 12 - 36
D3 = Direct Insert 36 and up
H1 = Hot Tap for Pipe 1 - 10
H2 = Hot Tap for Pipe 12 - 36
H3 = Hot Tap 36 and up

= NEMA 4X

0 = Frequency (standard) 0 = No Display


1 = LCD Option
1 = Analog 4-20mA
(requires
2 = Scaled Pulse
output
5 = Bidirectional, analog,
option 1 or 2)
4-20mA (hot tap
SS only)
6 = Bidirectional, scaled
pulse (hot tap SS only)

0 = Viton
(standard)
1 = EDPM
2 = AFLAS

Shaft

Impeller

Bearing

0 = Zirconia Ceramic = Stainless Steel = Torion


(optional)
1 = Hastelloy C-276
(optional)
2 = Tungsten Carbide
(standard)

TOYR00

Outside Air Temperature Sensor

TO SERIES

VERIS INDUSTRIES

Outdoor Temperature
Sensors
Sleek Design, Prevents
Solar Heating

TO

DESCRIPTION

FEATURES

The TO Series outdoor temperature sensors feature a sleek, weather resistant design,
and provide easy installation. The durable probe is encased in a radiation shield
to prevent solar heating. Choose from a variety of RTD, thermistor, or transmitter
outputs to suit any application.

Sleek design prevents solar heating...reliable and accurate


Available with transmitter, linitemp, RTDs, or thermistors

TEMPERATURE
SPECIFICATIONS
Wiring
22 AWG; 2-wire: RTD/Thermistor, 4-20mA; 3-wire: Voltage output models
Junction Box Weatherproof

Transmitter:

Input Power
4-20mA version - Loop powered 12-30VDC only, 30mA max; 0-5/0-10V versions - 12-30VDC/24VAC, 15mA max
Temp Output
2-wire, loop powered 4-20mA; 3-wire, 0-5V/0-10VDC
Sensor Type
Solid-state, integrated circuit (Transmitter)
Accuracy
0.5C (1F) typical
Ranges 0 to 50C (32 to 122F), -40 to 50C (-40 to 122F)

Linitemp:

Input Power
Output
Operating Temperature

5 to 30VDC
1A/C or 10mV/C
-25 to 105C (-13 to 221F)

Resistive:

RTD/Thermistor

See table, facing page

Accuracy:

Calibration Error
Error over Temperature

800.354.8556

1.5C (2.7F) typical; 2.5C (4.5F) max. at 25C (77F)


1.8C (3.24F) typical; 3.0C (5.4F) max. over 0 to 70C (32 to 158F) range;
2.0C (3.6F) typical, 3.5C (6.3F) max. over -25 to 105C (-13 to 221F) range

+1 503.598.4564

www.veris.com

HQ0001875.B 01131

800.354.8556

+1 503.598.4564

www.veris.com

DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

4.7"
(119 mm)

0.7"
(18 mm)

Transmitter Models: 9.5" (242 mm)


All Other Sensor Types: 4.0 (102 mm)

2.7"
(69 mm)

TABLE OF STANDARD RTD AND THERMISTOR VALUES


Type
Accuracy

Temp. Response*

THERMISTOR

100 Ohm

1000 Ohm

2.2k

3k

20k

20k D

100k

10k Type 2

10k Type 3

0.3C

0.3C

0.2C

0.2C

1.0C

0.2C

0.2C

1.1C

0.2C

Consult

Consult

Consult

0.1C 20/70C

0.1C

0.0385
curve

0.0385
curve

0/70C

0/70C

-50/150C

0/70C

-20/70C

0/70C

0/70C

Factory

Factory

Factory

0.2C 0/20C

0/70C

PTC

PTC

NTC

NTC

NTC

NTC

NTC

NTC

NTC

NTC

NTC

NTC

NTC

NTC

10k Type 2 10k Type 3

10k Dale

10k 3A221 10k G US

High Accuracy

*PTC: Positive Temperature Coefficient


*NTC: Negative Temperature Coefficient

STANDARD RTD AND THERMISTOR VALUES (Ohms )


C

100 Ohm

1000 Ohm

20k D

100k

10k Type 2

10k Type 3

-50

-58

80.306

803.06

154,464 205,800

692,700

454,910

672,300

441,200

1,267,600

692,700

454,910

-40

-40

84.271

842.71

77,081

102,690

344,700

245,089

337,200

333,562

239,700

643,800

803,200

3,366,000

344,700

245,089

-30

-22

88.222

882.22

40,330

53,730

180,100

137,307

177,200

176,081

135,300

342,000

412,800

1,770,000

180,100

137,307

-20

-4

92.160

921.60

22,032

29,346

98,320

79,729

97,130

96,807

78,910

189,080

220,600

971,200

98,320

79,729

-10

14

96.086

960.86

12,519

16,674

55,790

47,843

55,340

55,252

47,540

108,380

122,400

553,400

55,790

47,843

32

100.000

1000.00

7,373

9,822

32,770

29,588

32,660

32,639

29,490

64,160

70,200

326,600

32,770

29,588

10

32

103.903

1039.03

4,487

5,976

19,930

18,813

19,900

19,901

18,780

39,440

41,600

199,000

19,930

18,813

20

68

107.794

1077.94

2,814

3,750

12,500

12,272

12,490

12,493

12,260

24,920

25,340

124,900

12,500

12,272

25

77

109.735

1097.35

2,252

3,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

20,000

20,000

100,000

10,000

10,000

30

86

111.673

1116.73

1,814

2,417

8,055

8,195

8,056

8,055

8,194

16,144

15,884

80,580

8,055

8,195

40

104

115.541

1155.41

1,199

1,598

5,323

5,593

5,326

5,324

5,592

10,696

10,210

53,260

5,323

5,593

50

122

119.397

1193.97

811.5

1,081

3,599

3,894

3,602

3,600

3,893

7,234

6,718

36,020

3,599

3,894

60

140

123.242

1232.42

561.0

747

2,486

2,763

2,489

2,486

2,760

4,992

4,518

24,880

2,486

2,763

70

158

127.075

1270.75

395.5

527

1,753

1,994

1,753

1,751

1,990

3,512

3,100

17,510

1,753

1,994

80

176

130.897

1308.97

284.0

378

1,258

1,462

1,258

1,255

1,458

2,516

2,168

12,560

1,258

1,462

90

194

134.707

1347.07

207.4

919

1,088

917

915

1,084

1,833

1,542

9,164

919

1,088

100

212

138.506

1385.06

153.8

682

821

679

678

816.8

1,356

1,134

6,792

682

821

110

230

142.293

1422.93

115.8

513

628

511

509

623.6

1,016

816

5,108

513

628

120

248

146.068

1460.68

88.3

392

486

389

388

481.8

770

606

3,894

392

486

130

266

149.832

1498.32

68.3

303

380

301

299

376.4

591

456

3,006

303

380

Sensor Codes

2.2k

3k

10k Type 2 10k Type 3

10k Dale

10k 3A221 10k G US 20k NTC

To compute Linitemp Temperature:


2-Wire version (1A/C)
A reading - 273.15=Temperature in C
3-Wire version (10mV/C)
mV reading/10 - 273.15 = Temperature in C

TEMPERATURE

Pt RTD

Class

ORDERING INFORMATION
Temperature Transmitter Models

RTD/Thermistor Models
Sensor Type

TO

Output

Output

Cal Certificate

Range

TOA

0 = None
B = 100R Platinum, RTD
= Resistive Output
M = 4-20mA
1 = -40to 50C
1 = 1 point Cal validation
C = 1k Platinum, RTD
V = 0-5/0-10VDC (-40 to 122F)
2 = 2 point Cal validation
2 = 0 to 50C
D = 10k T2, Thermistor
(32 to 122F)
E = 2.2k, Thermistor
F = 3k, Thermistor
G = 10k CPC, Thermistor
Example:
H = 10k T3, Thermistor
Example:
J = 10k Dale, Thermistor
TOA M
1
0
TO C R 2
K = 10k w/11k shunt,Thermistor
M = 20k NTC, Thermistor
N = 1800 ohm, Thermistor
Z202030-0RP = 10mV/C,
page Linitemp
1
2012 Veris Industries USA 800.354.8556 or +1.503.598.4564 / support@veris.com
02121
R = 10k US, Thermistor
S = 10k 3A221, Thermistor
T = 100k, Thermistor
U = 20k D, Thermistor
NOTE: For 4-20mA transmitter output, order
W = 10k T2 high accuracy, Thermistor
any TO with the 100 platinum RTD and
Y = 10k T3 high accuracy, Thermistor
accessory AA10xx.
Z = 10k E1, Thermistor
HQ0001875.B 01131

Cal Certificate

0 = None
1 = 1 point Cal validation
2 = 2 point Cal validation

WPS-G-PS3

Liquid Static Pressure Switch

LIQUID PRESSURE SWTCHES


WPS Series

Precision pressure
control / sensing
FEATURES:

High rated SPDT contacts


Adjustable setpoint
Adjustable dierential
Direct switching of 240 Vac loads
Full mechancial switching

Peace of mind
through reliable
pressure monitoring
GREYSTONE HAS AN ISO 9001 REGISTERED QUALITY SYSTEM

WPS-G-PS3

Liquid Static Pressure Switch


DESCRIPTION:

The WPS-G-PS3 pressure switch is a cost eective pressure monitoring solutions for liquids and non aggressive
gases.
The compact design and rugged construction makes the WPS-G suitable for monitoring pumps, chillers, valves,
etc. The unit has an adjustable setpoint with adjustable dierential and comes complete with a dial to show the
liquid pressure.

SPECIFICATIONS :

Range.............................................
Max. Operating Pressure.........
Max. Leak Test Pressure ..........
Pressure Connection................
Electrical Connection...............

-0.5 to 7 Bar (-7.25 to 101.5 Psi )


22 Bar (319 PSI)
25 Bar (363 PSI)
1/4 BSP Male
Screw terminals suitable for 1.5 mm
conductors max.
Contact Rating............................ 24 Amp@ 230 Vac resistive
10 Amp Inductive
Protection .................................... IP44 (NEMA 2)
Ambient Temperature ............. -50 to 70C (-58 to 158F)
Fluid Temperature ..................... -50 to 170C (-58 to 338F)
Dimensions .................................. 42 x 85 x 75 mm
Weight ........................................... 346 gms (12.2 oz)
Approvals...................................... ULC #E85974

86 mm
(3.40)

75 mm
(2.95)

44 mm
(1.75)

WPS-D-FD113
Liquid Differential Pressure Switch
DESCRIPTION:

1/4 BSP Male

The WPS-D-FD113 dierential pressure switch is a low cost eective pressure monitoring solutions for liquids and
non aggressive gases.
The unit is designed for both flow proving and flow failure detection to cover the range of 0.3 to 4.5 Bar (4.35 to
65.25 PSI). Approxiamate setpoint can be viewed on the dial at the front of the unit.

SPECIFICATIONS:

Range.............................................
Dierential ..................................
Factory Setting ..........................
Max. Operating Pressure.........
Max. Leak Test Pressure ..........
Pressure Connection................
Electrical Connection...............

SYSTEMS

INC

Greystone Energy Systems Inc.


150 English Drive, Moncton, N.B.
Canada E1E 4G7
(506) 853-3057 Fax: (506) 853-6014
North America: 1-800-561-5611
e-mail: mail@greystoneenergy.com
www.greystoneenergy.com

V.02/13

68 mm
(2.70)

48 mm
(1.90)
1/4 BSP Female

Greystone Energy Systems Inc. is one of North Americas


largest ISO registered manufacturers of HVAC sensors and
transducers for Building Automation Management Systems.
We have conscientiously established a worldwide
reputation as an industry leader by maintaining leadingedge design technology, prompt technical support, and
a commitment to on-time deliveries. We take pride in our
Quality Management System which is ISO 9001 certified,
assuring our customers of consistent product reliability.

GREYSTONE HAS AN ISO 9001 REGISTERED QUALITY SYSTEM

Copyright Greystone Energy Systems Inc. All Rights Reserved

ENERGY

128 mm
(5.05)

PRINTED IN CANADA

0.2 to 4.5 Bar (2.9 to 65.25 PSI)


0.2 Bar (2.9 PSI)
0.7 Bar (10.15 PSI)
12 Bar (174 PSI)
23 Bar (334 PSI)
1/4 BSP Female
Screw terminals suitable for 1.5 mm
conductors max.
Contact Rating............................ 3 Amp @ 230 Vac Inductive
0.1 Amp @ 230 Vdc
Ambient Temperature ............. -20 to 70C (-4 to 158F)
Fluid Temperature .................... Max. 70C (158F)
Materials ...................................... Fittings - Brass
Wetted Parts - Phosphor bronze
Switch Back plate - Zinc plated mild steel
Housing cover - Flame resistant polycarbonate
Protection .................................... IP30 (NEMA 2)
Dimensions .................................. 48 x 128 x 175 mm
Weight ........................................... 790 gms (1.75 lbs)
Approvals...................................... ULC #E85974

CMD050VC

CO Sensor

Carbon Monoxide (CO) Gas Detectors


with (0)2-10 Vdc or (0)4-20 mA Output

CMD
CMB
CMS

Jan.13

Features
Electrochemical sensor element
(0)2-10 Vdc or (0)4-20 mA output,
jumper selectable
Measuring ranges
0-50 ppm
0-100 ppm
0-150 ppm
0-200 ppm
0-250 ppm
0-300 ppm
0-500 ppm
0-1000 ppm
0-2000 ppm

CMD
Standard IP65
plastic enclosure

Wide supply voltage range (18-28 Vac/dc)


Overload protected
Reverse polarity protected
Continuous monitoring
Low zero point drift
Positoning stable
IP65 plastic enclosure
with LCD display
to show actual
ppm-range

IP65 plastic enclosure


with LED indicators
Power supply = Green
Low-Alarm = Yellow
High-Alarm = Red

Long life sensor


Modular plug-in technology

Applications

CMS
IP55 stainless steel
enclosure

TL1 SSE
To avoid unauthorized
opening,
the stainless steel
enclosure can only
be opened by the
opening tool TL1 SSE

CMB
IP65 plastic enclosure
with duct mounting set

Options
Relay Pack
(2 alarm relays)
*LCD display
*LED indicator
Buzzer (Siren)
Heater
RS-485 Modbus

vehicle exhaust in parking structures


(e.g. underground garages)
engine repair shops
engine test benches
go-kart race cources
loading bays
tunnels
shelters
equipment rooms
ventilation systems etc.

Description
CO detectors CMD, CMB and CMS-series including digital
measurement value processing and temperature
compensation for the continuous monitoring of the ambient
air to detect carbon monoxide concentrations (CO).
Comfortable calibration routine with selective access
release is integrated in the transmitter.
The CO detector CMD, CMB and CMS-series possesses
a standard analog output (0)2-10 Vdc or (0)4-20 mA.
As option RS-485 interface and 2 relays with adjustable
switching thresholds are available.

*Not for CMS


Due to the standard analog signal the CO detector is
compatible to DDC and PLC.
Ventilation Control Products
Sweden

Phone: +46-(0)31-811666
Fax:
+46-(0)31-812766

E-mail:
Web:

info@vcp.se
www.vcp.se

Carbon Monoxide (CO) Gas Detectors


with (0)2-10 Vdc or (0)4-20 mA Output

CMD
CMB
CMS

Jan.13

Ordering
__________________________________________________
Type no.
ppm range
Enclosure
__________________________________________________
CMD 050VC
CMD 100VC
CMD 150VC
CMD 200VC
CMD 300VC
CMD 400VC
CMD 500VC
CMD 1000VC
CMD 2000VC

0-50 ppm
0-100 ppm
0-150 ppm
0-200 ppm
0-300 ppm
0-400 ppm
0-500 ppm
0-1000 ppm
0-2000 ppm

IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65

CMB 050VC
CMB 100VC
CMB 150VC
CMB 200VC
CMB 300VC
CMB 400VC
CMB 500VC
CMB 1000VC
CMB 2000VC

0-50 ppm
0-100 ppm
0-150 ppm
0-200 ppm
0-300 ppm
0-400 ppm
0-500 ppm
0-1000 ppm
0-2000 ppm

IP65,
IP65,
IP65,
IP65,
IP65,
IP65,
IP65,
IP65,
IP65,

duct
duct
duct
duct
duct
duct
duct
duct
duct

CMS 050VC
CMS 100VC
CMS 150VC
CMS 200VC
CMS 300VC
CMS 400VC
CMS 500VC
CMS 1000VC
CMS 2000VC

0-50 ppm
0-100 ppm
0-150 ppm
0-200 ppm
0-300 ppm
0-400 ppm
0-500 ppm
0-1000 ppm
0-2000 ppm

IP55,
IP55,
IP55,
IP55,
IP55,
IP55,
IP55,
IP55,
IP55,

s/s
s/s
s/s
s/s
s/s
s/s
s/s
s/s
s/s

CMD

CMB

CMS

TL1 SSE
Tool for opening
stainless steel
enclosure

Options:
________________________________________________________________
Type no.
Descriptions
________________________________________________________________
RP2

Relay pack (2 alarm relays)

BZI

Buzzer

LCD

LCD display

LED

LED indicator

HEA

Heater

MOD

RS-485 protocol Modbus

CUS

RS-485 protocol customer-specification

Order example:

SER TL2

Service tool

CMD 300VC RP2 LCD


CO detector, (0)2-10 Vdc or (0)4-20 mA, 0-300 ppm

CMD 300VC RP2 LCD


(with Relay Pack and
LCD display)

CMD 300VC RP2 LED


(with Relay Pack and
LED indicator)

Relay pack (2 alarm relays)

Notes:
Options LCD and LED not possible with stainless steel (s/s IP55) enclosure.

Alarm relay 1: (advise threshold)


Alarm relay 2: (advise threshold)
LCD display

For warning buzzer BZI, additional relay pack RP2 is needed.


For LED indicator, additional relay pack RP2 is needed.
Advise the thresholds for Low-and-High alarm when ordering relay pack RP2.

Important notes before ordering:

LCD Display (LCD) in comination with Relay pack (RP2) and Buzzer (BZI) not available.
LCD Display (LCD) in comination with Relay pack (RP2) available.

The recommended storage life is up to 6 months


unpowered, Carbon Monoxide (CO) detectors are
manufactured on request.
As the storage life for Carbon Monoxide (CO)
detectors is up to 6 months unpowered we want
pre-payment before process the order to production
department, this to avoid any cancellation of order.

LCD Display (LCD) in comination with Buzzer (BZI) available.

Delivery time is normally 4 weeks after receipt

Ventilation Control Products


Sweden

Phone: +46-(0)31-811666
Fax:
+46-(0)31-812766

E-mail:
Web:

info@vcp.se
www.vcp.se

Carbon Monoxide (CO) Gas Detectors


with (0)2-10 Vdc or (0)4-20 mA Output

CMD
CMB
CMS

Jan.13

Technical data
Sensor element

Electrochemical, diffusion

Output

(0)2-10 Vdc, load < 50 Kohm,


(0)4-20 mA, load < 500 ohm,
overload and short circuit proof

Power supply

18-28 Vac/dc,
(reverse polarity protected)

Power consumption

22 mA, max. (0.6 VA)

Accuracy

+/- 3 ppm

Repeatability

+/- 3% of reading

Long term output drift

< 5% signal loss/year

Response time

t90 < 50 seconds

Sensor life expectancy

5 years,
normal operation enviroment

Humidity range
Continuous:
Short time:

15 to 90% non-condensing
0 to 95% non-condensing

Temperature range
Continuous:
Short time:

-10 to +50C
-20 to +50C

Storage temperature

+5 to +50C

Pressure range

Atmospheric 10%

Cable entry

M20

Enlcosure/Protection
CMD
CMB
CMS
Dimensions
CMD
CMB
CMS

Weight
CMD
CMB
CMS
Guidlines

Plastic IP65
Plastic IP65 for duct
Stainless steel IP55

CMD and CMS wall types:


Sensor coverage

400 m2 to 500 m2 (recommended)

Mounting height

1.5 to 1.8 m above floor

CMD

CMS

CMB duct type


Gas inlet

Via a sampling pipe/


connection tube

Flow speed

Min. 5000 m/h,


Max. 20,000 m/h

Duct diameter (ca.)

Min. 0.1 m, max. 1.0 m

Length of
sampling pipe

250 mm,
adaptable to the duct diameter
by cutting to lengths:
192, 133 or 77 mm

Tube length

2 x 1000 mm

Mounting

Arrow at the sampling set


in flow direction.
Always mount in the middle
of the duct.
Keep a minimum distance of

H130 x W94 x D57 mm


H130 x W94 x D57 mm
H113 x W135 x D45 mm
excluding cable entry

1000 mm to duct bends etc.

300 g
350 g
500 g

CMB

EMC_ Directive 2004/108/EC


EN 61010-1:2010
ANSI/UL 61010-1
CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-1
CE

Ventilation Control Products


Sweden

Phone: +46-(0)31-811666
Fax:
+46-(0)31-812766

E-mail:
Web:

info@vcp.se
www.vcp.se

Carbon Monoxide (CO) Gas Detectors


with (0)2-10 Vdc or (0)4-20 mA Output

CMD
CMB
CMS

Jan.13

Built-in options
Relay output
Alarm relay 1

30 Vac/dc 0.5 A,
potential-free, SPDT

Alarm relay 2

30 Vac/dc 0.5 A,
potential-free, SPNO/SPNC

Power consumption

30 mA, max. 0.8 VA

Warning buzzer
Acoustic pressure

85 dB (distance 300 mm)

Frequency

3.5 kHz

Power consumption

30 mA, max. 0.8 VA.

LCD Display
LCD

Two lines, 16 characters each

Power consumption

10 mA, max. 0.3 VA

LED indicator
Green-Yellow-Red

Supply, low alarm, high alarm

Power consumption

10 mA, max. 0.3 VA

Heater
Temperature controlled +3C +/-2C
Ambient temperature

-40C

Power consumption

0.3A; 7.5 VA

Side Warning Devices / External Devices


See separate datasheet Side Warning Devices / External Devices

External flash light


External buzzer

Ventilation Control Products


Sweden

External flash light


and buzzer

Phone: +46-(0)31-811666
Fax:
+46-(0)31-812766

E-mail:
Web:

info@vcp.se
www.vcp.se

Carbon Monoxide (CO) Gas Detectors


with (0)2-10 Vdc or (0)4-20 mA Output
Terminal Block

CMD
CMB
CMS

Jan.13

Wiring
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

Bus_B
Bus_A
4-20 mA input
0-10 Vdc or 4-20 mA output
24 Vdc out
Ground
24 Vac/dc

Output 0-10 Vdc or 4-20 mA is jumper selectable on pcb.

PCB

Power supply can be 24 Vac or 24 Vdc


for both 0-10 Vdc output and 4-20 mA output.
4-20 mA output is 2-wire (loop) connection on terminals 1 and 4.
0-10 Vdc is 3-wire connection on terminals 1, 2 and 4.
Relay outputs are options.
Wire connection on screw terminal min 0.25 mm2 and max 2.5 mm2
Wire distance:
500m for 4-20 mA output and 200 m for 0-10 Vdc output.

Cross sensitivity*

Concentration Reaction
(ppm)
(ppm)

Acetone, C3H26O
Acetylene, C2H2
Ammonia, NH3
Carbon Dioxide, CO2
Chlorine, Cl2
Ethanol, C2 H5OH
Hydrogen, H2
Hydrogen
Sulphide, H2 S
Iso Propanol, C3H8O
Nitric Oxide, NO
Nitrogen Dioxide, NO2
Sulphur Dioxide, SO2

1000
40
100
5000
2
2000
100

0
80
0
0
0
5
20

25
200
50
50
50

0
0
8
-1,0
< 0,5

* The table doesnt claim to be complete.


Other gases, too, can have an influence on
the sensitivity.
The mentioned cross sensitivity data are
only reference values valid for new sensors.

We reserve the right to make changes in our products without any notice which may effect the accuracy of the information contained in this leaflet.

Ventilation Control Products


Sweden

Phone: +46-(0)31-811666
Fax:
+46-(0)31-812766

E-mail:
Web:

info@vcp.se
www.vcp.se

HC2 IP25

Combined Temperature and Humidity


Sensor

H U M I D I T Y A N D T E M P E R AT U R E S E N S O R S

Flush mount probes

MINIMUM SIZE,
MAXIMUM PERFORMANCE.
WITH INTEGRATED AI RCHIP3000 T ECHNOLOGY.

COMPACT, DISCRETE HUMIDITY MEASUREMENT.


Measures relative humidity and temperature
Calculates dew/frost point
Perfectly suited for discrete wall mounting
in clean rooms, museums and libraries (up to 9 mm wall thickness)
High precision and repeatability
Unmatched long-term stability <1 %RH / year
Digital interface for measurement processing
and for HW4 calibration

Flush mount probes

T E C H N I C A L I N F O R M AT I O N

The filters differ in material, response time and pore


size, and are selected on the basis of the environmental conditions.
Steel-sinter filter (25 m) *
Used for low humidity; not suitable for high-humidity
applications; quick response, good protection from
abrasive particles.
Teflon filter (5 m) *
Good protection from fine dust particles and salt
(maritime environment); slight delay in measurement.
Polyethylene filter (25 m) *
Good response time and good protection from fine dust
particles; no absorption of water.
Typical accessories
AC3001 PC connection cable
E2-02A
Extension cable, 2 m, black
HW4-E-Vx HW4 software
Physical dimensions

32
27
(3/4")

46

15
11

31

63

60

17

15

HC2-IS25 / HC2-IT25 / HC2-IP25


Humidity sensor

ROTRONIC HYGROMER WA-1

Temperature sensor

Pt100 1/3 Class B

Accuracy at 23 C 5 K

1.5 %RH / 0.2 K,


adjusted at 23 C and 10, 35, 80 %RH

Measurement resolution AirChip3000 <0.02 %RH / 0.01 K


Long-term stability, humidity sensor

<1 %RH / year

Response time t63

HC2-IS25: <20 s
HC2-IT25: <25 s
HC2-IP25: <20 s

Initialization time

<3 s (typical)

Measurement range

-4085 C / 099 %RH

Range of application, electronics

-4085 C / 099 %RH

Analog output signal

01 V = 0100 %RH (factory setting)


01 V = -4060 C (factory setting)

Power supply

3.25 VDC

Current consumption

<4 mA @ 3.3 VDC (typical)


<7.5 mA @ 5 VDC (typical)

Firmware update

Via HW4 software

Filter element

HC2-IS25: Steel-sinter, 25 m *
HC2-IT25: Teflon, 5 m *
HC2-IP25: Polyethylene, 25 m *

Permitted wind-speed

40 m/s (with filter)

Adjustment via software

1 point, multipoint, dew point


(%RH / C), with service cable

Psychrometric calculations

Dew point / Frost point

Interface

UART

Data processing via HW4

Graphics, statistics, analysis, etc.

Housing material / weight

Polycarbonate, stainless steel


DIN 1.4301/ 50 g

Dimensions

32 x 63 mm (without protective cap)

Maximum wall thickness

9 mm

Thread

M25 x 1.5

CE / EMC compatibility

CE conformant 2007/108/EC

FDA- / GAMP conformity

21 CFR Part 11 / GAMP 5

Subject to technical change without notice. Printing and other errors reserved.

Versions
The flush-mount probe is available with three different
filters.
- HC2-IS25:
Steel-sinter filter
- HC2-IT25:
Teflon filter
- HC2-IP25:
Polyethylene filter

* Size of pores

Electrical connections
1: V+: 3.25 VDC
2: GND (power supply, UART)
3: RXD (UART)
4: TXD (UART)
5: Output signal, humidity
6: Output signal, temperature
7: AGND (GND for measurement signal)

Change over now to the HygroClip2 probes with integrated AirChip3000 technology for your
temperature and humidity measurements. You can find detailed information about our probes
at www.rotronic-humidity.com. We would also be happy to advise you in person or on the phone.
ROTRONIC AG, Grindelstrasse 6, CH-8303 Bassersdorf, Tel. +41 44 838 11 11, Fax +41 44 836 44 24, www.rotronic.ch
ROTRONIC Instruments (UK) Ltd, Crompton Fields, Crompton Way, Crawley, West Sussex, RH10 9EE, UK, Phone +44 (0)1293 571000, Fax +44 (0)1293 571008, www.rotronic.co.uk
ROTRONIC Instrument Corp,135 Engineers Road, Hauppauge, NY 11788, USA , Phone, +1 631 427-3898, Fax, +1 631 427-3902, www.rotronic-usa.com

59028E/2012-02

Would you like more information? You will find a complete, up-to-date overview on our Internet page at www.rotronic.com

T R A N S M I T T E R S F O R H U M I D I T Y A N D T E M P E R AT U R E

THE INTELLIGENT
TRANSMITTER.
INTRODUCING AIRCHIP DIGITAL TECHNOLOGY.

INNOVATION IN HUMIDITY
AND TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT
Relative
Dew

humidity and temperature measurement

Point and other psychrometric calculations

Outstanding

accuracy and repeatability

Interchangeable
Wide

probe for easy maintenance

choice of probes to satisfy every application

Auto-diagnostics
Highest
Low

and automatic correction

possible measuring accuracy

voltage and mains versions

Freely

scalable analogue signals

Various

digital outputs available

SPECIFY THE BEST:


HYGROFLEX5 ADVANTAGES AT A GLANCE.
The HygroFlex5-series is the latest development in transmitters for humidity, temperature and dew point.
One outstanding feature of this innovative product is the possibility to output any psychrometric calculation as
an analogue signal.
The HF5-series is compatible with HygroClip2 probes with integrated AirChip3000 technology thanks to which
the probes achieve an unparalleled degree of accuracy not seen before.
In combination with advances in sensor technology and integration, the HygroFlex HF52, HF53, HF54, HF55 and
HF56 transmitters provide superb precision and state-of-the-art functionality, taking humidity and temperature
measurement to a whole new level of accuracy <0.8 %rh and <0.1 K at 23C.

Easy to read display


Display of the measured values on a clear,
backlit graphic display with trend indicators
Configuration by keypad possible
Tried-and-tested housing
Robust industrial housing
Wall or duct mount versions
Power supply
15...40 VDC/12...28 VAC
9...36 VDC/7...24 VAC (galvanically separated)
85...240 VAC (galvanically separated)
Power over Ethernet (PoE)
Output signals
Two freely selectable and scalable analogue outputs
Available as 2-wire (HF52), 3/4-wire (HF53)
3/4-wire (HF54, HF56 with galvanic isolation)
and digital (HF55) transmitter
Optional digital outputs allow integration on a network
via RS485, or Ethernet - wired or wireless
Combined digital and analogue output signals,
allow control and monitoring of a device with one transmitter

Wide selection of probes


Compatible with all HygroClip2 probes
Use of probe simulators allows easy system validation

AirChip3000
Compensates humidity and temperature over 30,000 reference points
2,000 data point memory
Dew/frost point calculation
Sensor auto-diagnostics and automatic correction
Active alarming and information
ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit), micro-controller and EEPROM on one chip

APPLICATIONS.
The HygroFlex5-series is ideal for all applications where exact measurement of humidity and temperature is of decisive importance,
for example the food and pharmaceutical industries, printing and paper industries, meteorology, agricultural sector, archaeology
and climatology. There is hardly a field today in which these parameters may be ignored. It is ultimately the measuring task at hand
that defines the combination of transmitter and probe that best covers your needs.
HF52/53/54/55 series

HF56 series

HF5 wall version

HF5 duct version

PROBES FOR
HYGROFLEX TRANSMITTERS.
Whether you need a simple plug-in probe to measure ambient conditions, or a more sophisticated cable probe for high temperature
and other special applications, we can provide you with the ideal HygroClip2 probe to suit your requirements.
All HygroClip2 probes can be individually calibrated and adjusted to increase measurement precision where you need it the most.
This capability is exactly what makes every probe in the product range a high-end solution for your application.

Standard Probe

Industrial Probes

Probe for transmitters in wall or duct versions


Operating range -50...100C

Probes for process applications. Operating range 0100%rh,


-100200C (-148392F) and 0400 bar (05,800 PSI)

Interested in further information about the right choice of probe (special applications, order codes)?
A complete and up-to-date overview of all probe options is available on our web site www.rotronic-humidity.com.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION.
Factory Adjustment.
Three different adjustment profiles are available from the factory
for HygroClip2 probes; this means that measuring accuracy can be
matched to the application need. The custom adjustment profile
consists of 20 humidity values at 3 temperatures to ensure optimum
performance over a required working range. The data is stored on
the AirChip and can be retrieved later for audit purposes.
Data Logging and Alarm Generation.
Up to 2,000 measurement values can be stored in the HygroClip2
probe; the user is able to configure the measurement interval, scale
the output signal and download data using optional ROTRONIC HW4
software. The HygroFlex5 transmitter can be programmed with set
limits to generate an alarm which is available when the transmitter
is communicating with a PC or compatible ROTRONIC device. In the
event of a major sensor failure the analogue outputs can be set to
a fixed value to indicate the alarm condition. Thus, the HygroFlex5
can be integrated in any application.
HF 52/53/54/55 Series
Wall version (W)

HF 56 Series

Duct version (D

HF52
2-wire

HF53/54/56
3/4-wire

Probe type

HygroClip2 probe, all models

Probe cable extension

Passive: max. 5 m, active 100 m

HF55
Digital

Accuracy at 23 5 C

0.8 %rh / 0.1 K

Response time t63

3-12 s, depending on probe type

Start-up

HF53/54/55/56: typically 3 s, HF52: 10 s

Measurement range

-100200 C / 0100 %rh, probe dependent

Electronics operating range

-4060 C / 0100 %rh (-1060 C with LCD)

Display (option)
(HF52: no backlight)

Graphic display, backlit


Parameters configurable

Trend indicators

Yes

Alarm functions (programmable) Open or shorted sensor


Output signals (analogue)

Scalable by user
0...1 V, 0...5 V, 0...10 V, 0(4)...20 mA

Digital outputs (optional)

Ethernet (LAN, WLAN), USB, RS485

Change of signal output U/I

Only with HF53/54/56, without adjustment

Power supply
HF52: 10...28 VDC: 10 V+(0.02x load)

HF53/55: 1540 VDC /1228 VAC

HF54 with galvanic isolation: 9...36 VDC

7...24 VAC

HF56 with galvanic isolation: 85...240 VAC
Power consumption

HF52: max 40 mA

HF53 <100mA, HF55 <300mA

Circuit type

HF52: 2 x 2 wires, HF53/54/56: 3/4 wires


HF55: digital

Min. / Max. load

V-signal: 1 k/V / mA-signal: 500

Load compensation

Yes

Firmware update

Via service connector, requires HW4 software

Sensor diagnostics (drift, state)

Programmable. Default: off

Sensor protection

Based on probe type

Maximum air velocity

20 m/s at probe

Humidity adjustment

With keypad/software: multi point (HF53/54/55/56)

Temperature adjustment

With keypad: 1 point


Software: 2 points (HF53/54/55/56)

Data logging function

External, 2000 data point memory

Psychrometric calculations

All selectable

PC interface

With ROTRONIC interface cable HW4 compatible

Data processing by HW4

Graphs, statistical data and analysis, qualification etc.

Housing material / weight

ABS / Approx. 220g

Cable connections

1 x M16x1.5, on terminals

Standards

CE- compliant, 2007/108/EG

Audit trail, Electronic Records

FDA 21 CFR Part 11 and GAMP compliant

IP protection rating & fire

IP65 / Corresponds to UL94-HB protection class

Interested in further information (special applications, order codes)? A complete and up-to-date overview of our HygroFlex5-series is available
on our web site www.rotronic-humidity.com.

ROTRONIC AG, Grindelstrasse 6, CH-8303 Bassersdorf, Tel. +41 44 838 11 11, Fax +41 44 836 44 24, www.rotronic.ch
ROTRONIC Instruments (UK) Ltd, Crompton Fields, Crompton Way, Crawley, West Sussex, RH10 9EE, UK, Phone +44 (0)1293 571000, Fax +44 (0)1293 571008, www.rotronic.co.uk
ROTRONIC Instrument Corp,135 Engineers Road, Hauppauge, NY 11788, USA , Phone, +1 631 427-3898, Fax, +1 631 427-3902, www.rotronic-usa.com

59025E/2011-06

Change over now to the HygroFlex5 transmitter and HygroClip2 probes with the integrated AirChip3000
for your humidity and temperature measurement needs. You can find detailed information about our
probes at www.rotronic-humidity.com. We would also be happy to advise you in person or on the phone.

Grindelstrasse 6
8303 Bassersdorf
Switzerland

Phone +41-44-838 12 10
Fax
+41-44-837 00 73
Email: Philipp.Kleinbruckner@rotronic.ch

Technical statement regarding the accuaracy of temperature the Rotronic HC2-IP25


relative humidity & temperature probe

To whom it may concern

We hereby want to confirm that the HC2-IP25 flush mount probes come with a temperature
accuracy of +/- 0.1C. The probe comes with a pt100 class B 1/3 sensor with a standard
accuracy of +/- 0.1C according to DIN standards. All products leave our production
calibrated by our SCS ISO17025 certified laboratory.
This specification reflects the latest configuration. The data shown in our catalogue in our
recent main catalogue are not correct we choose to imprive the performance of our HC2IP25 instead.
Besides we would like to state the EPX Digital Cairo is our official distributor in Egypt who is
also capable to perform calibrations using the Rotronic Hygrogen 2 S with a ISO17025
calibrated reference probe.

Date: 03.10.2013

Philipp Kleinbruckner
Export Manager
Measurement Solutions

www.rotronic.com

Page 1

Certified ISO 9001

Loxone

Ourdoor Light level sensor

0-10V BRIGHTNESS SENSOR


Art. Nr.: 200032

FEATURES
Standard 0-10V DC Signal with DC/AC Power Supply
Wide range from 0 - 100000 Lux
Three-point calibrated
High long term durability
Light sensor and transmitter in compact housing
High quality IP65 Housing

APPLICATIONS
Home Automation - light dependent switching
Sunlight sensor
Brightness sensor for rain-protected weather stations
Brightness sensor for situations with strong sunlight

TECHNICAL DATA
Light Metering

OPERATION
In home automation, light sensors are needed which are not only
highly durable, but also protected against electrical surges and
transient electric currents.
Other desirable features are a choice of AC or DC power supply, and
a 0-10V standard signal output.
There are a variety of situations in which light sensors are needed for
control of devices in home automation.
This sensor measures light intensity with an accurate and durable
photo diode which is industry standard.
The output signal is prepared using modern sensor technology. The
high sensitivity under very strong light makes this sensor suitable for
use in even the brightest conditions.

Range

0 - 100000 Lux

Sensor Element

BAW21 Photodiode

Maximum spectral sensitivity

600 nm

Output Scaling

0 - 100000 FS

General
CE Conformity

89/336/EWG

EMV electromagnetic
interference

EN 61000-6-3:2001

EMV electromagnetic
interference

EN 61000-6-2:2001

Dimensions

Width: 59 mm, height: 65 mm,


Depth (without the dome for the

Three point calibration over a wide range ensures this sensor delivers
a high level of accuracy for typical control tasks.

Light sensor): 38 mm
Housing for the electronics

Plastic

Operating Temperature

-30 to +70 C

Connection

0.75mm screw terminal

Operating Voltage

12 -24V AC/DC

Output Voltage

0 - 10V DC

Surge Protection

Varistor and RC filter

We reserve the right to make changes to these data!

0-10V BRIGHTNESS SENSOR


Art. Nr.: 200032
for use in production and should not be connected to anything.

POWER-SUPPLY
The brightness sensor can be powered with AC, DC or with
unfiltered rectified voltage. With AC power, the base of the
transformer must be connected to ground. With unfiltered rectified
voltage, the minus must be connected to the ground potential, and
the plus to DC/AC 24V. Incorrect connection leads to malfunction or
damage to the electronics.

CONNECTION
Shielded cables should be used for connection if possible; this is
particularly important in a noisy EM environment. The shielding
should be grounded. Before connecting, check that the supply
voltage matches the operating voltage specified on this data sheet.

Pin

Function

Description

24V DC/AC

Operating Voltage

0V Ground

Reference Potential

0 - 10V Output

Light signal (0-10V)

CALIBRATION
The sensor is calibrated at three different brightness levels using a
high-performance daylight equivalent light source. The measurement
curve is linearized with a second order polynomial. The light level is
then given by a 0-10V standard signal.

ADJUSTMENT
Due to the high-quality photodiode used, this brightness sensor is
long lasting and maintenance free. The calibration input is designed

BRIGHTNESS SENSOR ASSEMBLY


The light sensor can, with the transmitter, be mounted straight on a
surface. Use the drawing below for information on where to drill
holes for the mounting screws. Take care of the rain-protected
attachment.

LL15

Liquid Level Float Switch

FLOAT SWITCH - LL15 (5M VERSION) from Heat and Combustion

HOME

PRODUCTS

Page 1 of 1

PRODUCT SELECTOR

NEWS

ABOUT US

FLOAT SWITCH - LL15 (5M VERSION)


Sealed level float switch 5m cable media temp -25C to +60C IP67 protection.

Part Number
LL15

Heat & Combustion Supplies Ltd


Unit E5, Southpoint Industrial Estate
Foreshore Road, Cardiff Bay, Cardiff CF10 4SP

Home
Tel: +44 (0) 29 20 463345
Fax: +44 (0) 29 20 463346
sales@heatcombustion.co.uk
www.heatcombustion.co.uk

Products

Product Selector

Disclaimer:
Please refer to manufacturers documentation for
full safety specification and correct fitting.

Search for a product

http://www.heatcombustion.co.uk/product.asp?i=413

06-23-13

Sealed Level Float Switch

AFS-262-HT

High Temperature Air Differential


Pressure Switch

PRESSURE SWITCH - AFS-262-HT from Heat and Combustion

Page 1 of 1

029 2046 3345


sales@heatcombustion.co.uk
5

HOME

PRODUCTS

PRODUCT SELECTOR

NEWS

ABOUT US

Subscribe4

CONTACT US

PRESSURE SWITCH - AFS-262-HT


PRESSURE SWITCH - AFS-262-HT
Air D.P. Switch high temperature range 0.13 - 30 MBAR media temp 300C.

Part Number
AFS-262-HT

Heat & Combustion Supplies Ltd


Unit E5, Southpoint Industrial Estate
Foreshore Road, Cardiff Bay, Cardiff CF10 4SP

Home
Tel: +44 (0) 29 20 463345
Fax: +44 (0) 29 20 463346
sales@heatcombustion.co.uk
www.heatcombustion.co.uk

Products

Product Selector

News

About Us

Contact Us

Disclaimer:
Please refer to manufacturers documentation for
full safety specification and correct fitting.

Search for a product

http://www.heatcombustion.co.uk/product.asp?i=462

06-19-13

Cleveland Controls

Division of UniControl Inc.

Model
AFS262

Air Pressure Sensing Switch with Adjustable Set Point Range


Application
The Model AFS-262 is a general purpose proving switch designed for
HVAC and Energy Management applications. It may be used to sense
positive, negative, or differential air
pressure.

General Description &


Operation
The plated housing contains a diaphragm, a calibration spring and a
snap-acting SPDT switch.The sample
connections located on each side of
the diaphragm accept " OD metallic tubing via the integral compression ferrule and nut.
An enclosure cover guards
against accidental contact with the
live switch terminal screws and the
set point adjusting screw. The enclosure cover will accept a " conduit
connection.

Mounting (see Figure 1)


Select a mounting location which is
free from vibration. The AFS-262
(Figure 1)

Dimensions in Inches
(Millimeters)

must be mounted with the diaphragm


in any vertical plane in order to obtain the lowest specified operating set
point. Avoid mounting with the
sample line connections in the "up"
position. Surface mount via the two
3/16 " diameter holes in the integral
mounting bracket. The mounting
holes are 3-7/8 " apart.

Air Sampling Connection


(see Figure 2)
The AFS-262 is designed to accept
firm-wall sample lines of " OD tubing by means of ferrule and nut compression connections. For sample
lines of up to 10 feet, " OD tubing
is acceptable. For lines up to 20 feet,
use " ID tubing. For lines up to 60
feet, use " ID tubing. A " OD
adapter, suitable for slip-on flexible
tubing is available: order part number 18311.Locate the sampling probe

Distributed by:

a minimum of 1.5 duct diameters


downstream from the air source. Install the sampling probe as close to
the center of the airstream as possible.
Refer to Figure 2 to identify the high
pressure inlet (H) and the low pressure inlet (L). Select one of the five
application options listed below (on
page 2), and connect the sample lines
as recommended.

(Figure 2)

Cleveland Controls
Division of UniControl Inc.

1111 Brookpark Road Cleveland OH 44109


Tel: (216) 398-0330 Fax: (216) 398-8558

Bulletin AFS262.05

(Figure 3)

TWO POSITIVE SAMPLES: Connect the higher positive sample to inlet H. Connect the lower positive
sample to inlet L.
ONE POSITIVE AND ONE NEGATIVE SAMPLE: Connect the positive sample to inlet H. Connect the
negative sample to inlet L.

Electrical Connections(see
Figure 3)
(Figure 4)

Before pressure is applied to the diaphragm, the switch contacts will be


in the normally closed (NC) position.The snap switch has screw top
terminals with cup washers. Wire
alarm and control applications as
shown in Figure 4.

Field Adjustment

POSITIVE PRESSURE ONLY:


Connect the sample line to inlet H;
inlet L remains open to the atmosphere.
NEGATIVE PRESSURE ONLY:
Connect the sample line to inlet L;
inlet H remains open to the atmosphere.
TWO NEGATIVE SAMPLES:
Connect the higher negative sample
to inlet L. Connect the lower negative sample to inlet H.

The adjustment range of an AFS-262


Air Switch is 0.05 .02" w.c. to 2.0"
w.c.. To adjust the set point, t urn the
adjusting screw counterclockwise until motion has stopped. Next, turn the
adjusting screw 4 complete turns in
a clockwise direction to engage the
spring. From this point, the next ten
turns will be used for the actual calibration. Each full turn represents
approximately 0.2" w.c.
Please note: To properly calibrate an air switch, a digital manometer or other measuring device should
be used to confirm the actual set
point.

Location of Sample Lines for Typical Applications

Specifications
Model AFS-262 Air Flow Switch
Mounting Position: Mount with the
diaphragm in any vertical plane.
Set Point Range: 0.05 0.02" w.c. to
2.0"w.c.
Field Adjustable Operate Range:
0.07"w.c. to 2.0" w.c.
Field Adjustable Release Range:
0.04"w.c. to 1.9" w.c.
Approximate Switching Differential:
Progressive, increasing from 0.02 0.01
"w.c. at minimum set point to approximately 0.1 " w.c. at maximum set point.
Measured Media: Air, or combustion
by-products that will not degrade
silicone.
Maximum Pressure:
psi (0.03 bar)
Operating Temperature Range:
-40F to 180F (-40 to 82C)
Life: 100,000 cycles minimum at 1/2 psi
maximum pressure each cycle and at
maximum rated electrical load.
Electrical Rating:
300 VA pilot duty at 115 to 277 VAC,
15 amps noninductive to 277 VAC,
60 Hz.
Contact Arrangement: SPDT
Electrical Connections: Screw-type
terminals with cup washers.
Conduit Opening: 7/8" diameter
opening accepts " conduit.
Sample Line Connectors: Male,
externally threaded 7/16" 24 UNS 2A
thread, complete with nuts and selfaligning ferrules.
Sample Line Connections: Connectors will accept " OD rigid or semi-rigid
tubing.
Approval: UL, FM, CSA, CE
Shipping Weight: 1.2 lbs.

Accessories

P/N 18311 Slip-on " OD Tubing Adapter,


suitable for slipping on flexible plastic
tubing. Sample line probes. Orifice plugs
(pulsation dampers).

Pressure Conversion Table

1" H2O = 0.0361 lbs./sq. in. or 0.0735 in. mercury


1" Hg. = 0.491 lbs./sq. in. or 13.6 in. water
1 psi = 27.7 in. water or 2.036 in. mercury

AFS-262 Sensing Switches are manufactured


by Cleveland Controls Div. of UniControl Inc.

Bulletin AFS262.05

24 July, 2013
To
Mr. Essam Ismail
Sr. Electrical Engineer
BF Gulf LLC
Qatar National Museum Project
Doha, Qatar
T: +974 30014499
Subject: Qatar National Museum, PVL deviation for High Temperature Air Differential Pressure Switch
Dear Sir,
The data sheet for the offered High Temperature Air Differential Pressure Switch from Heat and
Combustion (Part No: AFS-262-HT) is attached for review. The Part number on the data sheet is AFS-262
and specifies the max operating temperature as 82 C.
The supplier has confirmed that the 300 C rated High temperature version (AFS-262-HT) will be the
same Air Differential Pressure Switch (AFS-262) with two (2) numbers of additional 2 meter long 10mm
Copper tubes with brass duct adaptors for the installation. This 2 meter long copper tube will act as a
Cooling Loop and cool down the hot air to a temperature below 82 C which is the rated operating
temperature of the differential pressure switch.
Do not hesitate to contact us in case of any clarification.
Yours Sincerely,

Lloyed Anthony
Solution Architect
Schneider Electric Building Business
Dubai, United Arab Emirates

GTC116-PB

Airflow Measuring Station

Model
Thermal Dispersion Airflow Measurement

GTC116-P
PB

Technical Data Sheet


Combination Dual Analog Output and RS-485 Output B Density

Gold Series Thermal Dispersion Airflow/Temperature Measurement Device (ATMD)


APPLICATIONS
LISTED

European Union
Shipments

BACnet is a registered trademark of ASHRAE. ASHRAE does not endorse, approve or test products for compliance with ASHRAE standards. Compliance
of listed products to the requirements of ASHRAE Standard 135 is the responsibility of BACnet International (BI). BTL is a registered trademark of BI.

SYSTEM FEATURES

GTC116-PB OVERVIEW
The GTC116-PB is EBTRONs top-of-the-line and most accurate Gold Series thermal
dispersion airflow and temperature measurement device (ATMD) equipped with B
density probes, an intermediate sensor density between our economy A density and
standard C density. When distances between disturbances can be met using B density minimum placement guidelines, performance can approach and often equal that
of C density probes. Individual sensor node accuracy is 2% of reading from zero to
5,000 feet per minute for airflow and 0.15F from -20F to 160F for temperature. A programmable Alarm feature permits setting Hi/Low limit or Setpoint with hysteresis for airflow or transmitter/probe fault alarms. The ATMD includes the GTC116
industrial grade integrated transmitter with two analog outputs and RS-485 network
output and field selectable BACnet MS/TP Master, Modbus RTU or JCI N2-Bus
interface for communication with virtually all modern building automation systems
(BAS).

OA measurement for dilution control and


compliance with ASHRAE 62.1, 189.1 and
International Mechanical Code Chapter 4.
Contributes towards attainment of LEED
Energy and Atmosphere and Indoor
Environmental Quality Credits.
Programmable local/remote alarm for
Hi/Lo/Setpoint with hysteresis
Building, floor or room pressurization.

GOLD
SERIES
DATA SHEET

EBTRON Advanced Thermal Dispersion (TD)


technology ensures accurate, repeatable airflow measurement from zero flow (still air).
Each sensor is factory calibrated at 16 points
to NIST-ttraceable standards.
Altitude compensation feature for flow correction at elevations up to 18,000 ft (5,486 m)
EBTRON proprietary sensor design permits
placement in locations typically not possible
with other sensing technologies.
Versatile duct/plenum mount options.
True average, multi-point, independent sensors.
Simple push-button user interface.

GTC116-PB SPECIFICATIONS
System

Calibrated Range: . . . . . . . .0 to 5,000 fpm [25.4 m/s]


Operating Temperature: . . . .Probe: -20 to 160F
[-28.9C to 71.1C]
Transmitter: -20 to 120F
[-28.9C to 48.9C]
Operating Humidity Range: .0 to 99% non-condensing;
Transmitter must be protected from
exposure to precipitation
Power Requirements: . . . . . .24 VAC (22.8-26.4 VAC) at 12-20 VA
(based on sensor quantity)

TS_GTC116PB_R1H

Transmitter and Enclosure


Transmitter Construction: . .Heavy duty industrial grade ICs, rugged
aluminum chassis and sliding cover
Transmitter Dimensions: . . .9.251 x 6.688 x 2.5 in (HxWxD)
[234.98 x 169.87 x 63.5 mm]
Transmitter Mounting: . . . . .Mounting holes located 0.75 in from
top/bottom, and 0.375 from left/right
edges on integral mounting plate

Sensor Probes

Factory Calibrated Sensor


Accuracy: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Airflow: 2% of reading
Temperature: 0.15F [ 0.08C]
Probe Construction: . . . . . . .Type 6063 gold anodized aluminum or
Type 316 stainless steel (SS) optional
Mounting Brackets: . . . . . . .Type 304 SS
Probe Dimensions: . . . . . . . .Alum: 1.1 in [27.94 mm] diameter
SS: 1.125 in [28.575 mm] diameter

Standard Size Ranges:


Insertion/Standoff: . . . . .8 to 120 in (203.2 to 3048 mm)
Internal Mount: . . . . . . . .12 to 120 in (304.8 to 3048 mm)
Maximum Quantity
Probes / Sensing Nodes: . . . .4 probes per transmitter; 8 sensing
nodes per probe; 16 nodes total max.
Probe/Transmitter Cable: . .10 ft. [3.05 m] plenum rated FEP
cable, positive locking connector with
gold plated pins (Optional cable length
of up to 50 feet [15.24m])

Output Interfaces

Analog Output: . . . . . . . . . . .Isolated analog 0-5/0-10 VDC or 4-20


mA, linear airflow/temperature
Analog Output Resolution: . .0-10V/2-10V: 0.010% of full scale
0-5V/1-5V: 0.020% of full scale
RS-485 Output: . . . . . . . . . .Field selectable BACnet MS/TP
Master, Modbus RTU or JCI N2-Bus
RS-485 Baud Rate: . . . . . . .9.6k, 19.2k, 38.4k, and 76.8k baud
Repeatability: . . . . . . . . . . . .0.25% of reading
Field Calibration Wizard: . . .Automated 1 or 2 point adjustment to
factory calibration
Airflow Output Signal Filter: .Field Adjustable 0 to 99% (via pushbutton interface)
Airflow Low Limit Cutoff: . . .Forces output to zero below a userspecified value
Programmable Alarm: . . . . .Alarm (dry relay contacts or LED drive)
for user defined Hi or Low Limit,
Setpoint with hysteresis for airflow or
transmitter/probe fault conditions

EBTRON, Inc. 1663 Hwy. 701 S., Loris SC 29569 Toll Free: 800.2EBTRON (232.8766) Fax: 843.756.1838 Internet: EBTRON.com

GOLD SERIES MODEL GTC116-PB


Combination Dual Analog Output and RS-485 Output B Density

GOLD SERIES TECHNOLOGY OVERVIEW


The GTx116 transmitter can process up to 16 individual sensing
nodes and requires 24 VAC to provide airflow and temperature
measurement outputs. Models are available for concurrent dual
analog and RS-485 (GTC116), concurrent dual analog and ethernet (GTM116) and LonWorks (GTL116) output for virtually any
modern BAS network. The transmitter is independent of the sensor probes thus eliminating field matching. The transmitter
includes a 16 character LCD display that indicates airflow, temperature and system status, and is also useful during configuration and diagnostic modes. Field configuration and diagnostics
are accomplished through a simple push-button interface on the
main circuit board for selection of units of measure, display
units, output scaling, dampening filter, diagnostics and instrument status. Individual sensor airflow and temperature measurements can be displayed and are beneficial as an HVAC system diagnostic tool.
A built in Field Calibration Wizard permits 1 or 2 point adjustment to factory calibration if required in less than optimum

placement applications. The airflow output signal can be filtered


and a process low limit can be set to force the transmitter output
to zero when airflow falls below a user defined value. Both features are important for outside air intake applications that can
be affected by transient wind gusts at low airflow rates. In addition, an airflow offset and a gain adjustment feature can be
engaged for installations where field calibration or adjustment is
necessary.
A versatile programmable Alarm feature permits setting an airflow alarm output for Low Limit, High Limit, Setpoint with hysteresis, or can be set to activate in the event of a transmitter or sensor probe fault. EBTRONs GP1 sensor probes with proprietary
flow loss compensation design are available in gold anodized
aluminum (standard) or stainless steel (optional) finishes.
Internal and Insertion duct mounting options are available, as
well as an adjustable standoff mount for a wide range of damper
applications.

PROBE MOUNTING STYLES AND BRACKET DIMENSIONS


INTERNAL MOUNT BRACKET DETAIL

INSERTION MOUNT BRACKET DETAIL


Overall Duct Size
(including internal insulation)

1.00 in.
(25.4 mm)

1.50 in.
38.10 mm

Overall Duct Size


(Including Internal Insulation)
1.1 in (27.94 mm) dia. tube
(Standard length 12 to 120 in (304.8 to 3048)

Gasket

Gasket

3.75 in. (95.25 mm)

1.1 in. (27.94 mm) dia. tube

4.00 in.
(101.60 mm)

5.25 in. (133.35 mm)

Terminal end bracket

[8.00 in. (203.20 mm) to 192.00 in. ( 4876.80 mm) long]

0.750
in((19.05
mm) dia.
dia. sensor
sensor opening
opening
0.75 in.
19.05 mm)
to 48sensors/probe
11 to
sensors per probe

2.500 in
(63.50 mm)
0.750 in (19.05 mm) dia. sensor opening
1 to 8 sensors per probe
2.160 in
(54.86 mm)

Insertion side bracket


Washer
0.75 in.
(19.05 mm)

INTERNAL PROBE MOUNT DETAIL

Lock nut
0.375 in. (9.52 mm) x 1.50 in. (38.1 mm) Stud

1.125 in
(28.58 mm)
0.563 in
(14.29 mm)

4 in (101.60 mm)

Cable

0.188 in. (4.78 mm)


Mtg. Holes (4)

1/2 in (12.70 mm)

Airflow

0.375 in. (9.53 mm)

5.25 in. (133.35 mm)

Terminal End Bracket

0.188 in. (4.78 mm)


Mtg. Holes (4)

2.500 in
(63.50 mm)

0.375 in.
(9.53 mm)

0.188 in Dia.
(4.76 mm)
Mtg. Hole (2)

0.50 in. (12.70 mm)


4.00 in (101.60 mm)

0.75 in. (19.05 mm)


5.25 in. (133.35 mm)

INSERTION SIDE DETAIL

0.250 in
(6.35 mm)

Airflow
INTERNAL BRACKET SIDE DETAIL

TERMINAL END BRACKET AND PROBE END STUD ARE


PROVIDED ON PROBES >18 IN

1.000 in.
[25.40 mm]

1.000 in.
[25.40 mm]

Opening size
(See Note 1)
1.1 in. [27.94 mm] dia. tube
Standard (see Note 1): 12 to 120 in. [304.8 to 3048 mm]

3.000 in.
[76.20 mm]

5.000 in
(127.00 mm)

Cable out
0.750 in. [19.05 mm] dia. sensor opening
1 to 8 sensors / probe

0.438 in.
[11.11 mm]

0.125 in. [3.18 mm]


(See Note 2)

0.875 in
(22.23 mm)

0.125 in.
[3.18 mm]
(See Note 2)

4.000 in
(101.60 mm)

0.188 in (4.76 mm) dia.


Mtg. Hole (2)
0.875 in
(22.23 mm)
0.875 in (22.23 mm)

STANDOFF MOUNT SHOWING BRACKET AND PROBE DETAIL

STANDOFF MOUNT BRACKET DETAIL

NOTES:
1. Standoff probes are ordered by specifying the opening size. The probes supplied include an additional 2 in. [50.8 mm] of tube length (which is 2 in. longer than the specified opening size) to allow for bracket
installation and damper blade clearance.
2. 0.125 in. [3.175 mm] clearance (dashed line adjacent to each bracket) provided to ensure damper blade/linkage clearance.

EBTRON, Inc. 1663 Hwy. 701 S., Loris SC 29569 Toll Free: 800.2EBTRON (232.8766) Fax: 843.756.1838 Internet: EBTRON.com

TS_GTC116PB_R1H

STANDOFF MOUNT DETAIL

GOLD SERIES MODEL GTC116-PB


Combination Dual Analog Output and RS-485 Output B Density
EBTRON B sensor density is an intermediate density between our economy A density and standard C density. Where the distance
between disturbances can be met using B density minimum placement guidelines, B performance can approach and often be equal
to that of C density sensor probes. To maximize installed performance and accuracy, always follow minimum placement guidelines.
The following tables indicate the quantity of probes and number of sensing nodes per probe provided for common rectangular and
round/round-oval applications with probes from 12 to 120 inches.

GP1 B Sensor Density Tables


Rectangular Probe Sensor Density (# Probes / # Sensors per Probe)
GTx116-PB

12

12
1/2

18
1/2

24
1/4

30
1/4

PROBE LENGTH - RECTANGULAR DUCTS


36
42
48
54
60
66
72
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4

18

2/1

2/2

2/2

2/2

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/6

1/6

1/6

1/6

1/6

1/6

24

3/1

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/3

2/3

2/3

1/6

1/6

1/6

1/8

1/8

1/8

30

3/1

3/1

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/3

2/3

2/3

2/3

2/3

2/3

2/4

2/4

1/8

1/8

36

3/1

3/1

2/2

2/2

2/3

2/3

2/3

2/3

2/3

2/4

2/4

2/4

2/4

2/4

2/4

42

4/1

3/1

3/1

3/2

3/2

2/3

2/3

2/3

2/4

2/4

2/4

2/4

2/4

2/4

2/6

48

4/1

3/1

3/2

3/2

3/2

3/2

3/3

3/3

3/3

2/4

2/4

2/4

2/6

2/6

2/6

54

4/1

3/1

4/2

3/2

3/2

3/2

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3

2/4

2/4

3/4

2/6

2/6

60

4/1

4/1

4/2

3/2

3/2

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/4

3/4

3/4

2/6

66

4/1

4/2

4/2

4/2

4/2

4/2

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/4

3/4

3/4

3/4

3/4

72

4/1

4/2

4/2

4/2

4/2

4/2

3/3

3/3

3/3

4/3

3/4

3/4

3/4

3/4

3/4

84

4/1

4/2

4/2

4/2

4/2

4/2

4/2

4/2

4/3

4/3

4/3

3/4

3/4

3/4

4/4

96

4/2

4/2

4/2

4/2

4/2

4/2

4/3

4/3

4/3

4/3

4/3

4/3

4/4

4/4

4/4

108

4/2

4/2

4/2

4/2

4/2

4/2

4/3

4/3

4/3

4/3

4/3

4/3

4/4

4/4

4/4

120

4/2

4/2

4/2

4/2

4/2

4/3

4/3

4/3

4/3

4/3

4/3

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

144

4/2

4/2

4/2

4/2

4/3

4/3

4/3

4/3

4/3

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

168

4/2

4/2

4/2

4/3

4/3

4/3

4/3

4/3

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

192

4/2

4/2

4/3

4/3

4/3

4/3

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

ADJACENT SIDE LENGTH

84
1/4

96
1/6

108
1/6

120
1/6

GOLD
SERIES
DATA SHEET

B SENSOR DENSITY TABLES

Round-Oval Probe Sensor Density (# Probes / # Sensors per Probe)


GTx116-PB

12

ADJACENT SIDE LENGTH

TS_GTC116PB_R1H

18
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
66
72
84
96
108
120

12
1a/2

18
1a/2

24
1a/2

30
1a/4

PROBE LENGTH - ROUND-OVAL DUCTS


36
42
48
54
60
66
72
1a/4 1a/4 1a/4 1a/4 1a/4 1a/4 1a/4

1a/2

1a/4

1a/4

1a/4

1a/4

1a/4

1a/4

1a/4

1a/4

1a/6

1a/6

1a/6

1a/6

1a/6

1a/4

1a/4

1a/4

1a/4

1a/4

1a/6

1a/6

1a/6

1a/6

1a/6

1a/6

1a/8

1a/8

2b/2

2b/2

2b/2

1a/6

1a/6

1a/6

1a/6

1a/6

2b/4

2b/4

2b/4

2b/4

2b/2

1a/6

1a/6

1a/6

1a/6

1a/6

2b/4

2b/4

2b/4

2b/4

2b/4

2b/4

2b/4

2b/4

2b/4

2b/4

2b/4

2b/4

2b/4

2b/4

2b/6

2b/4

2b/4

2b/4

2b/4

2b/4

2b/4

2b/4

2b/6

2b/6

2b/4

2b/4

2b/4

2b/4

2b/4

2b/4

2b/6

2b/6

2b/4

2b/4

2b/4

2b/4

2b/6

2b/6

2b/6

2b/4

2b/4

2b/4

2b/6

2b/6

2b/6

2b/4

2b/6

2b/6

2b/6

2b/6

2b/6

2b/6

2b/6

2b/6

84
1a/4

96
1a/4

108
1a/6

120
1a/6

2b/6

2b/6

2b/8 C

2b/6

2b/8 C
2b/8

EBTRON, Inc. 1663 Hwy. 701 S., Loris SC 29569 Toll Free: 800.2EBTRON (232.8766) Fax: 843.756.1838 Internet: EBTRON.com

GOLD SERIES MODEL GTC116-PB


Combination Dual Analog Output and RS-485 Output B Density

B SENSOR DENSITY PLACEMENT GUIDELINES


Duct and Plenum Probe Minimum Placement Guidelines (B Density Probes)
A
F
M
S

Airflow

A
F
M
S

Airflow

4D
3D

Airflow

0.75D
2D

1.5D

Unvaned Elbows

A
F
M
S

Airflow

Airflow

Airflow

4D
3D

Airflow

1.5D
0.75D

Radius Elbows

2D
1D
3D
1.5D

1.5D
0.5D

3D
1.5D
1.5D
0.5D

1.5D
3D

A
F
M
S

A
F
M
S

AFMS

0.5D
1D

0.5D
1D

A
F
M
S

2.5D
1.5D

1.5D
0.75D

Vaned Elbows

AFMS

Airflow

A
F
M
S

A
F
M
S

A
F
M
S

Airflow

Airflow

A
F
M
S

A
F
M
S

Return T Fitting

0.5D
A
F
M
S

Airflow

A
F
M
S

Reducing Transition

Airflow

A
F
M
S

Expanding Transition

Supply T Fitting

Airflow

A
F
M
S

Airflow

A
F
M
S

3D
1.5D
3D
1.5D

Supply Fan Plenums

Ducted Centrifugal & Vane


Axial Fan Discharges

A
F
M
S

A
F
M
S

Airflow

Airflow

2D
1D

2D
1D

Ducted Centrifugal & Vane


Axial Fan Inlets

Return Fan
Plenums

D = Simple Equivalent Diameter = (width + height)/2

TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

Outside Air Intake Damper/Plenum Applications


Z

RS-485
CONTROL

'DPSHU %ODGH :LGWK

Airflow

NET NET
+

COM

ANALOG BAS CONTROL


INTERFACE
OUT 1
AIRFLOW
OUTPUT
SIGNAL

OUT 2
TEMP OR
ALARM
OUTPUT
SIGNAL

Probe(s)

TRANSFORMER

NOTES: X, Y = 6 in (152.4 mm) MINIMUM


Z = 12 in (304.8 mm) MINIMUM

24 VAC / 50-60 HZ

Y
X

Airflow

(SEE NOTE 4)

Z
X

OUT 2 can be set for analog


Temperature or analog
Alarm Output. Alarm output
can be set as active high or
active low.

Probe(s)

'DPSHU %ODGH :LGWK


OW

NOTES: X, Y = 6 in (152.4 mm) MINIMUM


Z = 12 in (304.8 mm) MINIMUM

Airflow

24
VAC

SHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR
(STP) WIRING
(SUPPLIED BY
OTHERS)
(SEE NOTES
2, 3)
1

Probe(s)

LINE
IN

COM

ANALOG
OUTPUT

L2

L1

POWER
24VAC IN

NOTES: X = 12 in (304.8 mm) MINIMUM


Y = 6 in (152.4 mm) MINIMUM
Z = 18 in (457.2 mm) MINIMUM
Z
12 Min

NOTES:
X, Y = 6 in (152.4 mm) MIN
Z = 18 in (457.2 mm) MIN

X
Y

KEY:
X = Distance to upstream disturbance
Y = Distance to downstream disturbance
Z = Distance between disturbances
= Damper blade width

RS-485
OUTPUT
COM
NET NET +

'DPSHU %ODGH :LGWK

Airflow
Probe(s)

Important: Actual plenum depth should be


determined based on louver data and maximum airflow rates to minimize water carryover into the intake system.

GTC116
TRANSMITTER

Consult your EBTRON Sales Rep for


assistance with probe placement in critical Outside Air and Damper applications.

SENSOR PROBE
CONNECTORS
NOTES:
1. OUTPUT 2 CAN BE SET AS TEMPERATURE OR AS AN ALARM.
ALARM CAN BE SET AS ACTIVE HIGH OR ACTIVE LOW.
2. CONNECT OUTPUT SIGNAL CABLE DRAINS TO EARTH GROUND AT
ONE END OF EACH CABLE ONLY.
3. RS-485 COM CONNECTION MAY USE A SINGLE CONDUCTOR.
4. ON MULTIPLE TRANSMITTER INSTALLATIONS WITH A COMMON
24VAC SOURCE, WIRE 24 VAC POWER IN-PHASE TO THE SAME
TERMINALS ON ALL TRANSMITTERS (e.g.: L1 to L1, L2 to L2).

EBTRON, Inc. 1663 Hwy. 701 S., Loris SC 29569 Toll Free: 800.2EBTRON (232.8766) Fax: 843.756.1838 Internet: EBTRON.com

TS_GTC116PB_R1H

DN6200 + SY3- Butterfly Valve + Actuator


24-3-T

Technical data sheet

D6..

Buttery valves PN6, PN10, PN16 for


shut-off function
for open and closed cold and warm
water systems
connection and disconnection of
several heat or cold generators
for open heat exchangers

Type overview
Actuator type / closing pressure ps

Denition of ps
Closing pressure at which the actuator can still
seal the valve tightly allowing for the appropriate
leakage rate.

AF..

SR..-5 GR..-5 GR..-7 DGR..-7 SY1

Type

kvs
DN
[m3/h] [mm]

ps
[kPa]

ps
[kPa]

ps
[kPa]

D650
D665
D680
D6100
D6125
D6150
D6200
D6250
D6300
D6350

100
170
290
560
870
1340
2690
5540
7540
10300

50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350

1200
1200
600

1200
1200
1200
200

1200
1200
1200
1200

ps
[kPa]

ps
[kPa]

SY2

SY3

SY4

SY5

ps ps ps ps ps
[kPa] [kPa] [kPa] [kPa] [kPa]
1200
1200
1200
1200

600

1200
600

1200
1200
300 1200
1200
600 1200
600

Technical data
Functional data

Flow media

Rated pressure ps
Flow rate kvs
Leakage rate
Pipe connector
Closing pressure ps
Angle of rotation
Installation position
Maintenance

Cold and hot water,


water with max. 50% volume of glycol
+2C ... +90C for water (without glycol)
20C ... +70C for water with glycol
(lower or higher temperatures on request)
1600 kPa (PN6, PN10, PN16)
See Type overview
Tight (BN1, DIN 3230 T3)
Flange PN6, PN10, PN16
See Type overview
90
Upright to horizontal (in relation to the stem)
Maintenance-free

Fitting
Valve cone
Stem
Seat
Stem seal
Stem bearing

GGG 40
GGG 40, nylon-coated
Stainless steel
EPDM
EPDM O-ring
RPTFE

Temperature of medium

Materials

Dimensions / Weights
Motorizing

www.belimo.com

see Dimensions and weights, page 3


see the complete overview of water solutions

T5-D6.. en v1.3 02.2008 Subject to changes

1/3

..
..
..
.

D6..

Buttery valves PN6, PN10, PN16

Safety notes

The butterfly valve has been designed for use in stationary heating, ventilation and air
conditioning systems and is not allowed to be used outside the specified field of application,
especially in aircraft or in any other airborne means of transport.
It may only be installed by suitably trained personnel.
All applicable legal or institutional installation regulations must be complied with.
The butterfly valve does not contain any parts that can be replaced or repaired by the user.
The butterfly valve is not allowed to be disposed of as household refuse. All locally valid
regulations and requirements must be observed.
The recognized rules should be applied when determining the flow characteristic of final
controlling elements.

Product features
Mode of operation

Manual operation

The buttery valve is closed or fully opened by a rotary actuator (AF.., SR.., GR.., DGR.., SY..).
The rotary actuators are controlled either by a standard controller or by a 1 or 2-wire control unit.
The nylon-coated valve cone is pressed into the soft-sealing EPDM seat by the rotary action and
guarantees zero leakage losses. The open position is characterized by low ow losses and a
high kvs value.
The buttery valve can be moved into any position, depending on the rotary actuator type.
(Lever mounted directly on the buttery valve on request.)

Installation notes
Recommended mounting positions

Water quality requirements


Maintenance

The buttery valve may be mounted either vertically or


horizontally.
It is not permissible, mounting the buttery valve with the
stem pointing downwards.

90

90

The water quality requirements specied in VDI 2035 must be adhered to.
The butterfly valves and rotary actuators are maintenance-free.
Before any kind of service work is carried out on actuator sets of this type, it is essential to
isolate the rotary actuator from the power supply (by unplugging the power lead). Any pumps
in the part of the piping system concerned must also be switched off and the appropriate
isolating fittings closed (allow everything to cool down first if necessary and reduce the
pressure in the system to atmospheric).
The system must not be returned to service until the butterfly valve and the rotary actuator
have been properly reassembled in accordance with the instructions and the pipework has
been refilled in the proper manner.

Accessories
Description
Mechanical accessories

2/3

Lever, Type ZD6-H..

T5-D6.. en v1.3 02.2008 Subject to changes

www.belimo.com

D6..

Buttery valves PN6, PN10, PN16

Dimensions [mm]
Dimensional diagrams

D1

45

D2

90

H1

Xmin

2)

Ymin

90

R min
F

B
Mounting ange

3)

PN6

DN
[mm]

D2
[mm]

F 3)
[mm]

Rmin
[mm]

S
[mm]

50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350

65
65
65
65
90
90
125
125
125
125

F05
F05
F05
F05
F07
F07
F07
F10
F10
F10

200
200
200
200
240
240
240
290
290
290

14
14
14
14
17
17
17
22
22
22

Acc. to ISO 5211


Free stem end
(mounting flange up to end face of stem head)

Further documentations

www.belimo.com

PN10

PN16

DN
B
H
H1
D
D1
d
D1
d
D1
d
X 1) Y 1)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
1)
2)

43
46
46
52
56
56
60
68
78
79

70
76
89
104
118
132
167
197
239
265

134
147
158
173
195
213
247
287
316
345

33
48
66
91
115
142
194
245
294
328

110 4x14 125 4x19


130 4x14 145 4x19
150 4x19 160 8x19
170 4x19 180 8x19
200 8x19 210 8x19
225 8x19 240 8x23
280 8x19 295 8x23
335 12x19 350 12x23
395 12x23 400 12x23
445 12x23 460 16x23

125
145
160
180
210
240
295
355
410
470

4x19
4x19
8x19
8x19
8x19
8x23
12x23
12x28
12x28
16x28

340
350
360
380
530
550
590
660
690
720

120
130
140
160
170
180
220
250
290
320

Weight
[kg]
2.3
2.8
3.5
5.5
7.4
9
15
21.5
32.5
43.5

Minimum distance with respect to the valve centre


The actuator dimensions can be found on the respective actuator data sheet

Complete overview of water solutions


Data sheets for actuators
Installation instructions for butterfly valves and/or actuators
Notes for project planning (hydraulic characteristic curves and circuits, installation regulations,
commissioning, maintenance etc.)

T5-D6.. en v1.3 02.2008 Subject to changes

3/3

Technical data sheet

Rotary actuator SY3-24-3-T

Rotary actuators for buttery valves


Torque 150 Nm
Nominal voltage AC 24 V
Control: Open-close or 3-point
Auxiliary switch

Technical data
Electrical data

Functional data

Safety

Mechanical data
Dimensions / Weight

Nominal voltage
Power supply range
Power consumption
Current consumption
Auxiliary switch
Connection
Parallel connection

AC 24 V, 50/60 Hz
AC 19.2 ... 28.8 V
70 W at nominal torque
3.0 A
2 x SPDT, 3 A, AC 250 V II
Switching points: 90 adjustable
Terminals, 2 x 1.5 mm2 or 1 x 2.5 mm2
No

Torque (nominal torque)


Manual override
Angle of rotation
Running time
Position indication

Min. 150 Nm at nominal voltage


Temporary with handwheel
90 (internal electrical stops)
22 s
Mechanical

Protection class
Degree of protection
EMC
Mode of operation
Nominal current voltage
Control pollution degree
Ambient temperature range
Media temperature
Non-operating temperature
Ambient humidity range
Maintenance

III Extra low voltage


IP67
CE according to 89/336/EEC
Typ 1 (to EN 60730-1)
0,8 kV (to EN 60730-1)
4 (to EN 60730-1)
20 ... +65C (Duty cycle 22/7 s)
20 ... +100C (in the buttery valve)
30 ... +80C
95% r.H., non-condensating (to EN 60730-1)
Maintenance-free

Connection ange / stem


Housing material

ISO 5211 / F07


Cast aluminium

Dimensions
Weight

See Dimensions on page 2


Approx. 11 kg (without buttery valvee)

Safety notes

www.belimo.com

The actuator has been designed for use in stationary heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems and is not allowed to be used outside the specified field of application, especially in aircraft or in any other airborne means of transport.
It may only be installed by suitably trained personnel.
All applicable legal or institutional installation regulations must be complied with.
The device may only be opened at the manufacturer's site. It does not contain any parts that
can be replaced or repaired by the user.
Make sure that the maximum length of insulation removed does not exceed 50 mm.
The device contains electrical and electronic components and is not allowed to be disposed
of as household refuse. All locally valid regulations and requirements must be observed.

SY3-24-3-T

Rotary actuator AC 24 V, 150 Nm

Product features
Simple direct mounting

Simple direct mounting on the buttery valve. The mounting position in relation to the buttery
valve can be selected in 90 steps.

Manual override

The buttery valve can be closed (turn clockwise) and opened (turn anticlockwise) with the
handwheel. The handwheel does not move while the motor is running. The buttery valve
remains in its position as long as no voltage is applied.

Internal heating

An internal heater prevents condensation buildup.

High functional reliability

Combination buttery valve actuators

Mechanical stops limit the actuator to 2 and 94 . The internal limit switches interrupt the
voltage supply to the motor. In addition, a motor thermostat provides overload protection
because at 135C it interrupts the voltage supply.
Refer to the buttery valve documentation for suitable buttery valves, their permitted media
temperatures and closing pressures.

Electrical installation

Connect via safety isolation transformer.

Note

Wiring diagram

LS3
1

LS4

Y2

100%

0%

Y2 = 0%
1

LS3
A

H Internal heating

LS4

B
D
C

E
F

LS3 Auxiliary switch 100% (buttery valve open)


LS4 Auxiliary switch 0% (buttery valve closed)

Dimensions [mm]
326

Dimensional diagrams

203

30

289

123

180

F0
(

22

SW

70

4 x M8

www.belimo.com

Rotary actuator AC 24 V, 150 Nm

SY3-24-3-T

Settings
Setting cam

Important !
Settings are only allowed to be made by authorised
specialist personnel.

The setting cams for limit and auxiliary switches can be accessed by removing the housing
cover.
Optionally, auxiliary switches LS4/LS3 can be connected for signalling.
Limit switches LS2/LS1 interrupt the voltage to the motor and are controlled by setting cams
TC.. .
The setting cams turn with the spindle. The buttery valve closes when the stem is turning
clockwise (cw) and opens when the stem is turning counterclockwise (ccw).
Spindle
TC4
LS4

TC3

LS3
LS2

TC2

LS1

TC1

Settings of setting cams TC..

TC4 for auxiliary switch position closed (factory setting 3 ).


TC3 for auxiliary switch position open (factory setting 87 ).
TC2 for limit switch closed (factory setting 0 ).
TC1 for limit switch open (factory setting 90 ).
Adjusting setting cams

1
2
3
4

Use a 2.5 mm Allen key to unscrew the corresponding setting cams TC..
Turn the setting cam using the Allen key
Set as shown in the illustration below
Use the Allen key to tighten the setting cams
TC3/TC1 (c

w)

TC4/TC2

TC4/TC2 (c
w)

(ccw)

TC3/TC1 (c
cw)

1 OPEN
2 CLOSE
Current position
Desired position

www.belimo.com

SY3-24-3-T

Rotary actuator AC 24 V, 150 Nm

Settings

(Continued)

Mechanical angle of rotation limitation

The mechanical angle of rotation is set at the factory to 92 and cannot be changed.
The handwheel turns the planetary gear unit via a worm gear. The gear unit is mechanically
stopped by the two setscrews 1 and 2 (1 turns of the setscrews correspond to 2 ).
Both limit switches LS2/LS1 are set to 90 and must always switch off the motor before the
mechanical angle of rotation limitation.

1
2

1 Angle of rotation limiting OPEN


2 Angle of rotation limiting CLOSED
3 Connection of handwheel for angle
of rotation limiting

Relationship between mechanical angle of rotation limiting, limit and auxiliary switches
87 90 92

1
2
3

Further documentations

1 Auxiliary switch
2 Limit switch
3 Mechanical angle of rotation limitation

Complete overview of actuators for water solutions


Data sheets for butterfly valves
Installation instructions for actuators and/or butterfly valves
Notes for project planning (hydraulic characteristic curves and circuits, installation regulations,
commissioning, maintenance etc.)

www.belimo.com

Data sheet T5-SY3-24-3-T en v1.2 04.2006 Subject to changes

2 0 3

70372-00001.D

SY..-..-3-T

100%

1
SY2 ... 6

3
OPEN
OPEN

OPEN

6
CLOSED

OPEN

CLOSED

13

3
2

SY2 ... 3: 13 mm
SY4 ... 6: 17 mm
SY7 ... 8: 24 mm
SY9 ... 12: 30 mm

SY2 ... 3: 4 x M8 / 23 Nm
SY4 ... 6: 4 x M10 / 46 Nm
SY7 ... 8: 4 x M16 / 195 Nm
SY9 ... 12: 4 x M20 / 390 Nm

www.belimo.com

M5-SY..-..-3-T v1.4 08.2009

/2

SY..-..-3-T

SY2 ... 8: 5 mm
SY9 ... 12: 6 mm

B
7
F

T
1

AC 24 V

Y1

Y2

LS3
B

LS4
E

100%

0%

SY2-24-3-T / SY3-24-3-T
SY4-24-3-T / SY5-24-3-T

AC 230 V

1
Y1

Y1

L1

A AB Y2
= 100%

Y1

Y2

LS3
B

100%

LS4
E

Y2

A AB = 0%

LS3

100%

B
C

LS4

0%

E
F

0%

SY2-230-3-T / SY3-230-3-T
SY4-230-3-T / SY5-230-3-T
SY6-230-3-T / SY7-230-3-T / SY8-230-3-T / SY9-230-3-T
SY10-230-3-T / SY11-230-3-T / SY12-230-3-T

/2

M5-SY..-..-3-T v1.4 08.2009

www.belimo.com

AX-MPR

Thyristor

AX-MPR-3-xx
12kW to 18kW Three Phase Power Regulators

Product Overview
The AX-MPR3 DIN Rail Series of Power Regulators are
designed to provide continuously adjustable control of
electric heating loads from a BMS Controller or similar.
Applications include electric heating coils, heating cables
and electric furnaces. The AX-MPR3 Series use solid-state
switching with zero crossing technology for minimum
RFI and provide accurate switching control. All Power
Controllers in this series feature Over Temperature Protection with automatic reset and Alarm Output, LED Indication of Output ON and are designed to mount on TS35
section DIN Rail. No additional heatsinks are needed.

Photo Here

Features

0-10Vdc Control Input

24Vac/dc Powered

12kW and 18kW Models

Alarm Output

PWM Control

LED Indication

Auto Reset Over Temperature Protection

DIN Rail (TS35) Mounting

Product Specifications
0-10Vdc
24Vac/dc +/-10%
24Vac/dc as power supply - 0V when over temperature alarm is active
See Overleaf
See Overleaf
380 - 440Vac / 50-60Hz
ON when output is on.
See Overleaf

Input:
Power Supply:
Alarm Output:
Max Heater Duty:
Rated Load:
Rated Supply:
LED Indication:
Dissipated Heat:
Terminals:
Control:
Power:
Ambient Temp. Range:

Rising Clamp for 0.5-2.5mm2 Cable


Rising Clamp for 4mm2 Stranded or 6mm2 Solid Core Cable
0 to 55 C .
Note: the units are rated at 40C. If using at higher ambient temperature,
de-rate the unit by 10% for every 5C above 40C .
See Overleaf
See Overleaf
United Kingdom

Dimensions:
Weight:
Country of Origin:

Order Codes
AX-MPR-3-12
AX-MPR-3-18

12kW Three Phase Power Controller


18kW Three Phase Power Controller

AX-MPR3-xx - Issue 1.6 - Date 21/05/2009

Page 1 of 3

Unit 21, Highview, High Street, Bordon, Hampshire. GU35 0AX.


Tel: +44 (0)1420 487788 Fax: +44 (0)1420 487799
Email: sales@axio.co.uk
www.axio.co.uk
Copyright Axio 2004. All Rights Reserved

AX-MPR-3-xx
12kW to 18kW Three Phase Power Regulators
Specification Contd.
AX-MPR3
Series Code

Nominal
Maximum Rated
Heater Duty Load per
Supply
kW
Phase
Amps
@40 deg C

Dissipated Dimensions
Heat
WxHxD
Watts
mm

Weight
kg

AX-MPR3-12

12

17.4A

380-440V/ 50-60Hz

43

195 X 95 X 80

0.52

AX-MPR3-18

18

26A

380-440V/ 50-60Hz

60

285 X 95 X 85

0.72

Dimensions and weights are approximate

Installation and Configuration


The AX-MPR3 Series Power Controllers are designed for mounting on a TS35 Section DIN Rail and must be installed
with their heatsink cooling fins in a vertical plane. Allow a minimum of 100mm between units mounted in a vertical plane.
Electrical Installation:
Installation must be carried out by a suitably trained electrician, and in accordance with the relevant statuatory
regulations.
Load Supply and Back-up Protection:
It is recommended that a load disconnect switch and a contactor are installed in the load supply. The supply to the
contactor coil should be interupted by sensors for over temperature in the heater and also upon air flow loss. Fuses or
MCBs (minature circuit breakers) are required to provide back-up protection. High Speed Fuses will protect the solidstate switching devices against short circuit currents.
Control Supply:
The control circuitry is fully isolated from the load supply and needs its own 24V (ac or dc) supply. The control supply
common is linked to the 0-10V Input Signal common. All low voltage signal and supply cables should be kept separate
from high voltage or mains cables, separate trays or conduit should be used. Screened cable should be used for
connections to BMS Controllers, where possible the cable screen should be connected to a functional earth (not mains
safety earth); normally the screen should be earthed at one end only to avoid earth loops.
Cycle Time & Signal Rescaling
The Cycle Time is preset. An 0-10Vdc Input Signal of 5V equates to the load being at 50% ON and likewise with an input
of 2.5V the load will be 25% ON. A 10V input will equal 100% i.e.full ON. Adjustment of the Cycle Time and signal
rescaling is possible using JP1, JP2, VR1 and VR2 but is not normally required. Caution: Adjustment of these controls
can cause an overload condition and subsequent destruction of the AX-MPR3 unit. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO ADJUST
THESE CONTROLS WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE FACTORY.
Manual Override:
The AX-MPR3 Series are supplied preset to the Auto position, it is possible to manually override the Input Signal by
placing the M/A Jumper in the M position. With the jumper in the M position the load will be 100% ON. The output load
can be adjusted downwards using the signal rescaling facility. (See Caution above).
Maximum Heating Load
The power rating of the units are given as a guide. The maximum current (which is dependant on the actual supply
voltage and actual heater load ) as shown in the above table must not be exceeded.

AX-MPR3-xx - Issue 1.6 - Date 21/05/2009

Page 2 of 3

Unit 21, Highview, High Street, Bordon, Hampshire. GU35 0AX.


Tel: +44 (0)1420 487788 Fax: +44 (0)1420 487799
Email: sales@axio.co.uk
www.axio.co.uk
Copyright Axio 2004. All Rights Reserved

AX-MPR-3-xx
12kW to 18kW Three Phase Power Regulators
Operation
The AX-MPR3 Series are designed to control electric heating loads in linear proportion to the incoming 0-10Vdc control
signal. Control is by solid-state semiconductor devices which controls the load using pulse width modulation (PWM)
techniques. These devices feature zero crossing point switching of the AC load which minimises RFI.
CAUTION!
In normal operation the heatsink surface can exceed 90C. Dangerous voltages exist on the PCB and particular care
should be taken. The AX-MPR3 Series Power Controllers must be installed in accordance with the relevant statutory
regulations and installation must be carried out by an experienced and fully qualified engineer.
Ventilation:
The AX-MPR3 Series are designed for a maximum ambient temperature of 55C which should not be exceeded. If necessary, enclosures or control panels should be ventilated with a cooling fan. See note in product specification for de-rating
to be applied if ambient temp is over 40C
Over Temperature Monitoring:
An electronic thermal cutout is fitted to the heatsink to protect against over temperature. The AX-MPR3 Series will
switch off the load if the heatsink temperature exceeds 95C and will reconnect the load once the heatsink temperature
has dropped below 85C. The alarm output will also change from the control supply to 0V. Under normal operating
conditions the heatsink temperature will not reach 95C but this might occur, for example, if the ambient temperature
exceeds 40C.

Connection
PULSE LED

123
123
123

123
123
123

24V
0V
IN
Alarm

VR1

VR2

JP1
JP2

DANGER
LIVE
WIRES

L1 T1

NB: Terminals L2 & T2 are internally


linked. L2 Supply may be connected
directly to the heater element if local
regulations permit.

L1
L2
L3

L 2 T2

DANGER
ELECTRIC
SHOCK
RISK

L3 T3

DANGER
ELECTRIC
SHOCK
RISK

Heater

Alternative
Heater
Configuration

For 415V only


Neutral must not be
connected to the star point
NOTE: It is imperative that the power connections
are fully tightened, without excessive force, and ensure the
maximum area of cable is in contact with the terminals.

Every effort has been taken in the production of this data sheet to ensure its accuracy. Axio can not, however, accept responsibility for any damage, expense, injury, loss or consequential loss
resulting from any errors or omissions. Axio has a policy of continuous improvement and reserves the right to change this specification without notice.

AX-MPR3-xx - Issue 1.6 - Date 21/05/2009

Page 3 of 3

Unit 21, Highview, High Street, Bordon, Hampshire. GU35 0AX.


Tel: +44 (0)1420 487788 Fax: +44 (0)1420 487799
Email: sales@axio.co.uk
www.axio.co.uk
Copyright Axio 2004. All Rights Reserved

AX-PPR-3-27,-36 & -54


27kW, 36kW and 54kW Three Phase Power Regulators
Product Overview

Photo Here

AX-PPR-3-54

The AX-PPR3-xx range of Power Regulators are designed


to provide continuously adjustable control of electric
heating loads from a BMS Controller or similar. Applications include electric heating coils, heating cables and
electric furnaces. The AX-PPR3 Series use solid-state
switching with zero crossing technology for minimum
RFI and to provide accurate switching control. All Power
Controllers in this series feature Over Temperature Protection with automatic reset and Alarm Output, LED Indication of Output ON and are designed for panel mounting.
The AX-PPR3-54 features integral cooling fans which turn
on automatically when required. No additional heatsinks or
fans are needed.

Features

0-10Vdc Control Input

24Vac/dc Powered

27kW, 36kW and 54kW Models

Alarm Output

PWM Control

LED Indication

Auto Reset Over Temperature Protection

Small Footprint

Product Specifications
0-10Vdc
24Vac/dc +/-10%
VFC - Closed when over temperature alarm is active
See Overleaf
See Overleaf
380-440Vac / 50-60Hz
ON when output is on.
See Overleaf

Input:
Power Supply:
Alarm Output:
Max Heater Duty:
Rated Load:
Rated Supply:
LED Indication:
Dissipated Heat:
Terminals:
Control:
Power:
Ambient Temp. Range:

Rising Clamp for 0.5-2.5mm2 Cable


Rising Clamp for 16mm2 Cable
0 to 55C Note; The units are rated at 40C. If using at higher ambient temperature
derate the unit by 10% for every 5C above 40C.
See Overleaf
See Overleaf
United Kingdom

Dimensions:
Weight:
Country of Origin:

Order Codes
AX-PPR-3-27
AX-PPR-3-36
AX-PPR-3-54

27kW Three Phase Power Controller


36kW Three Phase Power Controller
54kW Three Phase Power Controller

AX-PPR3-27-36-54 - Issue 3.2 - Date 22/4/2009


Unit 21, Highview, High Street, Bordon, Hampshire. GU35 0AX.
Tel: +44 (0)1420 487788 Fax: +44 (0)1420 487799
Email: sales@axio.co.uk
www.axio.co.uk
Copyright Axio 2004. All Rights Reserved

Page 1 of 3

AX-PPR-3-27,-36 & -54


27kW, 36kW and 54kW Three Phase Power Regulators
Specification Contd.
AX-PPR3
Nominal
Maximum Rated
Series Code Heater Duty Load per
Supply
kW
Phase
Amps
@40 deg C

Dissipated Dimensions
Heat
WxHxD
Watts
mm

Weight
kg

AX-PPR3-27

27

37.5A

380-440V/ 50-60Hz

85

188x 130 x 128

2.05

AX-PPR3-36

36

52.2A

380-440V/ 50-60Hz

167

188x 130 x 128

2.05

AX-PPR3-54

54

78.2A

380-440V/ 50-60Hz

250

188x 160 x 128

2.45

Fixing hole dimensions: 4 holes 5mm diam. 85 x 175mm centres


Dimensions and weights are approximate

Installation and Configuration


TheAX- PPR3 Series Power Controllers are designed for mounting on a vertical panel. It is important that free air
movement around the heatsink is not restricted. Allow sufficient air space between adjacent units to allow optimum
performance of the heatsink. Installation must be carried out by a suitably trained electrician, and in accordance with the
relevant statuatory regulations.
Load Supply and Back-up Protection:
The AX-PPR3 Module must be protected by external fuses. The fuses should be rated at or below the maximum rating of
the module and must be of the quick acting semiconductor type. These are available from Axio, together with suitable
DIN rail fuse holders. Load cables must be sized such that they are rated in excess of the fuse ratings. If in doubt,
contact Axio for advice.
Control Supply:
The control circuitry is fully isolated from the load supply and needs its own 24V (ac or dc) supply. The control supply
common is linked to the 0-10V Input Signal common. All low voltage signal and supply cables should be kept separate
from high voltage or mains cables, separate trays or conduit should be used. Screened cable should be used for
connections to BMS Controllers, where possible the cable screen should be connected to a functional earth (not mains
safety earth); normally the screen should be earthed at one end only to avoid earth loops.
Cycle Time:
The Cycle Time is preset. An 0-10Vdc Input Signal of 5V equates to the load being at 50% ON and likewise with an input
of 2.5V the load will be 25% ON. A 10V input will equal 100% i.e.full ON. Adjustment of the Cycle Time is possible using
Test Point J2, and R1 but is not normally required. Caution: Incorrect adjustment of these controls can cause an overload
condition and subsequent destruction of the AX-PPR3 unit. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO ADJUST THESE CONTROLS
WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE FACTORY.
Maximum load:
The power rating of the units are given as a guide. The maximum current (which is dependant on the actual supply
voltage and actual load ) as shown in the above table must not be exceeded.
Earthing:
The protective conductor terminal must always be bonded to a good Earth. This earth bond lead should be rated higher
than the maximum load. Refer to BS7671.

AX-PPR3-27-36-54 - Issue 3.2 - Date 22/4/2009


Unit 21, Highview, High Street, Bordon, Hampshire. GU35 0AX.
Tel: +44 (0)1420 487788 Fax: +44 (0)1420 487799
Email: sales@axio.co.uk
www.axio.co.uk
Copyright Axio 2004. All Rights Reserved

Page 2 of 3

AX-PPR-3-27,-36 & -54


27kW, 36kW and 54kW Three Phase Power Regulators
Operation
The AX-PPR3 Series are designed to control electric heating loads in linear proportion to the incoming 0-10Vdc control
signal. Control is by solid-state semiconductor devices which control the load using pulse width modulation (PWM)
techniques. These devices feature zero crossing point switching of the AC load which minimises RFI.
CAUTION!
In normal operation the heatsink surface can exceed 90C. Dangerous voltages exist inside the unit and particular care
should be taken. No attempt should be made to open the unit. The AX-PPR3 Series Power Controllers must be installed
in accordance with the relevant statutory regulations and installation must be carried out by an experienced and fully
qualified engineer.
Ventilation:
The AX-PPR3 Series are designed to operate in a maximum ambient temperature of 55C, which should not be exceeded.
Where ambient temperatures exceed 40C enclosures or control panels should be ventilated with a cooling fan. Refer to
Product Specification for derating to be applied above 40C.
Over Temperature Monitoring:
An electronic thermal cutout is fitted to the heatsink to protect against over temperature. The AX-PPR3 Series will switch
off the load if the heatsink temperature exceeds 95C and will reconnect the load once the heatsink temperature has
dropped below 85C. Under normal operating conditions the heatsink temperature will not reach 95C but this might
occur, for example, if the ambient temperature exceeds 40C. The AX-PP3-54 is fitted with a fan deck, the fans will turn on
and off as required to control the heatsink temperature.

Connection

85mm

Safety
Earth
(Must be
connected)

175mm

L1

T1

L2

T2

L3

T3

Jumper 2

123
123
123
24mm

LED

R1 Potentiometer

L1
L2
L3

Heater

Note: L2 and T2 are connected internally


NOTE: It is imperative that the
power connections are fully tightened,
without excessive force, and ensure the
maximum area of cable is in contact with
the terminals.

0V
0-10V
Com
24V
Alarm
Alarm Common

Star point must not be connected to Neutral

Every effort has been taken in the production of this data sheet to ensure its accuracy. Axio can not, however, accept responsibility for any damage, expense, injury, loss or consequential loss
resulting from any errors or omissions. Axio has a policy of continuous improvement and reserves the right to change this specification without notice.

AX-PPR3-27-36-54 - Issue 3.2 - Date 22/4/2009


Unit 21, Highview, High Street, Bordon, Hampshire. GU35 0AX.
Tel: +44 (0)1420 487788 Fax: +44 (0)1420 487799
Email: sales@axio.co.uk
www.axio.co.uk
Copyright Axio 2004. All Rights Reserved

Page 3 of 3

AX-PPR-3-72 & -105


72kW and 105kW Three Phase Power Regulators
Product Overview

Photo Here

AX-PPR-3-72

The AX-PPR3-72 and AX-PPR3-105 Power Regulators are


designed to provide continuously adjustable control of
electric heating loads from a BMS Controller or similar.
Applications include electric heating coils, heating cables
and electric furnaces. The AX-PPR3 Series use solid-state
switching with zero crossing technology to minimise
RFI and provide accurate switching control. All Power
Controllers in this series feature Over Temperature Protection with automatic reset and Alarm Output, LED Indication of Output ON and are designed for panel mounting.
The AX-PPR3-72 and AX-PPR3-105 feature an integral
cooling fan which turns on automatically when required.
No additional heatsinks or fans are needed.

Features

0-10Vdc Control Input

24Vac/dc Powered

72kW and 105kW Models

Alarm Output

PWM Control

LED Indication

Auto Reset Over Temperature Protection

Small Footprint

Product Specifications
0-10Vdc
24Vac/dc +/-10%
VFC - Closed when over temperature alarm is active
See Overleaf
See Overleaf
380-440Vac / 50-60Hz
ON when output is on.
See Overleaf

Input:
Power Supply:
Alarm Output:
Max Heater Duty:
Rated Load:
Rated Supply:
LED Indication:
Dissipated Heat:
Terminals:
Control:
Power - 72kW:
Power - 105kW:
Ambient Temp. Range:

Rising Clamp for 0.5-2.5mm2 Cable


Rising Clamp for 35mm2 Cable (Torque 3Nm)
Rising Clamp for 70mm2 Cable (Torque 7Nm)
0 to 55C Note, the units are rated at 40C. If using at higher ambient temperature
derate the unit by 10% for every 5C above 40C.
See Overleaf
United Kingdom

Dimensions:
Country of Origin:

Order Codes
AX-PPR-3-72
AX-PPR-3-105

72kW Three Phase Power Controller


105kW Three Phase Power Controller

AX-PPR3-72 & -105 - Issue 2.0 - Date 2/02/2006


Unit 21, Highview, High Street, Bordon, Hampshire. GU35 0AX.
Tel: +44 (0)1420 487788 Fax: +44 (0)1420 487799
Email: sales@axio.co.uk
www.axio.co.uk
Copyright Axio 2004. All Rights Reserved

Page 1 of 3

AX-PPR-3-72 & -105


72kW and 105kW Three Phase Power Regulators
Specification Contd.
A X - PPR3
S e r ie s Co d e

A X - PPR3 - 7 2
A X - PPR3 - 1 0 5

No min a l
He a te r Du ty
( kW )

Ma x imu m
Load per
Ph a s e
( A mp s )

72

1 0 4 .4 A

105

1 5 2 .2 A

Ra te d S u p p ly

380-440V
5 0 - 6 0 Hz
380-440V
5 0 - 6 0 Hz

Dis s ip a te d
He a t ( W a tts )
approx

Dime n s io n s
( W x H x D)
mm

335

250 x 270 x 215

487

250 x 270 x 215

Te r min a l
tig h te n in g to r q u e
a n d d e ta il
3 Nm
s lo tte d s c r e w
7 Nm
5 mm h e x w r e n c h

Fix in g Ho le Dime n s io n s : 4 Ho le s 7 .5 mm d ia . 2 0 0 x 2 3 0 mm c e n tr e s
Dime n s io n s a r e a p p r o x ima te

Installation and Configuration


The AX-PPR3 Series Power Controllers are designed for mounting on a vertical panel. It is important that free air
movement around the heatsink is not restricted. Allow sufficient air space between adjacent units to allow optimum
performance of the heatsink. Installation must be carried out by a suitably trained electrician, and in accordance with the
relevant statutory regulations. The Load Terminals must be tightened to the torque specified in the Specification Table.
Earthing:
The protective conductor terminal (M6 stud provided) must always be bonded to a good Earth. This earth bond lead
should be rated higher than the maximum load. Refer to BS7671.
Load Supply and Back-up Protection:
The AX-PPR3-72 and AX-PPR3-105 Power Controllers feature internal quick acting semiconductor fuses to protect the
switching devices. The Load Cables must be protected by external appropriate fuses or MCBs in the usual manner. Load
cables must be sized such that they are rated in excess of the fuse ratings. If in doubt, contact Axio for advice.
Internal Fuse Ratings:
AX-PPR3-72
120A BS88:4 Semiconductor Type
AX-PPR3-105
180A BS88:4 Semiconductor Type
Semiconductor Fuse Replacement:
Disconnect from the main supply before attempting to remove the cover. Remove the main cover earth strap and then the
four cover retaining screws. The main cover earth strap must be fitted before reapplying the power.
Control Supply:
The control circuitry is fully isolated from the load supply and needs its own 24V (ac or dc) supply. The control supply
common is linked to the 0-10V Input Signal common. All low voltage signal and supply cables should be kept separate
from high voltage or mains cables, separate trays or conduit should be used. Screened cable should be used for
connections to BMS Controllers, where possible the cable screen should be connected to a functional earth (not mains
safety earth); normally the screen should be earthed at one end only to avoid earth loops.
Cycle Time
The Cycle Time is preset. An 0-10Vdc Input Signal of 5V equates to the load being at 50% ON and likewise with an input
of 2.5V the load will be 25% ON. A 10V input will equal 100% i.e.full ON. Adjustment of the Cycle Time is possible using
Test Point TP2, and R1 but is not normally required. Caution: Incorrect adjustment of these controls can cause an
overload condition and subsequent destruction of the AX-PPR3 unit. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO ADJUST THESE
CONTROLS WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE FACTORY.
Maximum load:
The power rating of the units are given as a guide. The maximum current (which is dependant on the actual supply
voltage and actual load ) as shown in the above table must not be exceeded.
AX-PPR3-72 & -105 - Issue 2.0 - Date 2/02/2006
Unit 21, Highview, High Street, Bordon, Hampshire. GU35 0AX.
Tel: +44 (0)1420 487788 Fax: +44 (0)1420 487799
Email: sales@axio.co.uk
www.axio.co.uk
Copyright Axio 2004. All Rights Reserved

Page 2 of 3

AX-PPR-3-72 & -105


72kW and 105kW Three Phase Power Regulators
Operation
The AX-PPR3 Series are designed to control electric heating loads in linear proportion to the incoming 0-10Vdc control
signal. Control is by solid-state semiconductor devices which control the load using pulse width modulation (PWM)
techniques. These devices feature zero crossing point switching of the AC load which virtually minimises RFI.
CAUTION!
In normal operation the heatsink surface can exceed 90C. Dangerous voltages exist inside the unit and particular care
should be taken. The AX-PPR3 Series Power Controllers must be installed in accordance with the relevant statutory
regulations and installation must be carried out by an experienced and fully qualified engineer.
Ventilation:
The AX-PPR3 Series are designed to operate in a maximum ambient temperature of 55C, which should not be exceeded.
Where ambient temperatures exceed 40C enclosures or control panels should be ventilated with a cooling fan. Refer to
Product Specification for derating to be applied above 40C.
Over Temperature Monitoring:
An electronic thermal cutout is fitted to the heatsink to protect against over temperature. The AX-PPR3 Series will switch
off the load if the heatsink temperature exceeds 95C and will reconnect the load once the heatsink temperature has
dropped below 85C. Under normal operating conditions the heatsink temperature will not reach 95C but this might
occur, for example, if the ambient temperature exceeds 40C. The AX-PPR3-72 and AX-PPR3-105 are fitted with a fan, the
fan will turn on and off as required to control the heatsink temperature.

Connection

200mm

10mm

230mm

L1 L2 L3 T3 T2 T1
LED1 TP2 R1
123
123
123

Alarm
24V
COM
0-10V
0V

L1
L2
L3
Warning:
Do not connect
Neutral to the star
point of Heater

NOTE: It is imperative that the power connections


are fully tightened, without excessive force, and ensure the
maximum area of cable is in contact with the terminals.

Heater

M6 Stud
Safety
Earth
(Must be
connected)

Every effort has been taken in the production of this data sheet to ensure its accuracy. Axio can not, however, accept responsibility for any damage, expense, injury, loss or consequential loss
resulting from any errors or omissions. Axio has a policy of continuous improvement and reserves the right to change this specification without notice.

AX-PPR3-72 & -105 - Issue 2.0 - Date 2/02/2006


Unit 21, Highview, High Street, Bordon, Hampshire. GU35 0AX.
Tel: +44 (0)1420 487788 Fax: +44 (0)1420 487799
Email: sales@axio.co.uk
www.axio.co.uk
Copyright Axio 2004. All Rights Reserved

Page 3 of 3

MNB-300

FCU and Unitary Controller

TAC I/A Series

MNB-300 BACnet Unitary Controller


I/A Series Micronet MNB-300
The TAC I/A Series MicroNet MNB300
BACnet Unitary Controller is an interoperable
controller with native BACnet MS/TP communications
support. The controller features Sensor Link (S-Link)
support, LED status and output indication, screw
terminal blocks, as well as a panel mount sub-base
with removable electronics module.
When programmed using WorkPlace Tech Tool, the
Unitary controller provides a wide range of control
strategies for packaged rooftop, heat pump, fan coil,
unit ventilator, and similar applications.
Stand Alone or Connected

SPECIFICATIONS

The TAC I/A Series BACnet Unitary Controller can


function either in a standalone mode or as part of a
BACnet building automation system (BAS) network.

Hardware
Dimensions
7.0 in. W x 3.94 in. H x 2.19 in. D
(178 mm x 100 mm x 56 mm)

AGENCY listings

Enclosure
Optional wall-mount enclosure conforms to NEMA-1
requirements.
Cover meets UL94V-0 flammability ratings.

US
FCC Part15, ClassA
UL916, File #E71385 Category PAZX
UL864, Category UUKL, File #S5381 Smoke-Control
Equipment

Mounting
Panel mount.
Wiring Terminals
I/O Points
Fixed screw terminals; up to two AWG #14
(2.08mm2) or smaller wire.
Power and MS/TP
Removable screw terminals; single AWG #14
(2.08mm2) wire or up to two AWG #18 (0.823mm2)
or smaller wires.
Electrical
Power Supply Input
20.4 to 30 Vac, 50/60 Hz.
Maximum Power Consumption
16 VA at 24 Vac.
Environment
Operating Temperature
-40 to 140 F (-40 to 60 C)
Shipping and Storage Temperature
-40 to 160 F (-40 to 71 C)
Humidity
5 to 95% RH, non-condensing

Canadian
UL Listed to Canadian Safety Standards
(CAN/CSA22.2)
CUL Listed to Standards ULC/ORD-C100-92 (Smoke
Control System Equipment) and CAN-ULC-S527
(Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems)
Australian
Meets requirements to bear the C-Tick Mark
European Community
EMC Directive 89/336/EEC, EN61326
Inputs and outputs
Universal Inputs (6)
Universal Input characteristics are softwareconfigured to respond to one of the following input
types:
10kohm Thermistor w/ 11kohm Shunt Resistor
Sensor operating range -40 to 250F (-40 to 121C)
range. TSMN-57011-850, TS-5700-850 Series or
equivalent.
Specifications continued on next page.

TAC I/A Series

MNB-300 BACnet Unitary Controller

Specifications continued from first page.

Communications

1kohm Balco Input


-40 to 250F (-40 to 121C) range. TSMN-81011,
TS-8000 Series or equivalent.
1kohm Platinum Input
-40 to 240 F (-40 to 116 C) range. TSMN-58011,
TS-5800 Series or equivalent.
1kohm Resistive
0 to 1.5kohms.
10kohm Resistive
0 to 10.5kohms.
Analog Voltage
0 to 5Vdc.
Analog Current
Range 0 to 20 mA, requires an external 250ohm
shunt resistor (AD-8969-202).
Digital Input
Dry switched contact. Detection of closed switch
requires less than 300ohms. Detection of open
switch requires more than 2.5kohms.
Standard Pulse Input (UI1-UI6)
Minimum Rate
1 pulse per 4minutes.
Maximum Rate
1 pulse per second.
Fast Pulse Input (UI1)
Minimum Rate
1 pulse per 4minutes.
Maximum Rate
10 pulses per second.

BACnet Networks
The TAC I/ASeries MicroNet BACnet Unitary
Controller incorporates an isolated EIA-485
(formerly RS485) transceiver for BACnet MS/TP
communications at 9.6 up to 76.8kbaud using
standard MS/TP wiring methods. Up to 128 TAC
I/A Series MicroNet BACnet controllers can be
connected to an MS/TP sub-net without repeaters.

Digital Outputs - Triac (6)


12VA at 24 Vac, 50/60Hz, each output individually
isolated.
Universal Outputs (3)
Current
0 to 20mA (output load from 80 to 550ohms).
Voltage
0 to 10V (with external 500ohms, 1/2W, 1%
resistor).
Capability to Drive Functional Devices
RIBUI1C Relay (UO configured for 0 to 20mAdc, no
external resistor).

S-Link
The Sensor Link (S-Link) communications wiring
provides power and a communication interface for
one MN-Sx MicroNet sensor. The various MNSx
sensors can provide room temperature, room
humidity, setpoint adjustment, and occupancy
override. This connection uses two-wire, unshielded
cable and is not polarity sensitive. Maximum S-Link
bus length is 200ft (61m).

BACnet compliance
BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC).

FEATURES
The TAC I/ASeries MicroNet BACnet Unitary
Controllers sequence of operation and BACnet
image are fully programmable, using WorkPlace
Tech Tool. The controllers can be applied to all
common unitary HVAC applications.
Capability to function in standalone mode or
as part of a TAC I/ASeries building automation
network.
Integral MS/TP jack for direct connection of PC
with WorkPlace Tech Tool.
Removable electronics module mates with panelmounted subbase.
Removable terminals for power and
communications to facilitate commissioning.
Optional rugged, NEMA1 plenum-rated sheet
metal enclosure.
MS/TP DIP switch addressable.
Service pin button for BACnet I am message
broadcast.
2009 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Isolated EIA-485 (formerly RS485) transceiver for


MS/TP communications.
MS/TP baud rate selection from 9.6 up to
76.8kbaud.

BACnet is a registered trademark of ASHRAE.


ASHRAE does not endorse, approve, or test
products for compliance with ASHRAE standards.
Compliance of listed products to the requirements of
ASHRAE Standard 135 is the responsibility of BACnet
International (BI). BTL is a regstered trademark of BI.
Schneider Electric
F-27339-4

LED indication of MS/TP communication activity,


controller status, and UO and DO state.
Firmware upgradeable over the network.
Support for SLink Sensor.

1354 Clifford Avenue, P.O. Box 2940, Loves Park, IL 61132-2940, USA

1-888-444-1311

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
November 2009

pm

TAC I/A Series

MNB-300 BACnet Unitary Controller

INPUTS FROM MN-SX I/A SERIES MICRONET SENSORS


Inputs

Description

MN-Sx Sensor

Space Temperature

32 to 122 F (0 to 50 C)

MN-S1, MN-S1HT, MN-S2, MN-S2HT, MN-S3, MN-S3HT, MNS4,


MN-S4HT, MN-S4-FCS, MN-S4HT-FCS, MN-S5 and MN-S5HT

Space Humidity

5 to 95% RH, Non-condensing

MN-S1HT, MN-S2HT, MN-S3HT, MN-S4HT, MN-S4HT-FCS, and


MN-S5HT

Adjustable Setpoint

Adjustable within limits set by application


programming tool

MN-S3, MN-S3HT, MN-S4, MN-S4HT, MN-S4-FCS,


MNS4HTFCS, MN-S5, and MN-S5HT

Override Pushbutton

For standalone occupancy control or


occupancy override

MN-S2, MN-S2HT, MN-S3, MN-S3HT, MN-S4, MN-S4HT, MNS5,


and MN-S5HT

Fan Operation and Speed

Fan mode selection: On/Off, Speed (Low/


Medium/High), or Auto

MN-S4, MN-S4HT, MN-S4-FCS, MN-S4HT-FCS, MN-S5, and


MN-S5HT

System Mode

System mode selection: Heat, Cool, Off, or


Auto

MN-S4, MN-S4HT, MN-S5, and MN-S5HT

Emergency Heat

Emergency heat mode selection: Enable or


Disable

MN-S5 and MN-S5HT

MODELS
Part Number

Description

Inputs/Outputs
UI

UO

DO (Triac)

MNB-300

TAC I/A Series MicroNet


BACnet Unitary Controller

ACCESSORIES

Physical
Address
SLD

2009 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

1354 Clifford Avenue, P.O. Box 2940, Loves Park, IL 61132-2940, USA

MS/TP Jack

MS-

MS+
S-LK

IAM
COM

UO3

EOL

STATUS
RCV

XMT
UI6

COM

UI5

UI4

COM

UI3

UI2

COM

UI1

Schneider Electric
F-27339-4

C6

TO6 (DO6)

C5

TO5 (DO5)
UO2

Internal
Triac
Switches
(Isolated)

GND

MNB-300
Unitary Controller

24H

24G (COM)

C4

Room temperature sensors

COM

TSMN Series

TO4 (DO4)

Controller cover assembly only

UO1

MNB-CNTLR-300

C3

Controller base assembly only

TO3 (DO3)

MNB-BASE-300

C2

Description
Temperature and humidity wall
sensors with digital communication

TO2 (DO2)

Part Number
S-Link Sensors

C1

Description
Wall-mount enclosure

TO1 (DO1)

Part Number
MNB-300-ENC

1-888-444-1311

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
November 2009

pm

MNB-300 BACnet Unitary Controller

TAC I/A Series

Architecture
PC Workstation
with WorkPlace
Tech Tool
Software Suite

Ethernet TCP/IP and BACnet/IP

TAC I/A Series MicroNet


BACnet MNB-300
Unitary Controller

Remote I/O
Module

S-Link
Sensor

One to Eight
TAC I/A Series MicroNet
BACnet MNB-1000-15
Remote I/O Modules

Remote I/O
Module

S-Link
Sensor

Remote I/O
Module

TAC I/A Series MicroNet


BACnet MNB-70
Zone Controller

TAC I/A Series MicroNet


BACnet MNB-70
Zone Controller
S-Link
Sensor

TAC I/A Series MicroNet


BACnet MNB-V1
Cooling Controller
S-Link
Sensor

S-Link
Sensor
TAC I/A Series MicroNet
BACnet MNB-300
Unitary Controller
S-Link
Sensor

TAC I/A Series MicroNet


BACnet MNB-V2
Deluxe Controller

PC Workstation
with WorkPlace
Tech Tool
Software Suite

S-Link
Sensor

Distributed, manufactured, and sold by Schneider Electric. I/A


Series trademarks are owned by Invensys Systems, Inc. and are
used on this product under master license from Invensys. Invensys
does not manufacture this product or provide any product warranty
or support. For service, support, and warranty information, contact
Schneider Electric.
On October 1st, 2009, TAC became the Buildings Business of its parent company Schneider Electric. This document reflects the visual identity of Schneider Electric, however there
remain references to TAC as a corporate brand in the body copy. As each document is updated, the body copy will be changed to reflect appropriate corporate brand changes.
All brand names, trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Information contained within this document is subject to change without notice.
Schneider Electric
F-27339-4

1354 Clifford Avenue, P.O. Box 2940, Loves Park, IL 61132-2940, USA

1-888-444-1311

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
November 2009

pm

2009 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

TAC I/A Series MicroNet


BACnet MNB-300
Unitary Controller

BACnet MS/TP Communications Bus

S-Link
Sensor

Remote I/O Trunk

TAC I/A Series MicroNet


BACnet MNB-V1 or V2
VAV Controller

BACnet MS/TP Communications Bus

TAC I/A Series MicroNet


BACnet MNB-1000
Plant Controller

TAC I/A Series MicroNet


BACnet MNB-1000
Plant Controller
S-Link
Sensor

Network
Controller

SXWAUTSVR10001

Network Controller

Compatible

Automation Server

Enables StruxureWare Building


Operation v1.3
A StruxureWareTM Building Operation server is the core of
the system and performs key functionality, such as control
logic, trend logging, and alarm supervision. The Automation
Server software is pre-loaded on Schneider Electric supplied
hardware that supports communication and connectivity to
the I/O and field buses. The distributed intelligence of the
Automation Server ensures fault tolerance in the system and
provides a fully featured user interface through WorkStation
and WebStation.

Automation Server

Make the most of your energy

SM

Automation Server
Features

The Automation Server is a powerful device that can act as a


standalone StruxureWare Building Operation server and also
control I/O modules and monitor and manage field bus devices.
In a small installation, the embedded Automation Server acts as
a stand-alone StruxureWare Building Operation server, mounted
with its I/O modules in a small footprint. In medium and large
installations, functionality is distributed over multiple Automation
Servers that communicate over TCP/IP.

Product AT A GLANCE
Communications hub
Variety of connectivity options
WorkStation/WebStation interface
Native support for open protocols BACnet,
LonWorks and Modbus
Web Services support
EcoStruxure Web Services support
Scalable custom configurations
Two programming options
4 GB of memory for data and backup
IT friendly and secure
Hot-connect / Hot-swap
Patented two-piece design
Auto-addressing
Simple DIN-rail installation

Communications hub
Capable of coordinating traffic from above and below its location, the
Automation Server can deliver data directly to you or to other servers
throughout the site. The Automation Server can run multiple control programs,
manage local I/O, alarms, and users, handle scheduling and logging, and
communicate using a variety of protocols. Because of this, most parts of
the system function autonomously and will continue to run as a whole even if
communication fails or individual servers or devices go offline.

Variety of connectivity options


The Automation Server has numerous ports that enable it to communicate
with a wide range of protocols, devices, and servers. The Automation Server
has one 10/100 Ethernet port, two RS-485 ports, and one built-in I/O bus
port. Additionally, there are two USB host ports and one USB device port. The
device port allows you to upgrade and interact with the Automation Server
using the Device Administrator.

WorkStation/WebStation interface
Through any client, the user experience is similar regardless of which
StruxureWare Building Operation server the user is logged on to. The user can
log directly on to an Automation Server to engineer, commission, supervise,
and monitor the Automation Server as well as its attached I/O modules and
field bus devices. See the WorkStation and WebStation data sheets for
additional information.

Native support for open protocols


One of the cornerstones of StruxureWare Building Operation is support for
open standards.

Native BTL-listed BACnet support


The Automation Server communicates directly to BACnet/IP and BACnet MS/
TP networks. Compliant with ASHRAE 135-2004, the Automation Server
is BTL-listed as a BACnet Building Controller (B-BC)*, the most advanced
BACnet Device Profile and as a BACnet Operator Workstation (B-OWS)*.
This capability provides access to the full range of BACnet devices from
Schneider Electric and other vendors. The Automation Server can also serve
as a BACnet Broadcast Management Device (BBMD) to facilitate BACnet
systems that span multiple IP networks.
*See the BTL Product Catalog for up-to-date details on BTL listed firmware
revisions: http://www.bacnetinternational.net/btl/index.php?m=20

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA


SDS-AUTOMATIONSERVER-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Automation Server

Automation Server
Features (continued)

Native LonWorks support

Two programming options

The Automation Server has a built in FTT-10 port


for integrated LonWorks functionality to enable
access to any Schneider Electric LonWorks
field controller or third-party LonWorks devices.
Lonworks networks can be commissioned, bound,
and configured from the Automation Server using
the built-in LonWorks Network Management
Tool. No third-party tools are needed. A protocol
analyzer with powerful debugging and network
quality monitoring features is also included.

Unique to the industry, the Automation Server


has both Script and Function Block programming
options. This flexibility ensures that the best
programming method can be selected for
the application.

The Automation Server natively integrates Modbus


RS-485 master and slave configurations, as well
as TCP client and server. This allows full access to
third-party products and the range of Schneider
Electric products that communicate on the Modbus
protocol, such as power meters, UPS, circuit
breakers, and lighting controllers.

Web Services support


The Automation Server supports the use of
Generic Web Services based on open standards
such as SOAP and REST to consume data into
StruxureWare Building Operation. Use incoming
third-party data (e.g. temperature forecast, energy
cost) over the Web to determine site modes,
scheduling and programming.

EcoStruxure Web Services support


EcoStruxure Web Services, Schneider Electrics
Web Services standard, is natively supported in
the Automation Server. EcoStruxure Web Services
offers extra features between compliant systems
whether within Schneider Electric or authorized
third-party systems, including system directory
browsing, read/write of current values, alarm
receipt and acknowledgement, and historical trend
log data. EcoStruxure Web Services is secure.
User name and password are required to log on to
the system.

Scalable custom configurations


The Automation Server and its family of I/O
modules were designed to meet the unique
needs of each installation. Depending on the
configuration, each Automation Server can
control up to 464 I/O points. Because power and
communications are delivered along a common
bus, multiple modules can be plugged together
without tools in a simple one-step process using
the built-in connectors.

TCP communications
DHCP / DNS for rapid
deployment and lookup
of addresses

4 GB of memory for data and backup

HTTP/HTTPS - Internet
access through firewalls,
enabling for remote
monitoring and control

The Automation Server has an available capacity


of 4 GB of memory. This represents 2 GB for
application and historical data and 2 GB dedicated
for backup storage. This ensures that all data
is safe from damage, loss, or unintended edits.
Users can also manually back up or restore the
Automation Server to a storage location on a PC
or network. Through the Enterprise Server, users
have the ability to perform scheduled backups of
associated Automation Servers to network storage
for even greater levels of protection.

NTP (Network Time


Protocol) for time
synchronization
throughout the system
SMTP enables sending
email messages

IT friendly and secure


The Automation Server communicates using
networking standards, such as DHCP, HTTP,
and HTTPS (see sidebar for more). This makes
installation easy, management simple, and
transactions secure.

Hot-connect / Hot-swap
Because critical applications require 24-hour
operation, Schneider Electric designed the entire
family of I/O modules for hot-connection of terminal
bases and hot-swapping of modules to and from
their bases. This design ensures continuous power
and communication during many service operations.

2.

1.

Patented two-piece design

3.

Each module can be separated from its terminal


base to allow the site to be wired prior to the
installation of the electronics. The patented locking
mechanism serves as handles for removing the
module from its base. All critical components have
a protective cover that permits natural convection
cooling to occur.

2.

1.
3.

Auto-addressing
The auto-addressing feature eliminates the need
for setting DIP switches or pressing commission
buttons. With the Automation Server family, each
I/O module automatically knows its order in the
chain and assigns itself accordingly.

Simple DIN-rail installation


Fasteners easily snap into a locked position for
panel installation. The fastener has a quick-release
feature for easy DIN rail removal.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA


SDS-AUTOMATIONSERVER-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC

IP addressing

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Native Modbus support

Supported Protocols

Automation Server
Specifications
v1.3 Specifications
Electrical

USB 1 device and 2 host ports

Add-on options

DC input

BACnet

SW-EWS-1, EcoStruxure Web Services

Nominal voltage

BACnet/IP and MS/TP

(run-time) option Consume only for

24 VDC

BTL B-BC (BACnet Building Controller)*

one Automation Server, no mainte-

Power consumption

BTL B-OWS (BACnet Operator

nance

Max. 7 W

Workstation)*

P/N: SXWSWEWSX00001

HTTP

Server, no maintenance

Non-binary, port configurable, default 80

P/N: SXWSWGWSX00001

HTTPS
Encrypted supporting SSL 1.0, 2.0, 3.0
default 443

Ambient temperature, operating

SMTP

0 C to 50 C (32 F to 122 F)

Email sending, port configurable,

Ambient temperature, storage

default 25

condensing)

Agency compliances

Operator Panel

Frequency 160 MHz


Flash memory 4 GB
Part numbers

FCC Part 15, Sub-part B, Class B

Automation Server

Immunity EN 61000-6-2

P/N: SXWAUTSVR10001

Safety UL 916 C-UL US Listed

TB-AS-W1, Terminal Base for

Communications

RS-485

LON

TP/FT

The connection cable


for this USB port must
not exceed 3 m (10 ft).

SDRAM 128 MB

C-Tick; EN 61000-6-3;

30 days

10 11 12

CPU

Host

10/100
Ethernet

Emission

Real-Time Clock backup

Com A

RS-485

Com B

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

The connection cable


for these USB ports must
not exceed 3 m (10 ft).

Automation Server
(Required for each Automation
Server)
P/N: SXWTBASW110001

Ethernet LAN interface


10/100 Mbit/s; twisted pair cable
with RJ-45 connector

All brand names, trademarks, and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Information contained within this document is subject to change
without notice.
Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA
SDS-AUTOMATIONSERVER-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
November 2012

gg

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Humidity Max. 95 % RH (non-

Shield

20 C to +70 C (4 F to +158 F)

LON-2

and TSL 1.0, port configurable

Operation environment

Connectors
AS-L

3.3 V

Installation DIN-rail or panel installation

Consume) option for one Automation

Shield

0.194 kg (0.43 lb)

SW-GWS-1, Web Services (Generic

default 4444

LON-1

Weight (excluding terminal base)

P/N: SXWSWEWSX00003

Binary, port configurable,

TX/RX

0.294 kg (0.65 lb)

Automation Server, no maintenance

TX/RX

Weight (including terminal base)

I/O Modules RS-485


TCP

TX/RX

(3.6 W x 4.5 H x 2.5 D in.)

plus Historical trend log data for one

TX/RX

90 W x 114 H x 64 D mm

(run-time) option Serve & Consume,

COM B 2-wire RS-485 and 3.3 VDC

Shield

base)

SW-EWS-3, EcoStruxure Web Services

COM A 2-wire RS-485

TX/RX

Dimensions (including terminal

P/N: SXWSWEWSX00002

LonWorks TP/FT-10

TX/RX

UL94-5VB rated plastic

php?m=20

TX/RX

Plastic rating

one Automation Server, no maintenance

TX/RX

IP 20

(run-time) option Serve & Consume for

www.bacnetinternational.net/btl/index.

RET

Enclosure rating

SW-EWS-2, EcoStruxure Web Services

required for BTL Listing status see: http://

10 V

Eco Friendly ABS/PC

*Specific firmwares versions may be

RET

Enclosure

WSPCert

Factory

Mechanical

SXWPS24XR
10001

Power Supply

Compatible

Automation Server
PS-24V Power Supply
Enables StruxureWare Building
Operation v1.3
Automation Server power supply modules are designed
to accommodate the specific power requirements of the
Automation Server and its connected I/O modules.

Make the most of your energy

SM

Automation Server PS-24V Power Supply Module


Features
The PS-24V is a power supply module
that accommodates 24 VAC or 24 VDC
input power.
Reliable consistent output power
Each power supply module delivers reliable and
consistent output power of 24 VDC to the backplane.

Modular and scalable system


This power supply supports the Automation Server
and its family of I/O modules. This modular system
delivers power and communications on a common
bus. Connecting modules is a one-step process:
just slide the modules together using the built-in
connectors.

Product AT A GLANCE
Reliable consistent output power
Modular and scalable system
Polarity independent
Overload protection
Patented two-piece design

A 30 W power supply can deliver power to the


Automation Server and a number of I/O modules
calculated from the Power Budget Table (located on
page 3). If more I/O modules are needed, another
power supply can be added to the bus. The power
supplies are isolated from each other while also
providing communication pass-through.

Polarity independent

Simple DIN-rail installation

The power supply input (from main power) and


output (to modules) are galvanically isolated. This
removes the risk of damage due to earth currents
and permits the input power to be wired without
concern for polarity matching.

Accommodates multiple row panel


installations

Overload protection

Hot-connect / Hot-swap
Auto-addressing

30 W rating
Status indicators

When a power supply modules load (total load of


Automation Server, I/O modules, communication
modules) exceeds its rating, the power supply will
protect itself from being damaged.

Each module can be


2.
separated from its
terminal base to allow
the site to be wired
prior to the installation
of the electronics.
1.
2.
The patented locking
3.
1.
mechanism serves as
handles for removing
3.
the module from its
base. All critical components have a protective
cover that permits natural convection cooling
to occur.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA


SDS-AS-POWERSUPPLY-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Patented two-piece design

Automation Server PS-24 Power Supply Module


Features (continued)

Power Budget Table

Hot-connect / Hot-swap

Automation Server

7W

Input Only I/O

DI-16

1.6 W

UI-16

1.8 W

Output Only I/O

DO-FA-12

1.8 W

DO-FA-12-H

1.8 W

DO-FC-8

2.2 W

DO-FC-8-H

2.2 W

AO-8

4.9 W

AO-8-H

4.9 W

AO-V-8

0.7 W

AO-V-8-H

0.7 W

Mixed I/O

UI-8/DO-FC-4

1.9 W

UI-8/DO-FC-4-H

1.9 W

UI-8/AO-4

3.2 W

UI-8/AO-4-H

3.2 W

UI-8/AO-V-4

1.0 W

UI-8/AO-V-4-H

1.0 W

Because critical applications require 24-hour


operation, Schneider Electric designed the entire
family of modules for hot-connection of terminal
bases and hot-swapping of modules to and from
their bases. This design ensures continuous power
and communication during service operations.

Auto-addressing
The auto-addressing feature eliminates the need
for setting DIP switches or pressing commission
buttons. With the Automation Server family, each
module automatically knows its order in the chain
and assigns itself accordingly.

Simple DIN-rail installation


Fasteners easily snap into a locked position for
panel installation. The fastener has a quick-release
feature for easy DIN rail removal.

Accommodates multiple row panel


installations
The Automation Server module family uses built-in
connectors for single row connectivity. If a panel
size requires multiple rows, an interconnection
cable is available.

30 W rating
This power supply module can supply power for
loads up to 30 W. The consumption of downstream
modules can vary. A PS-24V can typically power an
Automation Server and a number of I/O modules
calculated from the Power Budget Table.

Status indicators
The front panel of the PS-24V module includes
status LEDs for input and output power. The LED
for input power indicates the status of the main
power. The output power indicator shows if the
power supply output is within the proper range.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA


SDS-AS-POWERSUPPLY-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

24 VDC
Power

Power
Requirements

Automation Server PS-24 Power Supply Module


Specifications

Specifications
Electrical

Mechanical

Agency compliances

I/O bus power

Enclosure

Emission

24 VDC, max. 30 W per I/O bus power

Eco Friendly ABS/PC

C-Tick; EN 61000-6-3; FCC Part 15,

supply, Class 2

Enclosure rating

Sub-part B, Class B

Maximum addresses per I/O bus

IP 20

Immunity

32

Plastic rating

EN 61000-6-2

UL94-5VB rated plastic

Safety

Dimensions (including terminal base)

UL 916 C-UL US Listed

AC input
Nominal voltage

90 W x 114 H x 64 D mm

24 VAC, 50/60 Hz

Part numbers

(3.6 W x 4.5 H x 2.5 D in.)

Operating range

PS-24V, Power Supply 24 VAC/VDC

Weight (including terminal base)

24 VAC, 20 %, 50/60 Hz

P/N: SXWPS24VX10001

0.285 kg (0.63 lb)

Input current

TB-PS-W1, Terminal Base for Power Sup-

Weight (excluding terminal base)

Max. 2.5 A rms

ply (Required for each power supply)

0.186 kg (0.41 lb)

Recommended transformer rating

P/N: SXWTBPSW110001

Installation

60 VA

Connectors

DIN-rail or panel installation

DC input

Operation environment

Nominal voltage

24 VAC , 60 VA 50/60 Hz
24-30 VDC , 40 W

Ambient temperature, storage

21 to 33 VDC

20 C to +70 C (4 F to +158 F)

Power consumption

Humidity

Max. 40 W

DC output

PS-24V

Max. 95 % RH (non-condensing)

Dimensional drawing

Output voltage
90 (3.6)

Output power

0 C to 50 C (32 F to 122 F)

Operating range

24 V 1 V

Ambient temperature, operating

24 to 30 VDC

Main
Power

90 (3.6)

Status

64 (2.5)

64 (2.5)

SXW PS-24V

Operator Panel

10

11

12

RS-485

LON

TP/FT

Reset

AS

TX

TX

RS-485

RX

TX

Ethernet

LON

RX

Link/Act
Speed

Mode

Status

StruxureWare AS

18

19

A+

0V ISO

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

0V ISO

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

A+

SDS-AS-POWERSUPPLY-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA

3.3V

All brand names, trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Information contained within this document is subject to change
13 14 15
16 17
without notice.

Shield

Com B
TX/RX

TX/RX

RS-485
Shield

Host

TX/RX

10/100
Ethernet

TX/RX

Com A

Device

November 2012

BAS

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

LON-2

LON-1

Shield

TX/RX

TX/RX

TX/RX

TX/RX

114
(4.5)

RET

114
(4.5)

10 V

mm
(in.)

RET

mm
(in.)

Factory

Max. 30 W

SXW-series

Struxureware IO Module

Compatible

Automation Server
I/O Module Family

Enables StruxureWare Building


Operation v1.3
The Automation Server includes support for a broad spectrum
of I/O modules that can be combined to meet the unique
requirements of each installation. An Automation Server can
have a maximum of 32 modules, including one Automation
Server and a mixture of Power Supply modules and I/O modules.

Make the most of your energy

SM

StruxureWare Building Operation


Automation Server I/O Module Family
Features

Each high density I/O module is designed


to accommodate a fixed number of
inputs and outputs. Some I/O modules
only support a single electrical type, such
as digital inputs. Other modules support
a combination of electrical types, such
as universal inputs mixed with digital
outputs. The variety of modules available
ensures the right combination of points
for any project.
Modular and scalable
The Automation Server is part of a modular system
that delivers power and communications on a
common bus. Connecting modules is a one-step
process: just slide the modules together using the
built-in connectors.

Modular and scalable


Patented two-piece design
Hot-connect/ Hot-swap
Auto-addressing
Simple DIN-rail installation
Efficient terminal management
Accommodates multiple row panel installations
Hand/Off/Auto switches
LED status indicators
Protection

Patented two-piece design


Each module can be
2.
separated from its
terminal base to enable
the site to be wired
prior to the installation
1.
of the electronics.
2.
The patented locking 3.
1.
mechanism also
serves as handles for
3.
removing the module
from its base. All critical components have a
protective cover that permits natural convection
cooling to occur.

Hot-connect / Hot-swap
Because critical applications require 24-hour
operation, Schneider Electric designed the
Automation Server and its family of I/O modules
for hot-connection of terminal bases and hotswapping of servers and modules to their bases.
This design ensures continuous power and
communication during service operations.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA


SDS-AS-IOMODULES-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Product AT A GLANCE

Automation Server I/O Module Family


Features (continued)

Auto-addressing

LED status indicators

The auto-addressing feature eliminates the need


for setting DIP switches or pressing commission
buttons. With the Automation Server family, each
module automatically knows its order in the
chain and assigns itself accordingly - significantly
reducing engineering and maintenance time.

Every module has a status indicator that denotes


the health and status of that module. Some
modules also have LEDs that can be configured to
indicate the state of a digital input or output.

Simple DIN-rail installation


Fasteners easily snap into a locked position for
panel installation. The fastener has a quick-release
feature for easy DIN rail removal.

Protection
Unipolar voltage suppressors on all inputs protect
against high voltage or current during both
transient events as well as improper wiring.

Dimensional drawing

The I/O module terminals are clearly labelled and


protected by a transparent cover. The input and
output terminals are at the top and bottom of
each module and are accessible for maintenance
without removing the module. The StruxureWare
Building Operation WorkStation software can
generate custom as-built labels for each module.
Pre-perforated letter and A4 size labelmm
sheets are
(in.)
available as an accessory.

90 (3.6)

mm
(in.)

90 (3.6)

114
(4.5)

64 (2.5)

64 (2.5

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Efficient terminal management

114
(4.5)

Accommodates multiple row panel


installations
The Automation Server module family uses built-in
connectors for single row connectivity. If a panel
size requires multiple rows, interconnection cables
are available.

Hand/Off/Auto switches
Some modules are available with Hand/Off/Auto
(HOA) switches to provide override control of the
outputs. Analog outputs with HOA switches also
have a potentiometer to modulate the output
signal when the switch is in the hand position. The
position of the HOA switch is readable through
user interfaces, such as the StruxureWare Building
Operation WorkStation software, enabling more
precise monitoring and control.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA


SDS-AS-IOMODULES-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

Automation Server I/O Module Family


Specifications

The following technical specifications apply


to all I/O modules, unless otherwise noted.

I/O Module Inputs and Outputs


Device name

Inputs

Outputs

Digital

I/O bus power

HOA

Digital Analog

Analog

0 to 50 C (32 to 122 F)

DI-16

16 x

Ambient temperature, storage

UI-16

16 x

Humidity

Current

Voltage

Form-C

Form-A

Quantity

Output Only

Max. 95 % RH (non-condensing)

DO-FA-12

12 x

Mechanical

DO-FA-12-H

12 x

Dimensions including terminal base

DO-FC-8

90 W x 114 H x 64 D mm

DO-FC-8-H

AO-8

Eco Friendly ABS/PC

AO-8-H

Enclosure rating

AO-V-8

IP 20

AO-V-8-H

(3.6 W x 4.5 H x 2.5 D in.)


Enclosure

Plastic rating
UL94-5VB rated plastic

x
x

Mixed IO

Mounting

UI-8/DO-FC-4

DIN-rail mounting or with screws on wall

UI-8/DO-FC-4-H 8

The following technical specifications


apply to all UI modules:

UI-8/AO-4

UI-8/AO-4-H

Non-linearized 1.8 kohm and 10 kohm

UI-8/AO-V-4

-50 to -30 C: +/- 1.5 C (-58 to -22 F: +/-2.7 F)


-30 to 0 C: +/-0.5 C (-22 to 32 F: +/-0.9 F)
0 to 50 C: +/-0.2 C (32 to 122 F: +/-0.4 F)

UI-8/AO-V-4-H

Thermistor Accuracy

x
x
x

Accesory part numbers

50 to 100 C: +/-0.5 C (122 to 212 F: +/-0.9 F)


100 to 150 C: +/-1.5 C (212 to 302 F: +/-2.7 F)

DIN-RAIL-CLIP, DIN-Rail End Clip

S-CABLE-I, S-Cable extension cord

Package of 25 pieces

for Automation Server I/O bus

Balco 1 kohm

P/N: SXWDINEND10001

Straight connectors, 1.5 m

-50 to 150 C: +/-1.5 C (-58 to 302 F: +/-2.7 F)

PRINTOUT-A4-W1, Printout

P/N: SXWSCABLE10001

Linearized 10 kohm

sheets for Terminal Labels, A4

S-CABLE-L, S-Cable extension

-50 to -30 C: +/-3.0 C (-58 to -22 F: +/-5.4 F)


-30 to 0 C: +/-1.0 C (-22 to 32 F: +/-1.8 F)

sheet size, 100 Sheets, 18 labels

cord for Automation Server I/O bus

per Sheet

L shaped connectors, 1.5 m

0 to 50 C: +/-0.3 C (32 to 122 F: +/-0.5 F)


50 to 100 C: +/-0.5 C (122 to 212 F: +/-0.9 F)

P/N: SXWTERLBL10011

P/N: SXWSCABLE10002

100 to 150 C: +/-2.0 C (212 to 302 F: +/-3.6 F)

sheets for Terminal Labels

PRINTOUT-LTR-W1, Printout
Letter sheet size, 100 Sheets, 16
labels per Sheet

N1831

P/N: SXWTERLBL10012

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA


SDS-AS-IOMODULES-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

20 to +70 C (4 to +158 F)

Thermistor

Input Only

Resistance

Ambient temperature, operating

Current

Operation environment

Voltage

32

Supervised

Maximum addresses per I/O bus

Counter

Quantity

supply, Class 2

Contact

24 VDC, max. 30 W per I/O bus power

16 Channel Universal Input


(UI-16)
Automation Server
I/O Module

The UI-16 is a universal input, 16-channel


I/O module. Each channel is capable of
supporting digital (contact, counter, and
supervised) or analog (voltage, current,
thermistor, and resistance) point types.
Analog and digital applications
This module is ideal for any mix of temperature,
pressure, flow, status points, and similar inputs in
a building control system. The UI-16 supports a 12
bit A/D conversion.

Counter applications
The maximum counter frequency is 25 Hz on all
sixteen inputs with a minimum pulse width of 20
milliseconds. This input type is commonly used in
energy metering applications.
I/O Module
UI-16

Security applications
Supervised points are used for security
applications where it is critical to know whether or
not a wire has been cut or shorted. These events
provide a separate indication of alarm and trouble
conditions to the system.

Each channel has a dedicated two color (red and


green) status LED that provides local monitoring of
digital input types. The LED can be configured to
display either red or green for each input state.

Protection
28 VDC unipolar transient voltage suppressors
on all inputs protect against high-voltage shortduration transient events.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA


SDS-AS-IOMODULES-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Status indicators

UI-16
Automation Server I/O Module
Specifications

DC input power

Analog inputs

Thermistor

24 VDC, 1.8 W

Voltage

Range

Input channels

Range

16

0 to 10 VDC

Digital inputs

Resolution

Contact
Pulse width
20 ms minimum

Range
Open collector/open drain, 24 VDC,
2.4 mA, dry contact switch closure

Counter
Range
Open collector/open drain, 24 VDC,
2.4 mA, dry contact switch closure

Pulse width
20 ms minimum

LED polarity
Software selectable, if the LED is activated
when the input is high or low

-50 to 150 C (-58 to 302 F)


Resolution
12 bit

12 bit

Supported thermistors

Accuracy
+/- (0.7 mV + 0.2 % of reading)

temperature sensor

Reliability

Internal pull-up resistor

Ability to define the reliability level for upper

10 kohm thermistors

and lower electrical limits

10 kohm to 5 V

Impedance

1.0 (Balco) and 1.8 kohm thermistors

100 kohm

1.5 kohm to 1 V

Current

Mechanical

Range

Weight including terminal base

0 to 20 mA

0.269 kg (0.59 lb)

Resolution

Weight excluding terminal base

12 bit

0.146 kg (0.32 lb)

Accuracy
+/- (0.03 mA + 0.4 % of reading)

Terminal base

Impedance

Detected resistor values

47 ohm

Open circuit, short circuit, contact open,

tored switch combinations


9

10

11

12

UI7 RET UI8

1 to 10 kohm. For a 2-resistor configuration,

TB-IO-W1,Terminal Base for I/O Module


(Required for each I/O Module)
P/N: SXWTBIOW110001

10 to 60 kohm
+/- (0.4 + 7 x 10 -6 x R) (%)

Series only, parallel only, and series and parallel


8

P/N: SXWUI16XX10001

10 ohm to 10 kohm
+/- (7 + 4 x 10 -3 x R) (ohm)

5 VDC circuit, 1 or 2 resistors, moni-

16 universal inputs

Resistance

and contact closed

UI5 RET UI6

UI-16, I/O Module

and lower electrical limits

Supervised

Part numbers

Ability to define the reliability level for upper

Red or green, software selectable

UI4

TB-IO-W1

Reliability

LED color

1
3
5
2
4
Resistor
UI1 RET UI2range
UI3 RET

1.8 kohm, 10 kohm, and 1 kohm Balco

Reliability

Input Rating:
24 VDC

each resistor
is assumed
Universal
Inputs to have the same value.

, 2.4 mA
Ability
to define the reliability level for upper

and lower electrical limits.

UI

UI1 RET UI2

UI3 RET UI4

UI5 RET UI6

10

11

12

UI7 RET UI8


Input Rating:
24 VDC

UI

, 2.4 mA

Status

24 VDC

, 2.4 mA

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

UI

Status
7

10

11

12

SXW UI-16
Contact Rating:

250 VAC
30 VDC

,3A
,3A

Universal One
Inputs
Schneider Electric
High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA
Digital Outputs
Input Rating:

SDS-AS-IOMODULES-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC

-4

24 VDC

UI9 RET UI10 UI11 RET UI12 UI13 RET UI14 UI15 RET UI16
13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

, 2.4 mA

10

11

12

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

Current Output:
0-20 mA,
650 MAX

Voltage Output:
0-10 VDC
5 K MIN

Analog Outputs

V-4-HUI-8/AO-V-4-H

UI-16

Input Rating:

UI

UI9 RET UI10 UI11 RET UI12 UI13 RET UI14 UI15 RET UI16

VO RET CO

SXW UI-16

Universal Inputs

VO RET CO

Universal Inputs

Hand
Auto
Off

10

11

12

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

Current Output:
0-20 mA,
650 MAX

Voltage Output:

Status

0-10 VDC
5 K MIN

Analog Outputs

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

SXW UI-8/AO-V-4

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

Hand

Universal Inputs
Auto
Off

Input Rating:
24 VDC

, 2.4 mA

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

UI-16

Connectors

16 Channel Digital Input


(DI-16)
Automation Server
I/O Module

The DI-16 is a digital input, 16-channel


I/O module. Each channel is capable of
supporting digital (contact and counter)
point types.
Digital applications
This module can be used for cost-effective
sensing of multiple dry digital inputs in applications,
such as equipment status monitoring or alarm
point monitoring.

Counter applications
The maximum counter frequency is 25 Hz on all
sixteen inputs with a minimum pulse width of 20
milliseconds. This input type is commonly used in
energy metering applications.
I/O Module
DI-16

Protection
28 V unipolar transient voltage suppressors on all
inputs protect against high voltage short duration
transient events. The DI-16 is designed to accept
dry contact inputs but can withstand up to 24 VDC
continuous voltages on all sixteen channels.

Each channel has a dedicated two color (red and


green) status LED that provides local monitoring of
digital input types. The LED can be configured to
display either red or green for each input state.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA


SDS-AS-IOMODULES-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Status indicators

DI-16
Automation Server I/O Module
Specifications

DC input power

Mechanical

24 VDC, 1.6 W

Weight including terminal base


0.255 kg (0.56 lb)

Input channels
16 1

VO RET CO

Weight excluding terminal base

VO RET CO

Digital1 inputs

10

11

12

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

Current Output:

0.131 kg (0.29 lb)

0-20 mA,
650 MAX

Voltage Output:

,
Terminal
base

0-10 VDC
5 K MIN

Analog Outputs

UI-8/AO-4-H

UI-8/AO-4-H

Contact

TB-IO-W1

Pulse width

Part numbers

Hand

20 ms minimum

Auto

DI-16, I/O Module

Off

Range

Current Output:

dry contact switch closure

0-20 mA,
650 MAX

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

P/N: SXWDI16XX10001
TB-IO-W1, Terminal Base for I/O Module

Status
Voltage
Output:

0-10 VDC
5 K MIN

Counter
Analog Outputs

(Required for each I/O Module)

SXW UI-8/AO-4

Range

P/N: SXWTBIOW110001

Hand
Universal Inputs
Open collector/open
drain, 24 V, 2.4 mA,
Auto

Off
dry contact switch closure

UI1 RET
UI2 UI3
Pulse
width
13
14
15
16

RET UI4
17

18

Input Rating:
24 VDC

UI5 RET UI6

UI7 RET UI8

19

22

20

21

23

, 2.4 mA

24

20 ms minimum

LED polarity

Status

5
1
2
3
4
6 if the
7
8LED
9 is10activated
11
12
Software
selectable,

DI1 RET DI2

DI3 RET DI4

DI5 RET DI6

when the input is high or low

DI7 RET DI8


SXW UI-8/AO-4
Input Rating:
24 VDC

Universal Inputs
LED color
Digital Inputs

Red or green, software selectable


UI1 RET UI2

UI3 RET UI4

13
14
15
16
Connectors

DI-16

16 digital inputs

Open
1
2collector/open
3
4
5
6 drain,
7
8 24
9 V,102.411mA,
12

DI1 RET DI2

17

18

DI3 RET DI4

Input Rating:
24 VDC

UI5 RET UI6

UI7 RET UI8

19

20

21

22

23

24

10

11

12

DI5 RET DI6

, 2.4 mA

, 2.4 mA

DI7 RET DI8


Input Rating:

Status
24 VDC
, 2.4 mA

Digital Inputs

SXW DI-16

Digital Inputs

DI-16

Input Rating:
24 VDC

, 2.4 mA

DI9 RET DI10 DI11 RET DI12 DI13 RET DI14 DI15 RET DI16
13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

Status

Digital Inputs
Input Rating:
24 VDC

, 2.4 mA

DI9 RET DI10 DI11 RET DI12 DI13 RET DI14 DI15 RET DI16
13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA


SDS-AS-IOMODULES-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

SXW DI-16

8 Channel Analog output


(AO-8), (AO-8-H)
Automation Server
I/O Module

The AO-8 and AO-8-H are analog output,


8-channel I/O modules. Each channel is
capable of supporting analog (voltage
and current) point types.
Analog applications
The AO-8 and AO-8-H are designed for a
maximum control range of 0 to 10 V outputs and
therefore support a wide-range of devices, such as
valves and actuators.

Current applications
The AO-8 and AO-8-H can be used to drive
a maximum control range of 0 to 20 mA current
signals on any of its eight channels.
I/O Module
AO-8

Protection
These I/O Modules have protection against shortcircuit to ground.

Overrides

I/O Module
AO-8-H

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA


SDS-AS-IOMODULES-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

The front panel of the AO-8-H includes Hand/


Off/Auto (HOA) override switches with adjustable
potentiometers.

10

AO-8
AO-8-H
Automation Server I/O Module
Specifications

DC input power

Terminals

24 VDC, 4.9 W

Current (A), Return

Maximum load

Output channels

Output load should not exceed 650 ohm

Mechanical

Analog outputs

Weight including terminal base

Voltage

0.282 kg (0.62 lb)

Range

Weight excluding terminal base

0 to 10 VDC

0.159 kg (0.35 lb)

Resolution
50 mV

Part numbers

Terminals

AO-8, I/O Module

LD

Voltage (V), Return

Minimum load
Tx

HO

Source: 2 mA

Shield

10

11

12

Rx
AbilityRxto define
the reliability level for upper

and1 lower
electrical
limits.
2
3
4
5
6
7
VO RET CO

11

12

Current Output:

Output:
RS-4220Voltage
to 10 VDC
,

TX/RX

TX/RX

Bias

Shield

Bias

TX/RX

TX/RX

Bias

Shield

TX

TX

Port Bmin. 5 kohm

10

11

12

Connectors

10

SXW
VO RET
COUSBx-SERIAL
0 to 20 mA,

Bias

Host

max. 650 ohm

2
RS-485
Port A
Analog Outputs

VO RET CO

Status

10

11

12

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

Status
Voltage
Output:

0 to 10 VDC
min. 5 kohm

Analog Outputs

SXW AO-8

Analog Outputs
5

Current Output:
0 to 20 mA,
max. 650 ohm

Current Output:

0 to 20 mA,
max. 650 ohm

Voltage Output:

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

13

16

19

22

14

15

17

18

20

21

23

24

0 to 10 VDC
min. 5 kohm

Status

SXW AO-8

Analog Outputs
5

Current Output:

0 to 20 mA,
max. 650 ohm

Voltage Output:

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

13

16

19

22

14

15

17

18

20

21

23

24

0 to 10 VDC
min. 5 kohm

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA


SDS-AS-IOMODULES-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

VO RET CO
Accuracy

P/N: SXWTBIOW110001

TX

TX/RX

Bias

(Required for each I/O Module)

Port B

HO
TX/RX

Reliability

SXWAO8HXX10001

TB-IO-W1, Terminal Base for I/O Module

RS-422

Port A

Tx

Off/Auto override switches

SXW USBx-SERIAL
P/N:

LD

RS-485

Status

TX

0 to 20 mA

8 analog current/voltage outputs with Hand/

Shield

Range

0.1 mA

AO-8-H, I/O Module with HOA switches

TX/RX

Current

Tx

P/N: SXWAO8XXX10001

Bias

Resolution
Host

8 analog current/voltage outputs

RS-232 Ports

Rx

TX/RX

Sink:Rx-1 mA

Bias

Tx

+/- 0.21mA

AO-8

TB-IO-W1

+/- 100 mV

Bias

USBx-SERIAL USBx-SERIAL

Accuracy

AO-8

Terminal base

RS-232 Ports

11

8 Channel Analog Output


(AO-V-8), (AO-V-8-H)
Automation Server
I/O Module

The AO-V-8 and AO-V-8-H are analog


output, 8-channel I/O modules. Each
channel is capable of supporting analog
(voltage) point types.
Analog applications
The AO-V-8 and AO-V-8-H are designed
for a maximum control range of 0 to 10 V outputs
and therefore support a wide-range of devices, such
as valves and actuators.

Protection
These I/O Modules have protection against shortcircuit to ground.

Overrides
The front panel of the AO-V-8-H module includes
Hand/Off/Auto (HOA) override switches with
adjustable potentiometers.

I/O Module
AO-V-8-H

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA


SDS-AS-IOMODULES-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

I/O Module
AO-V-8

12

AO-V-8
AO-V-8-H
Automation Server I/O Module
Specifications

DC1 input
2
3 power
4
5

10

11

Mechanical

12

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

24 VDC, 0.7 W

Current Output:
0 to 20 mA,
max. 650 ohm

Weight including terminal base

Voltage Output:

0.279
kg (0.61 lb)
,

0 to10 VDC
min 5 kohm

OutputAnalog
channels
Outputs

Weight excluding terminal base


0.156 kg (0.34 lb)

Hand

Analog outputs

Auto

Terminal base

Off

Voltage
2

TB-IO-W1
3

CO

VO RET CO

0 to 101 VDC

10

11

12

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

Current Output:
0 to 20 mA,
max. 650 ohm

Part numbers

8 analog
SXW AO-8

50 mV

AO-8-H

Hand
Auto

+/- 1005 mV

Terminals
VO RET CO

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

16

19

22

15

Source:
23 mA
1
2
4

VO RET

VO RET

8Off

18

20

21

23

24

VO RET

10

11

0-10 VDC
5 K MIN

10

11

12

Digital Outputs

250 VAC
30 VDC

VO RET

DO

override switches

SXW AO-8
(Required

for each I/O

Voltage Output:

1
Module)

0-20 mA,
650 MAX

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

19

22

VO RET

20

21

23

10

11

VO RET

0-10 VDC
5 K MIN

24

DO

10

11

12
Contact Rating:

250 VAC
,3A
Status, 3 A
30 VDC

SXW DO-FC-8

Digital Outputs

12
Voltage Output:
0 to 10 VDC
Status
min. 5 kohm

DO-FC-8

VO RET

18

Current Output:

VO RET CO

17

Digital Outputs

P/N:, SXWTBIOW110001

0 to 10 VDC
min. 5 kohm

13
14
15
16
Connectors

TB-IO-W1, Terminal Base


5 for
6 I/O
7 Module
8

4
7

13

14

Contact Rating:

DO

15

250 VAC
30 VDC

16

DO

18

17

19

20

21

22

23

24

Status
6

10

11

12 SXW DO-FC-8

SXW AO-V-8

1Digital Outputs
2
5Digital Outputs
6

3
7

250 VAC
30 VDC

4
8

14

15

VO RET
16

17

18

VO RET
19

Voltage Output:

8
20

21

VO RET
22

23

0 to 10 VDC
min. 5 kohm

24

Status
1

VO RET

VO RET

VO RET

10

11

VO RET

12

SXW AO-V-8

Voltage Output:

0 to 10 VDC
min. 5 kohm

Voltage Output:

Analog Outputs
Outputs
Analog
5

VO RET

VO RET

VO RET

VO RET

13

AO-V-8-H

14

VO RET

15

16

17

VO RET

18

19

VO RET

20

21

22

23

10

11

VO RET

0 to 10 VDC
min. 5 kohm

24

12
Voltage Output:
0 to 10 VDC
Status
min. 5
kohm

13

DO-FC-8-H

13

DO-FC-8-H

AO-V-8

250 VAC
30 VDC

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

10

11

12

Hand
Off

Contact Rating:

Hand

Auto

Digital OutputsOff

SXW DO-FC-8

Digital OutputsHand
Auto

13

14

15

16

17

Off

18

250 VAC
Status,, 33 A
30 VDC
A

Contact Rating:
250 VAC
30 VDC

19

20

21

22

23

Status

Hand
Auto
Off

SXW DO-FC-8

Digital Outputs

Analog Outputs
6

VO RET
13

14

15

VO RET
16

17

18

VO RET
19

20

21

VO RET
22

Contact Rating:
250 VAC
30 VDC

Voltage Output:

8
23

0 to 10 VDC
min. 5 kohm

,3A
,3A

24

Analog Outputs

,3A
,3A

Auto

SXW AO-V-8

AO-V-8-H

14

,3A
,3A

Contact Rating:

Analog Outputs
5

,3A
,3A

Contact Rating:

Analog Outputs

VO RET

,3A
,3A

8 analog voltage outputs with Hand/Off/Auto

Voltage Output:

AO-V-8

AO-V-8-H, I/O Module with HOA switches

12

P/N: SXWAOV8HX10001
1
2

Analog Outputs
Analog Outputs

0-20 mA,
650 MAX

Status

Current Output:

Minimum load

VO RET

Voltage Output:
17

Voltage (V), Return

Sink: -1 mA

Contact Rating:

voltage outputs

P/N: SXWAOV8XX10001

Accuracy
Analog Outputs

14

,
AO-V-8,
I/O Module

0 to10 VDC
min 5 kohm

Resolution
Analog Outputs

13

Status
Voltage
Output:

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

,3A
,3A

24

24

Status

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA


SXW AO-V-8

SDS-AS-IOMODULES-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC
Analog Outputs

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Range
VO RET

DO-FC-8

AO-8-H

13

12 Channel Digital Output, Form-A


(DO-FA-12), (DO-FA-12-H)
Automation Server
I/O Module
The DO-FA-12 and DO-FA-12-H are digital
output 12-channel I/O modules. Each
channel is capable of supporting digital
(Form-A) point types.
Direct load applications
The Form-A relays in the DO-FA-12 and
DO-FA-12-H are designed for direct load
applications for up to 2 A per output.

Status indicators and overrides


The front panel of the DO-FA-12 and DO-FA-12-H
module includes a digital output indicator using a
green LED. Additionally, the DO-FA-12-H module
has Hand/Off/Auto (HOA) override switches.

I/O Module
DO-FA-12-H

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA


SDS-AS-IOMODULES-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

I/O Module
DO-FA-12

14

DO-FA-12
DO-FA-12-H
Automation Server I/O Module
Specifications

DC input power

Mechanical

24 VDC, 1.8 W

Weight including terminal base


0.317 kg (0.70 lb)

Output channels

Weight excluding terminal base

12

0.194 kg (0.43 lb)

Contact rating

Terminal base

250 VAC, 30 VDC, 2 A

TB-IO-W1

Digital outputs

Part numbers

Form A relay

DO-FA-12, I/O Module

Terminals

12 Form A digital outputs

Common (C), Normally Open (NO)

P/N: SXWDOA12X10001

Pulse width

DO-FA-12-H, I/O Module with HOA

100 ms minimum

switches

Isolation

12 Form A digital outputs with Hand/Off/

1500 VAC minimum, coil to contact


1

10

Auto override switches


11

P/N: SXWDOA12H10001

12

TB-IO-W1, Terminal Base for I/O Module

Contact Rating:

250 VAC
30 VDC

Digital Outputs

,2A

,2A
(Required
for each I/O Module)

P/N: SXWTBIOW110001

10

11

12
Contact Rating:

250 Status
VAC
,2A
30 VDC
,2A

Digital Outputs

10

11

12

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

SXW DO-FA-12

Voltage Output:
0-10 VDC
5 K MIN

10

11

12

Contact Rating:
250 VAC
30 VDC

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

,2A
,2A

24

Status
1

10

11

12
Contact Rating:

1
7

250 VAC
30 VDC

10

11

12

Digital
Digital Outputs
Outputs

Contact Rating:
250 VAC
30 VDC

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

Auto

23

,2A
,2A

24

Off

DO

Hand

,2A
,2A

10

11

12
Contact Rating:

DO

Hand

Auto

Digital Outputs

250 VAC
,2A
Status, 2 A
30 VDC

UI-8/AO-4-H UI-8/AO-4-H

SXW DO-FA-12

DO-FA-12-H

Digital Outputs
7

Hand
Auto
Off

Digital Outputs
8

14

15

16

17

Auto

10

18

Off

19

20

DO

11

Contact Rating:
250 VAC
30 VDC

21

22

23

,2A
,2A

Off9

Status
10

11

12

650 MAX

SDS-AS-IOMODULES-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC
1
2
3
4
Voltage Output:
Digital Outputs
Analog
Outputs
8
9

10

11

12

VO RET CO

10

11

Current Output:
0-20 mA,
650 MAX

Status
Voltage
Output:
0-10 VDC
5 K MIN

Analog Outputs

SXW UI-8/AO-4

Hand
Universal Inputs
Auto

Input Rating:

Off

24 VDC

UI1 RET UI2

UI3 RET UI4

UI5 RET UI6

UI7 RET UI8

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

10

11

12

, 2.4 mA

Status
DI1 RET DI2

DI3 RET DI4

DI5 RET DI6

SXW UI-8/AO-4
DI7 RET DI8
24 VDC

, 2.4 mA

Input Rating:

UI1 RET UI2

UI3 RET UI4

UI5 RET UI6

UI7 RET UI8

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

10

11

12

, 2.4 mA

24

SXW
DO-FA-12
0-20
mA,

24 VDC

12

Hand

VO RET CO

Input Rating:

Current
Schneider
Electric One High Street, North Andover,
MAOutput:
01845 USA
VO RET CO VO RET CO VO RET CO VO RET CO
2

Universal Inputs
Digital Inputs

Auto

Hand

9
DO

13

VO RET CO

SXW DO-FA-12

VO RET CO

Off

12

0-10 VDC
5 K MIN

Contact Rating:

DI-16

DO-FA-12

Analog Outputs

DO-FA-12-H

Current Output:
0-20 mA,
650 MAX

DI1 RET DI2

DI3 RET DI4

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600


Digital Inputs

DI5 RET DI6

DI7 RET DI8

Rating:
Fax: +1 978 975 9698 Input
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

Status
24 VDC
, 2.4 mA

SXW DI-16

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

DO-FA-12

Connectors

15

8 Channel Digital Output, Form-C


(DO-FC-8), (DO-FC-8-H)
Automation Server
I/O Module
The DO-FC-8 and DO-FC-8-H are digital
output 8-channel I/O modules. Each
channel is capable of supporting digital
(Form-C) point types.
Direct load applications
The Form-C relays in the DO-FC-8 and DO-FC-8-H
are designed for direct load applications for up to
3 A per output.

Status indicators and overrides


The front panel of the DO-FC-8 and DO-FC-8-H
modules includes a digital output indicator using
a green LED. Additionally, the DO-FC-8-H module
has Hand/Off/Auto (HOA) override switches.

I/O Module
DO-FC-8 -H

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA


SDS-AS-IOMODULES-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

I/O Module
DO-FC-8

16

DO-FC-8
DO-FC-8-H
Automation Server I/O Module
Specifications

DC input power

Mechanical

24 VDC, 2.2 W

Weight including terminal base


0.332 kg (0.73 lb)

Output channels

Weight excluding terminal base

0.209 kg (0.46 lb)

Contact rating

Terminal Base

250 VAC, 30 VDC, 3 A

TB-IO-W1

Digital outputs

Part numbers

Form C Relay

DO-FC-8, I/O Module

Terminals

8 Form C digital outputs

Common (C), Normally Open (NO), Normally

P/N: SXWDOC8XX10001

Closed (NC)

DO-FC-8-H, I/O Module with HOA

Pulse width

switches

100 ms minimum

8 Form C digital outputs with Hand/Off/Auto

Isolation

override switches

1500 VAC minimum, coil to contact


1

10

P/N: SXWDOC8HX10001
11

12

TB-IO-W1, Terminal Base for I/O Module


Contact Rating:

Digital Outputs

250 VAC
30 VDC

,3A
(Required
for each I/O Module)
,3A

P/N: SXWTBIOW110001

DO-FC-8

Connectors
DO

5
7

DO

10

11

12
Contact Rating:

Digital Outputs

250 VAC
Status ,, 33 A
30 VDC
A

SXW DO-FC-8

Digital Outputs

Contact Rating:

DO

13

14

15

250 VAC
30 VDC

16

DO

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

,3A
,3A

24

Status
6

10

11

12 SXW DO-FC-8
Contact Rating:

13

14

15

16

17

3
7

250 VAC
30 VDC

4
8

Contact Rating:
250 VAC
30 VDC

18

Hand

,3A
,3A

19

20

21

22

23

24

10

11

12

,3A
,3A

Auto
Off

Contact Rating:

Hand
Auto

Digital OutputsOff

250 VAC
Status , 3 A
30 VDC
,3A

SXW DO-FC-8

DO-FC-8-H

Digital Outputs Hand


Auto

13

14

15

16

17

Off

18

Contact Rating:
250 VAC
30 VDC

19

Hand

20

21

22

23

,3A
,3A

24

Status

Schneider Electric One High


Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA
Auto
Off

SDS-AS-IOMODULES-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC
SXW DO-FC-8

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

1 Digital Outputs
2
5Digital Outputs
6

DO-FC-8-H

DO-FC-8

17

8 Channel Universal Inputs with


4 Analog Outputs (UI-8/AO-4,
UI-8/AO-4-H)
Automation Server
I/O Module
Analog applications

Analog and digital applications

The UI-8/AO-4 and UI-8/AO-4-H can


be used to drive a maximum control
range of 0 to 20 mA current signals
on any of its eight output channels.

This module is ideal for any mix


of temperature, pressure, flow,
status points, and similar inputs in
a building control system. The eight
input channels supports a 12 bit A/D
conversion.

Counter applications
The maximum counter frequency on
all eight inputs with a minimum pulse
width is 20 milliseconds. This input
type is commonly used in energy
metering applications.

Security applications
Supervised points are used for
security applications where it is
critical to know whether or not a
wire has been cut or shorted. These
events provide a separate indication
of alarm and trouble conditions to
the system.

The UI-8/AO-4 and UI-8/AO-4-H


are designed for a maximum control
range of 0 to 10 V outputs and
therefore support a wide-range
of devices, including valves and
actuators on any of its eight output
channels.

Current applications

Protection
28 V unipolar transient voltage
suppressors on all inputs protect
against high voltage short duration
transient events.

Status indicators and overrides


The front panel of the UI-8/AO-4 and
UI-8/AO-4-H I/O modules includes a
digital output indicator using a green
LED. Additionally, the UI-8/AO-4-H
module has Hand/Off/Auto (HOA)
override switches with adjustable
potentiometers for each output.

I/O Module
UI-8/AO-4-H

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA


SDS-AS-IOMODULES-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

I/O Module
UI-8/AO-4

The UI-8/AO-4 and UI-8/


AO-4-H are combination
I/O modules supporting 8
universal input channels and 4
analog output channels. These
compact modules are ideal
when an application requires a
mix of point types.

18

UI-8/AO-4
UI-8/AO-4-H
Automation Server I/O Module
Specifications
1

10

11

12
Contact Rating:

Accuracy

+/- (7 mV + 0.2 %Digital


of reading)
Outputs

250 VAC
,2A
Analog
outputs
30 VDC
,2A

Voltage
Range

Impedance
100 kohm

Current
Accuracy

Digital inputs

Resolution
50 mV

+/- (0.03 mA + 0.4 % of reading)

Accuracy

Reliability

+/- 100
mV
Status

Terminals

20 ms minimum

Ability to define the reliability level for upper


and lower electrical limits.

Range

Resolution

Open collector/open drain, 24 V, 2.4 mA,


dry contact switch closure

12 bit

Counter
Range

Impedance

Contact
Pulse width

SXW
DO-FA-12
Voltage
(V),

Digital Outputs
7

10

+/- (0.03 mA + 0.4 % of reading)

11

30 VDC

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

10

11

12

Resistance

10 ohm to 10 kohm
1
2
3
+/- (7 + 4 x 10 -3 Digital
x R) (ohm)
Outputs
10 kohm to 60 kohm
+/- (0.4 + 7 x 10 -6 x R) (%)

20 ms minimum

LED polarity

DO-FA-12-H

Software selectable, if the LED is activated


when the input is high or low

Red or green, software selectable

Supervised
Detected resistor values

Analog Outputs

UI-8/AO-4

4
SXW AO-8

12 bit
5

Hand

SXW
DO-FA-12
0.276
kg (0.61

0-20 mA,
650 MAX

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

10

11

12

Connectors

0-10 VDC
5 K MIN

DO-FC-8

VO RET CO

13

VO RET

VO RET

VO RET

UI5 RET UI6

16

19

20

21

Voltage Output:
0 to 10 VDC
min. 5 kohm

DO

24

11

12

Part numbers

13

16

19

22

20

21

DI3 RET DI4

Status

Input Rating:
24VDC

UI7 RET UI8

18

DI2

Current Output:
UI-8/AO-4,
I/O Module
0-20 mA,
650 MAX
8 universal
inputs, 4 analog voltage/current
Voltage Output:
0-10 VDC
,
outputs
5 K MIN
P/N: SXWUI8A4X10001
Digital Inputs
9 UI-8/AO-4-H,
10 11 12
I/O Module with HOA
Contact
Rating:
switches
250 VAC
,3A
30 VDC
A
DI9 RET DI10 DI11 RET DI12
8 universal
inputs,
4, 3 analog
voltage/current
4
13
14
15
16
17
18
outputs with Hand/Off/Auto override switches
P/N: SXWUI8A4H10001
TB-IO-W1, Terminal Base for I/O Module
Status
(Required for each I/O Module)
P/N:
SXWTBIOW110001
SXW
UI-8/AO-4

UI5 RET UI6

17

18

23

, 2.4mA

SXW DO-FC-8

24

Analog Outputs
Digital Outputs

Terminals 3, 6, 9, and 12 are not used

Contact Rating:

AO-V-8

250 VAC
30 VDC

13

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA

14

15

16

17

18

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

19

20

21

22

23

10

11

,3A
,3A

24

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

SDS-AS-IOMODULES-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC
Status

DI5 RET DI6

,2A
,2A

RET CO

UI3 RET UI4

15

17

lb)

TB-IO-W1

UI1 RET UI2


14

15

Terminal base

23

DO

14

Contact Rating:
250 VAC
30 VDC

Digital Outputs

Universal Inputs

VO RET

UI3 RET UI4

13

0.152 kg (0.34 lb)

12

Voltage Output:

VO RET CO

UI1 RET UI2

Weight excluding terminal base


Digital Inputs

Current Output:

Off

Output load should not exceed 650 ohm

Output channels

Resolution

Auto

Mechanical
1
2
Status
RET
Weight including terminal DI1
base

Hand

Thermistor

Maximum load

DO

Universal Inputs

Current (I), Return

Off

DO level for upper


Ability to define the reliability
and lower electrical limits.

Status

0 to 10 V

,2A
,2A

Accuracy

Auto

Terminals

Auto
Range
Off
Open circuit, short circuit, contact open,
-50 to 150 C (-58 to 302 F)
and contact closed
Resolution
Digital Outputs
5 V1 circuit,
14 or5 2 resistors,
monitored
12 bit
2
3
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
7
8
9
10
11
Current Output:
VO RET combinations
CO VO RET CO VO RET CO VO RET CO 0 to 20 mA,
switch
Supported thermistors
max. 650 ohm
Series 1only, parallel2 only, and 3series and4parallelVoltage Output:
1.8 kohm. 10 kohm, and 1 kohm Balco
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
0 to10 VDC
,
Resistor
range
temperature
sensor
min 5 kohm
Analog
Outputs
1 to 10 kohm. For a 2-resistor configuration,
each resistor is assumed to have the same value.
Internal pull-up resistor
Hand
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10 kohm thermistors
VO RET CO VO RET CO VO RET CO VO
Auto
Off
Analog inputs
10 kohm to 5 V 1
2
3
1.0 (Balco) and Analog
1.8 kohm
thermistors
Outputs
Voltage
1.5 kohm to 1 V

Range

Resolution
Contact Rating:

Hand

VO RET CO

+/- 0.2 mA

Reliability

LED color

,2A

0 to 20 mA
VAC
0.1250
mA
30 VDC

Analog Outputs

Current
Range

VO RET CO

Return

Source 2 mA
Contact Rating:
250 VAC
,2A
Sink
-1 mA

12

47 ohm

Pulse width

VO RET CO

Minimum load

Accuracy

Open collector/open drain, 24 V, 2.4 mA,


dry contact switch closure

AO-8-H

0 to 10 VDC

DO-FA-12

12

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

DI13 RET DI14


19

20

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Input channels

UI-8/AO-4-H

24 VDC, 3.2 W

DI-16

DC input power

21

19

8 Channel Universal Inputs with


4 Channel Voltage Outputs
(UI-8/AO-V-4, UI-8/AO-V-4-H)
Automation Server
I/O Module
The UI-8/AO-V-4 and UI-8/
AO-V-4-H are combination I/O
modules supporting
8 universal input channels and
4 voltage output channels.
These compact modules are
ideal when an application
requires a mix of point types.
Analog and digital applications

I/O Module
UI-8/AO-V-4-H

This module is ideal for any mix


of temperature, pressure, flow,
status points, and similar inputs in
a building control system. The eight
input channels supports a 12 bit A/D
conversion.

Counter applications
The maximum counter frequency on
all eight inputs with a minimum pulse
width is 20 milliseconds. This input
type is commonly used in energy
metering applications.

Analog applications
The UI-8/AO-4 and UI-8/AO-4-H
are designed for a maximum control
range of 0 to 10 V outputs and
therefore support a wide-range of
devices, such as valves and actuators
on any of its eight output channels.

Protection
28 V unipolar transient voltage
suppressors on all inputs protect
against high voltage short duration
transient events.

Status indicators and overrides


The front panel of the UI-8/AO-4 and
UI-8/AO-4-H I/O modules includes a
digital output indicator using a green
LED. Additionally, the UI-8/AO-4-H
module has Hand/Off/Auto (HOA)
override switches with adjustable
potentiometers for each output.

Supervised points are used for


security applications where it is
critical to know whether or not a
wire has been cut or shorted. These
events provide a separate indication
of alarm and trouble conditions to
the system.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA


SDS-AS-IOMODULES-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Security applications

20

UI-8/AO-V-4
UI-8/AO-V-4-H
Automation Server I/O Module
Specifications

Resolution

Output channels

24 VDC, 1.0 W

12 bit

Accuracy

+/- (7 mV + 0.2 % of reading)

Impedance

UI1 RET UI2

UI3 RET UI4

UI5 RET UI6

10

11

100 kohm

Voltage
Range

Current
Accuracy

0 to 10 VDC

12

UI7 RET UI8


Input Rating:

Contact
Universal
Pulse Inputs
width

24 VDC

, 2.4 mA

Reliability

Accuracy

Range

Ability to define the reliability level for upper and


lower electrical limits.

+/- 100 mV

Terminals

Resolution

Voltage (V), Return

12 bit

Minimum load

Accuracy

UI

Impedance
47 ohm

24 VDC

LED polarity

, 2.4 mA

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

10

11

12

LED color
3

Supervised
Digital
Outputs

250 VAC
30 VDC

11

Input Rating:
24 VDC

UI3 RET UI4

Voltage
16
17
Range

15

18

UI5 RET UI6

UI7 RET UI8

19

22

23

24

10

711

12

20

21

55

68

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

13

16

17

18

19

20

21

14

15

2
Connectors

Digital Outputs

Internal pull-up resistor


1
2

Status

0-20 mA,
650 MAX

Auto
Off

Mechanical
Statusincluding terminal base
Weight

5 K MIN

VAC 24, 3 A
22250 23
30 VDC

,3A

Hand

VO RET

Auto
Off

VO RET

VO RET

DO

Universal Inputs

10

11

VO RET

12
Voltage Output:
0 to 10 VDC
min. 5 kohm

0.275 kg (0.61 lb)

SXW UI-8/AO-V-4

Weight excluding terminal base


0.152 kg (0.34 lb)

Voltage Output:

VOContact
RET Rating:
CO 0-10 VDC

10 kohm thermistor
10 kohm to 5 V
1.0 (Balco) and 1.8 kohm thermistor
1.5 kohm to 1 V

Hand

10 kohm thermistor
10 kohm to 5 V
SXW AO-8
1
2
Outputs
1.0 (Balco) and 1.8 kohmDigital
thermistor
Current Output:
1.5 kohm to 1 V

, 2.4 mA

Voltage Output:
0-10 VDC

5 K MIN pull-up resistor


Internal

Input Rating:

DO-FC-8

Analog inputs

Source 2 mA
Current Output:
0-20 mA,
Sink
-1 mA

12

650 MAX

0 to 20 mA,
max. 650 ohm

UI-8/AO-V-4

AO-8-H

10

VO RET CO

Analog Outputs

0 to 10Analog
VDC Outputs

Range
UI1 RET UI2 UI3 RET UI4 UI5 RET UI6 UI7 RET
1
3
4
Voltage Output:
13 (-58
14
15
16
17F)18
19
20
21
22
23
-50, to 150 C
to 302
5 V circuit,
1 or2 2 resistors,
monitored
0 to10 VDC
min 5 kohm
Outputs
Resolution
switchAnalog
combinations
12 bit
Series only, parallel only, and series and parallel
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Hand
Status
Supported thermistors
Resistor range
VO RET CO VO RET CO VO RET CO VO RET
Auto
1.8 kohm. 10 kohm, and 1 kohm Balco temp.
1 to 10 kohm. For a 2-resistor configuration,
Off
1
2
3
4
SXW UI-8/DO-FC-4
sensor
each resistor is assumed to have the same value.

UI1 RET UI2

RET CO

Universal Inputs

Thermistor
Current Output:

Universal Inputs

Ability to define the reliability level for upper and


lower electrical limits.

,3A
,3A

Open
circuit,
contact
1
2circuit,
3
4short
5
6
7
8
9
10 open,
11
12
VO RET CO VO RET CO VO RET CO VO RET CO
and contact closed

14

Analog Outputs

Detected resistor values

13

Reliability

Red or green, software selectable

Contact Rating:

10 ohm to 10 kohm
+/-(7 + 4 x 10 -3 x R) (ohm)
10 kohm to 60 kohm
+/-(0.4 + 7 x 10 -6 x R) (%)

Software selectable, if the LED is activated


when the input is high or low
16

Resistance

Input Rating:

UI9 RET UI10 UI11 RET UI12 UI13 RET UI14 UI15 RET UI16
15

UI-8/AO-V-4-H

Pulse Inputs
width
Universal
20 ms minimum

RET %
CO of
VO reading)
RET CO VO
+/- (0.03 mA VO
+ 0.4

Status

Open collector/open drain, 24 V, 2.4 mA,


SXW UI-16
dry contact switch closure

50 mV

20 ms minimum

Counter
Range

14

Resolution

+/- (0.03 mA + 0.4 % of reading)

Open collector/open drain, 24 V, 2.4 mA,


UI
dry contact switch closure

13

Analog outputs

DO

24 VDC

TB-IO-W1

24

Part numbers
Current Output:
UI-8/AO-V-4,
I/O Module
0-20 mA,
650 MAX
8 universal
inputs, 4 analog voltage outputs
Voltage Output:
0-10 VDC
,
P/N:
SXWUI8V4X10001
5 K MIN
UI-8/AO-V-4-H, Module with HOA switches
universal
9 8 10
11 12 inputs, 4 analog voltage outputs
with Hand/Off/Auto
override switches
Contact Rating:
250 VAC
,3A
P/N: SXWUI8V4H10001
30 VDC
,3A
4
TB-IO-W1, Terminal Base for I/O Module
(Required for each I/O Module)
P/N: Status
SXWTBIOW110001
12

CO

SXW UI-8/AO-V-4

UI3 RET UI4

UI5 RET UI6

UI7 RET UI8

13

16

19

22

15

17

18

20

Status

Input Rating:
24 VDC

UI1 RET UI2


14

, 2.4 mA

Terminal base

UI8

21

23

, 2.4 mA

SXW DO-FC-8

24

Analog Outputs
Digital Outputs

AO-V-8

Hand

Contact Rating:
250 VAC
30 VDC

Status

,3A
,3A

Auto

13

Off

SXW UI-8/DO-FC-4

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA

14

15

16

17

18

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

19

20

21

22

23

24

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

Universal Inputs
SDS-AS-IOMODULES-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC
Input Rating:
24 VDC

, 2.4 mA

Status

10

11

12
Contact Rating:

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Input channels

Digital
inputs
3
5
6
4
7

UI-16

UI-8/DO-FC-4

UI-8/DO-FC-4-H

DC input power

21

8 Channel Universal Inputs with


4 Channel Digital Outputs, Form-C
(UI-8/DO-FC-4, UI-8/DO-FC-4-H)
Automation Server
I/O Module
The UI-8/DO-FC-4 and UI-8/
DO-FC-4-H are a combination
I/O modules supporting 8
universal input channels and 4
digital output channels. These
compact modules are ideal
when an application requires a
mix of point types.
Analog and digital applications

I/O Module
UI-8/DO-FC-4

This module is ideal for any mix


of temperature, pressure, flow,
status points, and similar inputs in
a building control system. The eight
input channels supports a 12 bit A/D
conversion.

Counter applications

Protection
28 V unipolar transient voltage
suppressors on all inputs to protect
against high voltage short duration
transient events.

Status indicators and overrides


The front panel of the UI-8/AO-4 and
UI-8/AO-4-H I/O modules includes a
digital output indicator using a green
LED. Additionally, the UI-8/AO-4-H
module has Hand/Off/Auto (HOA)
override switches with adjustable
potentiometers for each output.

Direct load applications


The Form-C relays are designed for
direct load applications for up to 3 A
per output.

The maximum counter frequency on


all eight inputs with a minimum pulse
width is 20 milliseconds. This input
type is commonly used in energy
metering applications.

Supervised points are used for


security applications where it is
critical to know whether or not a
wire has been cut or shorted. These
events provide a separate indication
of alarm and trouble conditions to
the system.

I/O Module
UI-8/DO-FC-4-H

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA


SDS-AS-IOMODULES-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Security applications

22

UI-8/DO-FC-4
UI-8/DO-FC-4-H
Automation Server I/O Module
Specifications

DC input power

12 bit

Output channels

24 VDC, 1.9 W

Accuracy

Input channels

+/- (7 mV + 0.2 % of reading)

Digital outputs

Impedance

Form C relay

100 kohm

Digital inputs

Terminals

Current

Contact

Common (C), Normally Open (NO), Normally

Accuracy

Pulse width
20 ms minimum

Pulse Width

Reliability

Range

100 ms minimum

Open collector/open drain, 24 V, 2.4 mA,

Ability to define the reliability level for upper


and lower electrical limits.

dry contact switch closure

Resolution

Counter

12 bit

Internal pull-up resistor

Range

Accuracy

10 kohm termistors

Open collector/open drain, 24 V, 2.4 mA,

+/- (0.03 mA + 0.4 % of reading)


1
3
5
6
2
4
7
UI1 RET UI2

UI3 RET UI4

dry contact switch closure

Impedance

Pulse width

47 ohm

20 ms minimum

Resistance

LED polarity

10 ohm to 10 kohm
+/- (7 + 4 x 10 -3 x R) (ohm)

Red or green, software selectable

10 kohm to 5V
8

10

UI5 RET UI6

11

, 2.4 mA to 1 V
1.5 kohm

Mechanical
Weight including terminal base
0.304 kg (0.67 lb)

UI

Weight excluding terminal base


0.181 kg (0.40 lb)

Reliability

Terminal
base
Status

UI

Ability to define the reliability level for upper

Detected resistor values

and lower electrical limits.

Open circuit, short circuit, contact open,

Thermistor

andUI1contact
closed
RET UI2 UI3 RET UI4

Range

UI5 RET UI6

10

11

12

UI7 RET UI8

UI13 RET UI14 UI15 RET UI16


20

19

21

22

12 bit

Resistor range

Supported thermistors

1 to 10 kohm. For a 2-resistor


configuration, each
UI

1.8 kohm. 10 kohm,


and2 1 kohm Balco
1
3

, 2.4 mA

UI9 RET UI10 UI11 RET UI12 UI13 RET UI14 UI15 RET UI16
16

17

18

10

11

switches

12

19

20

21

22

23

24

10

11

12
Contact Rating:

Digital Outputs

250 VAC
30 VDC

,3A
,3A

250 VAC

,3A

P/N: SXWUI8D4H10001
4

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

10

11

12

VO RET CO

Current Output:

0-20for
mA, each I/O Module)
(Required
650 MAX

4
Voltage Output:
P/N:
SXWTBIOW110001
0-10 VDC
,

Analog Outputs

Universal Inputs

TB-IO-W1, Terminal Base for I/O Module


UI1 RET UI2

UI3 RET UI4

UI5 RET UI6

UI7 R

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

10

5 K MIN

Status

Hand
Auto
Off

SXW UI-8/DO-FC-4

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

Analog Outputs
Input Rating:
24 VDC

UI3 RET UI4

UI5 RET UI6

UI7 RET UI8

13

14

15

16

19

22

23

24

10

11

12

17

18

20

21

, 2.4 mA

Status

SXW UI-8/AO-V-4

I-8/DO-FC-4

Universal Inputs

Status

-4-H

SDS-AS-IOMODULES-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC

30 VDC Hand/Off/Auto
,3A
with
override switches

UI1 RET UI2

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA

10

VO R

Off

UI1 RET UI2

UI3 RET UI4

UI5 RET UI6

13

16

19

14

15

17

18

Digital Outputs
Telephone:
+1 978 975 9600

20

21

Input Rating:
24 VDC

, 2.4 mA

Rating:
RET UI8
UI7 Contact
250 VAC
,3A
22
23
24
30 VDC
,3A

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

UI-8/AO-V-4

Analog Outputs

Universal Inputs

8Contact
universal
inputs, 4 digital Form C outputs
Rating:

VO RET CO

kohm to 5 V

UI-8/AO-V-4-H

24 VDC

15

1.5 kohm to 1 V

Input Rating:

P/N: SXWUI8D4X10001

24

1.0 (Balco) and 1.8 kohm thermistors

Resolution
14

UI-8/DO-FC-4

SXW UI-16
10

0 to 10 Universal
VDC
Inputs

13

Internal pull-up resistor


1
2
3

Range

UI-8/DO-FC-4-H, I/O Module with HOA

10 kohm thermistors

Connectors

23

Digital Outputs
temperature sensor

Status

Hand
, 2.4 mA inputs, 4 digital Form C outputs
8 universal
Auto

24 VDC

Resolution

Voltage

UI-8/DO-FC-4, I/O Module


Input Rating:

Series only, parallel only, and series and parallel

UI

VO RET CO

TB-IO-W1

Universal Inputs

VO RET CO

SXW UI-16

switchUniversal
combinations
Inputs

Analog inputs

VO RET CO

Part numbers

UI9 RET UI10 UI11 RET UI12


Rating:
5 V circuit, 1 or 2 resistors, monitoredInput
-50
C 14
(-5815 to16302
24 VDC
, 2.4
mA to 150 13
17 F)
18

resistor is assumed to have the same value.

1.0 (Balco) and 1.8 kohm thermistors

Universal Inputs

Supervised

12

UI7 RET UI8

24 VDC

10 kohm to 60 kohm
+/- (0.4 + 7 x 10 -6 x R) (%)

LED color

1500 VAC minimum, coil to contact

Input Rating:

UI-16

when the input is high or low

Isolation

UI-8/AO-V-4-H

Software selectable, if the LED is activated

UI-16

Closed (NC)

+/-(0.03 mA + 0.4 % of reading)

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

VO R

Universal Inputs
1

Hand
VO
RET CO
Auto
Off

VO RET CO

VO RET CO

10

11

12

VO RET CO

Current Output:
0-20 mA,
650 MAX

UI1 RET UI2

UI3 RET UI4

UI5 RET UI6

UI7 R

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA


SDS-AS-IOMODULES-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

This page intentionally left blank

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA


SDS-AS-IOMODULES-A4.BU.N.EN.11.2012.0.00.CC

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
November 2012

gg

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

All brand names, trademarks, and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Information contained within this document is subject to change
without notice.

SXWSWESX Building Management Software


X00001

Release v1.1

StruxureWare
Building Operation
TM

Enterprise Server

A StruxureWareTM Building Operation server is the core of the system


and performs key functionality, such as control logic, trend logging,
and alarm supervision. The Enterprise Server is the Windows
application version of a StruxureWare Building Operation Server
that collects site-wide data for aggregation and archiving, yet is
flexible enough to run stand-alone applications. The Enterprise
Server also serves as a single point of administration through
WorkStation or WebStation for StruxureWare Building Operation,
Schneider Electrics intelligent Building Management System.

Make the most of your energy

SM

StruxureWare Building Operation


Enterprise Server
Features
At the top of the StruxureWare Building
Operation architecture is the Enterprise
Server. It is the central point from which
users can configure, control, and monitor
the entire system.
Networking powerhouse
The Enterprise Server can run multiple control
programs using a variety of protocols. It can
manage alarms, users, schedules, and logs.
Data from the Enterprise Server can be delivered
directly to the user or to other devices and servers
throughout the site or enterprise.

Product AT A GLANCE
Networking powerhouse
Global view of the system
Text and graphics-based programming tools
Centralized alarms and data management
Advanced activity log
WorkStation/WebStation interface
Native support for open protocols BACnet,
LonWorks, and Modbus
IT friendly and secure

Global view of the system


The entire system, including all of the Automation
Servers, and their associated devices, can be
accessed and configured through the
Enterprise Server.
This overview of the site provides easier mass
change engineering and data analysis. The
Enterprise Server also aggregates the event and
alarm data from all its associated Automation
Servers. Trend logs can also be aggregated
through the use of extended trend logs.

Text and graphics-based programming tools


Unique to the industry, the Enterprise Server has
both Script and Function Block programming
options. This flexibility assures that the best
programming method can be selected for
the application.

Centralized alarms and data management

The Enterprise Server hosts the historical and


configuration databases. These databases store
current information, including trends, alarms, user
activity, and property information.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA


SDS-SXWBO-ENTERPRISESERVER-A4.BU.N.EN.8.2011.0.00.CC

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Alarms from multiple devices throughout the site,


including Automation Servers, are collected by the
Enterprise Server for centralized logging, display,
and management. Users can also view event logs
and trend logs from multiple servers.

StruxureWare Building Operation


Enterprise Server
Features (continued)
Advanced activity log
It is important to log more than basic activity. In
StruxureWare Building Operation, every action is
logged with a timestamp, the user who performed
the action, and the values that were changed.

Open building protocol support


One of the cornerstones of StruxureWare Building
Operation is support for open standards. The
Enterprise Server can natively communicate with
three of the most popular standards for buildings:
BACnet, LonWorks, and Modbus.

WorkStation/WebStation interface
Through any client, the user experience is identical
regardless of which StruxureWare Building
Operation server the user is logged on to. The
user can log directly on to an Enterprise Server
to engineer, commission, supervise, and monitor
the Automation Server as well as its attached I/O
modules and field bus devices. See the WebStation
datasheet for additional information.

Native BACnet support


The Enterprise Server communicates directly to
BACnet/IP networks. Compliant with ASHRAE
135-2004, the Enterprise Server meets the
BACnet Building Controller (B-BC) profile, the most
advanced BACnet Device Profile. This capability
provides access to the full range of BACnet
devices from Schneider Electric and other vendors.
The Enterprise Server can also serve as a BACnet
Broadcast Management Device (BBMD) to facilitate
BACnet systems that span multiple IP networks.

The Enterprise Server has native LonWorks


capability and works with a range of LonTalk
adapters to communicate to TP/FT-10 LonWorks
networks. Integrated LonWorks functionality
enables access to LonWorks devices from
Schneider Electric and other vendors. LonWorks
networks can be commissioned, bound, and
configured from the Enterprise Server using the
built-in LonWorks Network Management Tool. No
third-party tools are needed.

Native Modbus support


The Enterprise Server natively integrates Modbus
RS-485 master and slave configurations, as well
as TCP client and server. This allows full access
to the range of Schneider Electric products that
communicate on the Modbus protocol, such as
power meters, UPS, circuit breakers, and lighting
controllers.

IT friendly and secure

Supported
Protocols
IP addressing
TCP communications
DHCP / DNS for rapid
deployment and lookup
of addresses
HTTP - Internet
access through
firewalls, enabling for
remote monitoring, and
control
NTP (Network Time
Protocol) for time
synchronization
throughout the system
SMTP enables sending
email messages

The Enterprise Server communicates using


networking standards, such as DHCP and HTTP
(see sidebar for more). This makes installation easy,
management simple, and transactions secure.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA


SDS-SXWBO-ENTERPRISESERVER-A4.BU.N.EN.8.2011.0.00.CC

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Native LonWorks support

StruxureWare Building Operation


Enterprise Server
Specifications
v1.1 Specifications
Hardware requirements

Software requirements

BACnet

Processor

Operating systems

BACnet/IP

Minimum: 1.0 GHz

Microsoft Windows XP SP3 (32-bit)

BTL B-BC BACnet Building Controller

Recommended: 2.0 GHz or higher

Microsoft Windows 7 (32-bit)

Supports the following LonTalk adapters:

Memory

Microsoft Windows Server 2008 (32-bit)

NIC709-PCI

Minimum: 2 GB

Required additional software

NIC709-USB

Recommended: 4 GB or higher

Microsoft .Net 3.5 SP1

NIC709-USB100

Hard Disk
Minimum: 20 GB

Drive
DVD Drive is required if your copy of StruxureWare Building Operation was delivered on
disk.

Other Devices
Microsoft mouse or compatible pointing
device is required.

NIC709-IP

Communication

NIC852

TCP

Other protocols may be used for particular

Binary, port configurable, default 4444

additional functionality. See Technical

HTTP

Documentation.

Non-binary, port configurable,


default 80

Part number

SMTP

SW-ES-BASE-0, StruxureWare Building

Email sending, port configurable, default 25

Operation Enterprise Server

NTP

Enterprise Server license for a PC server,

Time synchronization

includes Reports Server license


(No maintenance subscription included)

All brand names, trademarks, and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Information contained within this document is subject to change
without notice.
Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA
SDS-SXWBO-ENTERPRISESERVER-A4.BU.N.EN.8.2011.0.00.CC

Telephone: +1 978 975 9600

Fax: +1 978 975 9698

www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
January 2012

bas

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

P/N: SXWSWESXX00001

HP DX2XXX
Series

Workstation PC

HP Compaq dx2390 Microtower PC specifications - HP Small & Medium Business pr... Page 1 of 2

Singapore-English

Search:

Contact HP

i Small & Medium Business n


j
k
l
m
n
j All of Singapore
k
l
m
Business Desktop PCs > Essential Desktop PCs

HP Compaq dx2390 Microtower PC Specifications


Small & Medium

Windows. Life without Walls.


HP recommends Windows 7.

Technical Support
Data sheets / Documents
Renewable Energy Source

Business
Business Desktop PCs
Promotions
Subscribe to eNewsletter
Buy from HP
Find a HP reseller or

Customer review:

0 of 1 (0%) customers
recommend this product.

retailer

>> Read 1 review


>> Write a review

Monitors

View other models

Enlarge image |
Image is an approximate guide only

Overview

Specifications

Accessories, supplies &


services

System features

Operating system installed

Genuine Windows Vista Business 32-bit


Genuine Windows Vista Home Basic 32-bit
Genuine Windows Vista Business with downgrade to Windows XP
Professional custom installed
FreeDOS

Processor type

Intel Celeron Processor 420 / 430 / 440 (1.60 to 2.00 GHz, 512 KB L2
cache, 800 MHz FSB) or Intel Celeron Dual Core Processor E1200 (1.60
GHz, 512 KB L2 cache, 800 MHz FSB) or Intel Pentium Dual Core
Processor E2160 / E2180 / E2200 (1.80 to 2.20 GHz, 1 MB L2 cache, 800 MHz
FSB) or Intel Core2 Duo Processor E4500 / E4600 / E4700 / E8200 /
E8300/ E8400 / E8500 (2.20 to 3.16 GHz, 2 to 6 MB L2 cache, 800 to 1333
MHz FSB)

Chipset

Intel G31 Express

Form factor

Microtower

Memory

Maximum memory

4 GB DDR2-Synch DRAM

Memory slots

2 DIMM

Storage

Internal drive bays

2 internal 3.5 inch

External drive bays

2 external 5.25 inch, 1 external 3.5 inch

Internal drives

SATA (7200 rpm)


From: 80 GB
Up to: 500 GB

Optical drives

SATA DVD-ROM Drive, SATA CD-RW/DVD-ROM Combo Drive, SATA


SuperMulti LightScribe DVD Writer Drive

Graphics

Graphic card 01

Intel Graphics Media Accelerator 3100

Graphic subsystem video


card memory 01

Graphics memory is shared with system memory. Graphics memory usage can
vary from 8 to 256 MB depending on the amount of system memory installed
and system load

Graphic card 02

Optional NVIDIA GeForce 8400GS Graphics Card

Expansion features

http://h10010.www1.hp.com/wwpc/sg/en/sm/WF06a/12454-12454-64287-3328893-33... 4/25/2010

HP Compaq dx2390 Microtower PC specifications - HP Small & Medium Business pr... Page 2 of 2

Ports

Rear: 4 USB 2.0, 2 PS/2, 1 RJ-45, 1 VGA, audio in/out, Mic In, Front: 2 USB
2.0, audio ports

Slots

1 full-height PCI 2.3, 1 full-height PCI Express x16, 2 full-height PCI Express
x1

Media devices

Audio

Integrated High Definition audio with Realtek ALC662 codec, 3D audio


compliant and HD Audio compatible

Communication features

Network interface

Integrated Realtek 8101E 10/100 Ethernet

Network cards

Optional Intel Pro 1000 PT PCIe Gigabit NIC

Power and operating requirements

Power requirements

Input voltage 90 264 / 100 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 47 63 Hz, passive PFC
standard (External 80% High Efficiency)

Operating temperature
range

10 to 35 C

Operating humidity range

10 to 90% RH

Non-operating humidity

5 to 95% RH

Dimensions and Weight

Product weight

10.2 kg

Product dimensions (W x D 18.0 x 37.3 x 36.5 cm


x H)
Security management

Security management

Padlock loop, Kensington Lock Support

Physical security

HP Business PC security lock kit optional

What's included

Software included

Roxio Easy Media Creator 9.x**, Intervideo WinDVD Player 5.x**, McAfee
AntiVirus trial version, Sun Java Runtime Environment, AOL Toolbar
(**Supporting software available with certain optical drive configurations)

Warranty

Protected by HP Services, including a 1-1-0 or 1-1-1 standard warranty. Terms


and conditions vary by country and/or Business Model.

This system may require upgraded and/or separately purchased hardware and/or a DVD drive to install the Windows 7
software and take full advantage of Windows 7 functionality. See http://www.microsoft.com/windows/windows-7/ for
details.

Product Reviews

Review This Product


Network Fails

Overall:
Dilan
Gender: Male
Age: 25-39
Computer proficiency: Advanced
Review submitted from:

Date: March 16, 2010

"I noticed that this Product has Network issue. onboard NIC will
disbale and eneble in split seconds, but it can not detect from the
vendor and no replacement we get. by installaing additional NIC will
solve the problem permanently."
Was this review helpful to you? Yes No
(Report Inappropriate Review)
Share this review:

Note: Information published at this site may refer to products, programs or services that are not available in your country.
Consult your local HP business contact for information regarding the products, programs and services that may be available.
*Prices set out herein are HP's recommended retail prices and inclusive of GST and exclusive of delivery at the time of
publication. Prices, promotions, specifications and availability are applicable to Singapore only and may change without
prior notice. Prices are exclusive of options, accessories and consumables. Despite our best efforts, a small number of items
may contain pricing, typography, or photography errors. Acceptance of order is subject to validation of correct prices and
promotions by HP. Prices and offers given above may vary from reseller prices and offers.

Printable version
Privacy statement

Using this site means you accept its terms


2010 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.

Feedback to webmaster

http://h10010.www1.hp.com/wwpc/sg/en/sm/WF06a/12454-12454-64287-3328893-33... 4/25/2010

Epson LQ-300

Dot Matrix Printer

HP Officejet6000

Report Printer

OFFICEJET 6000 PRINTER


Fast network color printing for the lowest cost per page vs. in-class inkjets1
ENERGY STAR qualified printer
Maximum Print Speeds: 32 ppm black, 31 ppm color2; Laser
Comparable Speeds:
Up to 7 ppm black, Up to 7 ppm color3
Standard Connectivity: 1 USB 2.0, 1 Ethernet
Paper Handling: 250-sheet input tray, 50-sheet output tray
Borderless Printing: Up to 8.5 x 11 in

Lowest cost per color page vs. in-class inkjets1 Cut energy use by up to 40% compared to
lasers5
Save money by replacing only the individual ink
cartridge that runs out.
Archived documents retain black text and color
quality for decades without fading.4
Get professional-quality black text, vivid color
graphics and photos with HP Officejet ink.

Share fast performance with network-ready


printing
Maximum print speeds up to 32 ppm black, 31 ppm
color.2
Speeds equivalent to a laser printer with up to 7
ppm black, 7 ppm color.3
Easily share this inkjet printer and efficiently use
resources with wired networking.

This HP Officejet printer consumes up to 40% less


energy than laser printers.5
Save money and energy with this efficient ENERGY
STAR qualified inkjet printer.
New packaging uses less material to help reduce
environmental impact.
Enjoy easy recyclingcartridges returned via HP
Planet Partners are recycled responsibly.6

HP OFFICEJET 6000 PRINTER

Reduce energy use up to 40% with this HP


Officejet printer.1
Print only the web content you need with HP Smart
Web Printing.2
Supports recycled paper.
ENERGY STAR Qualified
1
Majority of color laser printers < $300, June 2008, Officejet with highest-capacity cartridges.
Energy use based on HP testing using the ENERGY STAR program's TEC test method criteria.
2
Requires Internet Explorer 6.0-8.0.

Please recycle your computing hardware and printing supplies.


Find out how at our website.

1
Compared to inkjet printers < $100 from major vendors as of Q309. For details, see http://www.hp.com/go/officejet. Excludes HP Officejet Pro printers. OJ CPP based on ISO yield of products offered
as of November 2009 with highest-capacity cartridges based on continuous printing. For details, see http://www.hp.com/go/learnaboutsupplies. 2After first page. For details, see
http://www.hp.com/go/inkjetprinter. 3Based on ppm measured using FDIS ISO/IEC 24734. Standard applies to inkjet and laser products and excludes first set of test documents. 4Based on
paper-industry predictions for acid-free papers and Original HP inks; colorant stability data at room temperature based on similar systems tested per ISO 11798 and ISO 18909. 5Majority of color laser
printers < $300, June 2008, energy use based on HP testing using the ENERGY STAR program's TEC test method criteria. For details http://www.hp.com/go/officejet. 6HP ink cartridge return and
recycling is available in 42 countries and territories around the world, covering 88% of the addressable market; see http://www.hp.com/recycle for details.

OFFICEJET 6000 PRINTER


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PRINT TECHNOLOGY

HP Thermal Inkjet

PRINT TECHNOLOGY
RESOLUTION

HP Officejet Inks, HP advanced photo paper

PRINT RESOLUTION

Black (Best): Up to 600 rendered dpi black when printing from a


computer; Color (Best): Up to 4800 x 1200 optimized dpi color (when
printing from a computer on selected HP photo papers and 1200 input dpi)

PRINT SPEEDS1, 2

Maximum Print Speeds: Up to 32 ppm black, Up to 31 ppm color;


Laser Comparable Speeds: Up to 7 ppm black, Up to 7ppm color

PRINTING CAPABILITIES

Automatic Paper Sensor: Yes; Direct Print Supported: No;


Borderless Printing: Yes (up to 8.5 x 11 in, 210 x 297 mm)

INK TYPE

Dye-based (color), pigment-based (black)

STANDARD PRINTER
LANGUAGES

HP PCL 3 GUI

POWER3

Power Supply Type: External;


Power Requirements: Input voltage 100 to 240 VAC (+/- 10%), 50/60
Hz (+/- 3 Hz);
Power Consumption, Powersave: 3.1 watts;
Power Consumption, Standby: 3.1;
Power Consumption, Off: 0.4 watts;
Power Consumption, Active: 32 watts;
Power Consumption: 50 watts

ACOUSTICS

Acoustic Power Emissions: 6.8 B(A) (fast draft printing); 6.4 B(A) (normal
printing);
Acoustic Pressure Emissions: 55 dB(A) (fast draft printing); 51 dB(A)
(normal printing)

OPERATING
ENVIRONMENT

Recommended Operating Temperature: 59 to 90 F;


Maximum Operating Temperature Range: 41 to 104 F;
Storage Temperature Range: -40 to 140 F;
Recommended Humidity Operating Range:
20 to 80% RH;
Operating Humidity Range: 20 to 90% RH;
Non-Operating Humidity: 20 to 90% RH

WHATS IN THE BOX4

HP Officejet 6000 Printer, Print Head Assembly, HP 920 Black Officejet


Ink Cartridge (~ 420 pages), HP 920 Cyan Officejet Ink Cartridge
(~ 300 pages composite yield), HP 920 Magenta Officejet Ink Cartridge
(~ 300 pages composite yield), HP 920 Yellow Officejet Ink Cartridge (~
300 pages composite yield), power supply, power cord, setup poster,
Firewall booklet, safety and warranty guide, CD-ROMs (for software).

REPLACEMENT PRINT
CARTRIDGES4

HP 920 Black Officejet Ink Cartridge (~ 420 pages), C4902A


HP 920 Cyan Officejet Ink Cartridge (~ 300 pages), C4903A
HP 920 Magenta Officejet Ink Cartridge (~ 300 pages), C4904A
HP 920 Yellow Officejet Ink Cartridge (~ 300 pages), C4905A
HP 920XL Black Officejet Ink Cartridge (~ 1,200 pages), C4906A
HP 920XL Cyan Officejet Ink Cartridge (~ 700 pages), C4907A
HP 920XL Magenta Officejet Ink Cartridge (~ 700 pages), C4908A
HP 920XL Yellow Officejet Inkjet Cartridge (~ 700 pages), C4909A

ACCESSORIES

HP Hi-Speed USB Cable (6 ft./1.8 m), Q6264A


HP Wireless Printing Upgrade Kit, Q6236A
HP 2101nw Wireless G Print Server, Q6301A

WARRANTY

One-year limited hardware warranty backed by HP Customer Care,


service and support; one-year technical phone support.

STANDARD CONNECTIVITY 1 USB 2.0, 1 Ethernet


NETWORK READY

Standard (built-in Ethernet), Optional (WiFi 802.11b/g)

NETWORK CAPABILITIES

Built-in Ethernet

WIRELESS CAPABILITIES

Optional, enabled with purchase of a hardware accessory

WIRELESS TECHNOLOGIES 802.11b/g (optional)


DUTY CYCLE (MONTHLY,
LETTER)

Up to 7,000 pages per month

MEDIA TYPES SUPPORTED

Paper (brochure, inkjet, plain), photo, envelopes, cards (index),


transparencies

MEDIA SIZES SUPPORTED

Letter, legal, statement, executive, 3 x 5 in, 4 x 6 in, 5 x 7 in, 5 x 8 in, 4 x


10 in, 4 x 11 in, 4 x 12 in, 8 x 10 in, envelopes (No. 10, Monarch),
envelope DL

CUSTOM MEDIA SIZES

3 x 5 to 13 x 44 in

MEDIA WEIGHT
SUPPORTED

Tray 1: 16 to 28 lb (plain media), 16 to 110 lb (special media), up to 110


lb (index cards)

MEDIA WEIGHT
RECOMMENDED

20 to 24 lb

PAPER HANDLING

Input: 150-sheet input tray; Output: 100-sheet output tray;


Duplex Print Options: Manual (driver support provided);
Input Capacities: Up to 150 sheets, Up to 25 sheets transparencies,
Up to 40 sheets 4 x 6 photos, Up to 40 cards, Up to 15 envelopes;
Output Capacities: Up to 100 sheets, Up to 40 cards, Up to 40 sheets
labels, Up to 10 envelopes

SKEW

+/- 0.006 in

STANDARD MEMORY

32 MB

PROCESSOR SPEED

192 MHz

COMPATIBLE OPERATING
SYSTEMS

Windows 2000 (SP4), Windows XP Home, Windows XP 32 and 64-bit


(SP1), Windows Vista (32 and 64-bit), Mac OS X v 10.4, Mac OS X v
10.5, With Windows 2000, some features may not be available

MINIMUM SYSTEM
REQUIREMENTS

Windows 2000 (SP4): Intel Pentium II or Celeron processor, 128 MB RAM,


200 MB free hard disk space, Internet Explorer 6.0, Windows XP (32-bit)
(SP1): Intel Pentium II or Celeron processor, 512 MB RAM, 410 MB free
hard disk space, Internet Explorer 6.0; Windows x64 (SP1): AMD AthlonTM
64 or OpteronTM processor, Intel Xeon or Pentium processor with Intel
EM64T support, 512 MB RAM, 290 MB free hard disk space, Internet
Explorer 6.0, Windows Vista: 800 MHz 32-bit (x86) or 64-bit (x64)
processor, 512 MB RAM, 425 MB free hard disk space, Internet Explorer
7.0

PRODUCT DIMENSIONS
(W X D X H)

18.03 x 15.31 x 6.45 in (458 x 389 x 164 mm );


Maximum: 18.03 x 19.47 x 6.45 in (458.02 x 494.61 x 163.83 mm)

PRODUCT WEIGHT

10.56lb (4.8kg)

FOR MORE INFORMATION VISIT OUR WEBSITE AT WWW.HP.COM


HP OFFICEJET 6000 PRINTER Product Number: CB051A
Product Identifier: E609a
ENERGY STAR qualified models; see: http://www.hp.com/go/energystar

After first page; see http://www.hp.com/go/inkjetprinter for details. Print speed may vary depending on the type of output.
Based on ppm measured using FDIS ISO/IEC 24734. Standard applies to inkjet and laser products and excludes first set of test documents. For details see http://www.hp.com/go/printerclaims.
Power requirements are based on the country/region where the printer is sold. Do not convert operating voltages. This will damage the printer and void the product warranty.
4
Average based on ISO/IEC 24711 or HP testing methodology and continuous printing. Actual yield varies considerably based on content of printed pages and other factors. Some ink from included cartridge is used to start up the printer. For details see
http://www.hp.com/go/learnaboutsupplies
2

2010 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. HP is a registered trademark of the Hewlett Packard Company. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR logo are registered U.S. marks. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Microsoft and
Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. This listing of non HP products does not constitute an endorsement by Hewlett Packard Company. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is provides "as is" without warranty of
any kind. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Feburary 2010

HP ProBook

Laptop

ProBook 6450b Notebook PC


Business Traveler

A 14.0-inch diagonal mainstream


business notebook featuring Intel
processors, improved battery life, and
a choice of UMA or discrete graphics.10

Windows. Life without Walls TM. HP recommends Windows 7.


Business traveler
With a stylish design, the HP ProBook 6450b Notebook PC
provides reliability, security and business performance with an
Intel processor and a 14.0-inch diagonal 16:9 HD7, LED-

HP Professional Innovations help you focus on your


business

Built to protect. HP ProtectTools is a portfolio of customizable

backlit display. Flexible configuration options, connectivity

security solutions built into your HP business notebook.

including optional HP Mobile Broadband, 9,18 and the new

Built to simplify. HP QuickLook 312 provides off-line read and

Central Management for HP ProtectTools keep you equipped


for business.

write capability of e-mail, calendar, task and contact


information in seconds at the touch of a button, without having

Power, performance, and graphics choice

to boot up. HP QuickWeb20 grants access to the web in

Intel Core i74 and Intel Core i54 processors deliver

seconds even if your notebook is turned off.

outstanding technology for intelligent performance on the most

Built to last. Features such as HP DuraFinish, the magnesium

demanding tasks. Intel vPro technology helps businesses cut

alloy support structure, HP 3D DriveGuard and the spill-

costs and increase efficiency by taking advantage of intelligent

resistant keyboard with drains provide you with a reliable

performance and unique hardware assisted security and

notebook that can go the distance.

manageability features. And choose between UMA or highperformance discrete graphics: Intel HD Graphics for
responsive performance with rich media capabilities, or the
ATI Mobility Radeon graphics processor which delivers an
amazing visual experience with powerful performance on the
go.

Built to conserve. HP Power Assistant23 is an easy-to-use tool


which allows you to conserve power, stretch battery run-time,
accurately monitor your reported power needs and report
workforce power consumption.

ProBook 6450b Notebook PC

Windows. Life without Walls TM.


HP recommends Windows 7.

SPECIFICATIONS
Operating system

Preinstalled
Genuine Windows 7 Professional 1
Genuine Windows 7 Home Premium 1
Genuine Windows 7 Home Basic 1
Genuine Windows XP Professional available through
downgrade rights from Windows 7 Professional1,3
Genuine Windows 7 Professional (including a downgrade right
to Genuine Windows Vista Business pre-installed)1,2,27
Genuine Windows Vista Business 2
Genuine Windows Vista Home Basic2 (select countries)
Red Flag Linux (PRC only)
FreeDOS

Supported:
Genuine Windows 7 Enterprise 1
Genuine Windows 7 Ultimate 1
Genuine Windows Vista Enterprise
Certified:
SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11

Processor4

Intel Core i7 Mobile Processor Family with Turbo Boost Technology; Intel Core i5 Mobile Processor Family with Turbo Boost
Technology; Intel Core i3 Mobile Processor Family; Intel Celeron Processor

Chipset

Mobile Intel HM57 Express Chipset (non vPro configurations)


Mobile Intel QM57 Express Chipset (vPro configurations)

Memory

DDR3 SDRAM, 1333 MHz,* two slots supporting dual-channel memory13 1024/2048/4096 MB SODIMMs, up to 8192 MB total14
*Memory speed is processor dependent

Internal Storage15

160/250/320/500 GB 7200 rpm SMART SATA II HDD, 320 GB 7200 rpm SED (Self Encrypting Drive),28 HP 3D DriveGuard; or 8028/128
GB SSD

Upgrade Bay

12.7-mm SATA optical drive or secondary hard drive: Blu-ray ROM DVD+/-RW SuperMulti DL LightScribe Drive

5,6

, DVD+/RW SuperMulti DL

15

LightScribe Drive , DVD-ROM Drive; 500 GB 7200 rpm HDD ; or weight saver

Display

14.0-inch diagonal LED-backlit HD7 anti-glare (1366 x 768), 14.0-inch diagonal LED-backlit HD7 BrightView (1366 x 768), 14.0-inch diagonal LEDbacklit HD+7 anti-glare (1600 x 900)

Graphics10

Integrated: Intel HD Graphics


Discrete: ATI Mobility RadeonTM HD 540v, with 512 MB dedicated video memory

Audio/Visual

High Definition Audio, stereo speakers, stereo headphone/line out, stereo microphone in, optional 2 MP Webcam (fixed focus)21, integrated
microphone (integrated dual-microphone array with optional webcam)

Wireless Support

Optional HP un2420 EV-DO/HSPA Mobile Broadband Module (requires mobile network operator service);9,18
Intel 802.11a/b/g/n or b/g/n, Broadcom 802.11a/b/g/n, b/g/n or b/g;8 HP Integrated Module with Bluetooth v2.1 Wireless Technology;
HP Wireless Assistant, Connection Manager 3.1

Communications16

Integrated Intel 82577LC Gigabit Network Connection (non vPro), Integrated Intel 82577LM Gigabit Network Connection (vPro), 56K v.92
modem

Expansion Slots

1 ExpressCard/54 slot, Media Card Reader

Ports and Connectors

(3) USB 2.0 ports , (1) eSATA/USB 2.0 combo port, VGA, DisplayPort, stereo microphone in, stereo headphone/line out, 1394a, power

Input Device

Full-sized spill-resistant keyboard with drains, touchpad with scroll zone, optional point stick, touch-sensitive controls (QuickLook, QuickWeb,
Wireless on/off, volume mute, volume down, volume up)

Software

HP Power Assistant,23 HP Recovery Manager (Windows 7 and Vista only), HP Support Assistant (Windows 7 and Vista only), Intervideo WinDVD,
HP QuickLook 3,12 HP QuickWeb,20 Roxio Creator Business, McAfee Total Protection,19 Skype,21 WinZip 14 trial, Microsoft Office Ready

(Windows OS only)

connector, RJ-11/modem, RJ-45/Ethernet, docking connector, secondary battery connector

Security

Standard: HP ProtectTools, Central Management for HP ProtectTools, TPM Embedded Security Chip 1.2, Enhanced Pre-Boot Security, HP Spare
Key (requires initial user setup), HP Disk Sanitizer,11 Enhanced Drive Lock, Drive Encryption for HP ProtectTools, Credential Manager for HP
ProtectTools, File Sanitizer for HP ProtectTools11, security lock slot
Optional:18 LoJack Pro for HP ProtectTools,22 HP Fingerprint Sensor, Smart Card Reader (replaces ExpressCard), HP Privacy Filter

Dimensions

1.33 in (at front) x 13.35 in x 9.3 in / 33.8 mm (at front) x 339 mm x 236.2 mm

Weight

Starting at 5.0 lb (2.26 kg) without optical drive; 5.31 lb (2.39 kg) with DVD-ROM drive (weight will vary by configuration)

Power

9-cell (93 WHr) Lithium-Ion battery, 6-cell (55 WHr) Lithium-Ion battery, 6-cell (47 WHr) Lithium-Ion battery, 6-cell (51 WHr) HP Long Life Battery,24
3-cell (47 WHr) HP Long Life Battery (AMO),25 optional HP Extended Life Battery (52 WHr),18 optional HP Ultra-Capacity Battery (95 WHr),18
90W HP Smart AC Adapter (discrete graphics) or 65W HP Smart AC Adapter (integrated graphics), HP Fast Charge17

Expansion Solutions18

HP 90W Docking Station, HP 120W Advanced Docking Station, HP USB 2.0 Docking Station, HP Essential USB 2.0 Port Replicator, HP Dual
Hinge Notebook Stand, HP Display & Notebook Stand, HP Adjustable Display Stand, HP Adjustable Dual Display Stand

Warranty

Limited 3-year, 1-year and 90-day warranty options available, depending on country, 1-year limited warranty on primary battery. Optional HP Care
Pack Services are extended service contracts which go beyond your standard warranties.
For more details visit: http://www.hp.com/go/lookuptool.

Windows. Life without Walls TM.

ProBook 6450b Notebook PC

HP recommends Windows 7.

Optional 2 MP
Webcam21

14.0-inch diagonal, HD7 LED


backlit display
Full-sized spill-resistant
keyboard with drains
HP QuickLook 312
and HP QuickWeb20
buttons
DisplayPort
connector
eSATA/USB 2.0

Optional HP

combo port
Touchpad with
scroll zone
Optional
point stick

Fingerprint Sensor

ProBook 6450b Notebook PC

Windows. Life without Walls TM.


HP recommends Windows 7.

1.
2.

3.
4.

5.

6.

7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.

24.
25.
26.

27.
28.

This system may require upgraded and/or separately purchased hardware and/or a DVD drive to install the Windows 7 software and take full advantage of Windows 7 functionality. S
http://www.microsoft.com/windows/windows-7/ for details.
Certain Windows Vista product features require advanced or additional hardware. See www.microsoft.com/windowsvista/getready/hardwarereqs.mspx and
www.microsoft.com/windowsvista/getready/capable.mspx for details. Windows Vista Upgrade Advisor can help you determine which features of Windows Vista will run on your
computer. To download the tool, visit www.windowsvista.com/upgradeadvisor.
Windows XP Professional is preinstalled on this system and includes end user rights and media for Windows 7 Professional. You may only use one version at a time. You must back
up all data (files, photos, etc.) before uninstalling and installing operating systems to avoid loss of your data.
Dual/Quad Core is designed to improve performance of certain software products. Not all customers or software applications will necessarily benefit from use of this technology. 64bit computing on Intel architecture requires a computer system with a processor, chipset, BIOS, operating system, device drivers and applications enabled for Intel 64 architecture.
Processors will not operate (including 32-bit operation) without an Intel 64 architecture-enabled BIOS. Performance will vary depending on your hardware and software
configurations. Intels numbering is not a measurement of higher performance.
Double-layer discs can store more data than single layer discs. However, double-layer discs burned with this drive may not be compatible with many existing single-layer DVD drives
and players. LightScribe media required and sold separately. LightScribe creates a monochrome image. Note that DVD-RAM cannot read or write to 2.6GB single-sided/5.2 GB
double-sided version 1.0 media. Dont copy copy-right protected materials.
As Blu-Ray is a new format containing new technologies, certain disc, digital connection, compatibility and/or performance issues may arise, and do not constitute defects in the
product. Flawless playback on all systems is not guaranteed. HD-DVD movies cannot be played on this device. Models with integrated graphics require Mobile Intel GM45 Express
chipset and Windows Vista to support the Blu-Ray DVD drive; models with discrete graphics support it with either Windows Vista or Windows XP.
HD content required to view HD images.
Wireless access point and Internet service is required and is not included. Availability of public wireless access points limited.
Gobi wireless technology requires separately purchased wireless data service contracts. Check with local service provider for coverage and availability in your area. Connection
speeds will vary due to location, environment, network conditions, and other factors.
Shared video memory (UMA) uses part of the total system memory for video performance. System memory dedicated to video performance is not available for other use by programs.
For the use cases outlined in the DOD 5220.22-M Supplement.
HP QuickLook 3 is accessible when the notebook is off. Requires Microsoft Windows and Outlook.. Timing may vary depending on the system configuration. To enable the feature
following the removal of the battery, reboot the notebook prior to subsequent use.
Maximized dual-channel performance requires SODIMMs of the same size and speed in both memory slots.
Maximum memory capacities assume Windows 64-bit operating systems or Linux. With Windows 32-bit operating systems, memory above 3 GB may not all be available due to
system resource requirements.
For hard drives, GB = 1 billion bytes. Up to 8 GB (for XP) , 10 GB (for Vista) or 15 GB (for Windows 7) of system disk is reserved for the system recovery software.
The term "10/100/1000" or "Gigabit" Ethernet indicates compliance with IEEE standard 802.3ab for Gigabit Ethernet, and does not connote actual operating speed of 1 Gb/sec.
For high speed transmission, connection to a Gigabit Ethernet server and network infrastructure is required.
HP Fast Charge recharges your primary battery up to 90% within 90 minutes when the system is off.
Sold separately or purchased as an optional feature.
60 day trial period. Internet access required to receive updates. First update included. Subscription required for updates.
HP QuickWeb is accessible when the notebook is off. Requires Microsoft Windows. not supported from hibernation. Internet access required. Timing may vary depending on the
system configuration. To enable the feature following the removal of the battery, reboot the notebook prior to subsequent use.
Internet access required.
The LoJack agent is shipped turned off, and must be activated by customers when they purchase a subscription. Subscriptions can be purchased for terms ranging from one to four
years. Service is limited, check with Absolute for availability outside the U.S.
Power calculations and cost calculations are estimates. Results will vary based on variables, which include information provided by the user, time PC is in different power states (on,
standby, hibernate, off), time PC is on battery or AC, hardware configuration, variable electricity rates and utilities provider. HP advises customers to use information reported by HP
Power Assistant for reference only and to validate impact in their environment. Environmental calculations were based on U.S. EPA eGrid 2007 data found at www.epa.gov/egrid/.
Regional results will vary. Requires Microsoft Windows.
Available on select models only; 3 year warranty on HP Long Life Battery, planned to be available June 2010
3 year warranty on HP Long Life Battery
Some functionality of this technology, such as Intel Active management technology and Intel Virtualization technology, requires additional 3rd party software in order to run.
Availability of future "virtual appliances" applications for Intel vPro technology is dependant on 3rd party software providers. Compatibility of this generation of Intel vPro technologybased hardware with with future "virtual appliances" and Microsoft Windows Vista and Windows 7 operating systems is yet to be determined.
Windows 7 Professional disk may be included for future upgrade if desired. To qualify for this downgrade an end user must be a business (including governmental or educational
institutions) and expected to order annually at least 25 customer systems with the same custom image.
Planned to be available June 2010

2010 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties
for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should
be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein.
Bluetooth is a trademark of its proprietor and used by Hewlett-Packard Company under license. Microsoft, Windows and Vista are trademarks
of the Microsoft group of companies. Intel, Celeron and Core are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in
the U.S. and other countries. To learn more, visit www.hp.com. March 2010

Kampstrup +
Sitrans

BTU Meter

SITRANS F flowmeters
SITRANS F M
MAGFLO MAG 5100 W

Overview

Application
The main applications of the SITRANS F M MAGFLO electromagnetic flow sensors can be found in the following fields:
Water abstraction
Water treatment
Water distribution network (leak detection management)
Custody transfer water meters
Irrigation
Waste water treatment
Filtration plant (e.g. reverse osmosis and ultra filtration)
Industrial water applications

Mode of operation
The flow measuring principle is based on Faradays law of electromagnetic induction were the sensor converts the flow into an
electrical voltage proportional to the velocity of the flow.

Function

Highly resistant to a wide range of chemicals


- OIML R49 and PTB approved
- conforms to ISO 4064 and EN 14154
- MI-001 Custody Transfer approval for billing
Meets EEC directives: PED, 97/23/EC pressure directive for
EN1092-1 flanges
Simple onsite or factory upgrade to IP68/NEMA 6P of a standard sensor.

Integration
The SITRANS F M MAGFLO MAG 5100 W is an electromagnetic
flow sensor designed to meet ground water, drinking water,
waste water, sewage or sludge applications.

Benefits

The complete flowmeter consists of a flow sensor and an associated transmitter SITRANS F M MAGFLO MAG 5000,
MAG 6000 or MAG 6000 I.
The flexible communication concept USM II simplifies integration and update to a variety of fieldbus systems, e.g. HART,
PROFIBUS DP & PA, MODBUS RTU/RS485.

DN 25 to DN 1200 (1 to 48)
Connection flanges EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501), ANSI, AWWA and
AS.
NBR Hard Rubber liner for all water applications
Drinking water EPDM liner with approvals
Hastelloy integrated grounding and measuring electrodes
Increased low flow accuracy for water leak detection, due to
coned liner design.
Drinking water approvals
Suitable for direct burial and constant flooding
Build-in length according to ISO 13359
Easy commissioning, SENSORPROM unit automatically uploads calibration values and settings.
Designed that patented in-situ verification can be conducted.
Using SENSORPROM fingerprint.

Siemens FI 01 2008

4/57

SITRANS F flowmeters
SITRANS F M
MAGFLO MAG 5100 W

Technical specifications
Design

Full bore sensor

Coned bore sensor

Full bore sensor

Nominal size

DN 25 ... 40 (1 ... 1)

DN 50 ... 300 (2 ... 12)

DN 350 ... 1200 (14 ... 48)

Measuring principle

Electromagnetic induction

Excitation frequency

12.5 Hz

50 ... 65 mm (2 ... 2): 12.5 Hz


80 ... 150 mm (3 ... 6): 6.25 Hz
200 ... 300 mm (8 ... 12):
3.125 Hz

DN 350 ... 450 (14" ... 18"): 3.125 Hz


DN 500 ... 1200 (20" ... 48"):
1.5625 Hz

PN 40 (580 psi)

50 ... 300 mm: PN 16


(2 ... 12: 230 psi)
200 ... 300 mm: PN 10
(8 ... 12: 145 psi)

PN 10 (145 psi)
PN 16 (230 psi)

Process connection
Flanges
EN 1092-1

4
ANSI B16.5

Class 150 lb

Class 150 lb ~20 bar (290 psi)

--

AWWA C-207

--

--

28 ... 48: Class D

AS4087

PN 16 (230 psi) DN 50 ... 1200 (2" ... 48"), 14 bar (232 psi)

Rated Operation conditions


Ambient temperature
Sensor

-40 ... +70 C (-40 ... +158 F)

With compact transmitter


MAG 5000/6000

-20 ... +50 C (-4 ... +122 F)

With compact transmitter


MAG 6000 I

-20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)

Operating pressure

0.01 ... 40 bar (0.15 ... 580 psi)

0.03 ... 20 bar (0.44 ... 290 psi)

0.01 ... 16 bar (0.15 ... 232 psi)

Enclosure rating
Standard

IP67 to EN 60529 / NEMA 4X/6 (1 mH2O for 30 minutes)

Option

IP68 to EN 60529 / NEMA 6P (10 mH2O continuously)

Pressure drop at 3 m/s (10 ft/s)

As straight pipe

Max. 25 mbar (0.36 psi)

As straight pipe

Medium conditions
Temperature of medium
NBR

-10 ... +70 C (14 ... +158 F)

EPDM

-10 ... +70 C (14 ... +158 F)

EMC

89/336 EEC

Design
Weight

See dimensional drawings

Material
Housing and flanges

Carbon steel, St 37.2

Terminal box

Standard Fibre glass reinforced polyamide

Measuring pipe

AISI 304 (1.4301)

Liner

NBR Hard Rubber (hydro carbon resistent)


EPDM

Electrodes

Hastelloy C276

Grounding electrodes standard

Hastelloy C276

Certificates and approvals


Custody Transfer (only together with OIML R 49 cold water
MAG 5000/6000 CT)
MI 001 cold water
Approvals

DN 50 ... 300 (2 ... 12")


DN 50 ... 300 (2 ... 12")

FM Class 1, Div 2
CSA Class1, Div 2

Drinking water approvals


EPDM

NSF61 (Cold water, US)


WRAS (WRc,
BS6920 cold water, GB)
ACS listed (F),
KTW D1 & D2, DVGW W270 (D)
Belaqua (B)

NBR

NSF61 (Cold water, US)

Approvals

PED 97/23 EC1), CRN

1)

For sizes larger than 600 mm (24) in PN 16 PED conformity is available as a cost added option. The basic unit will carry the LVD (Low Voltage Directive) and
EMC approval.

4/58

Siemens FI 01 2008

SITRANS F flowmeters
SITRANS F M
MAGFLO MAG 5100 W
Order No.

Selection and Ordering data

Order No.

Selection and Ordering data

SITRANS F M Flowsensor MAGFLO MAG 5100 W F) 7ME6520Hastelloy electrodes, carbon steel flanges
777 1 7 - 2 777

SITRANS F M Flowsensor MAGFLO MAG 5100 W F) 7ME6520Hastelloy electrodes, carbon steel flanges
777 1 7 - 2 777

Diameter

Cable glands/terminal box


Metric
" NPT

DN 25 (1)
DN 40 (1)
DN 50 (2)

} 2D
} 2R
} 2Y

DN 65 (2)
DN 80 (3)
DN 100 (4)

} 3F
} 3M
} 3T

DN 125 (5)
DN 150 (6)
DN 200 (8)

} 4B
} 4H
} 4P

DN 250 (10)
DN 300 (12)
DN 350 (14)

} 4V
} 5D
} 5K

DN 400 (16)
DN 450 (18)
DN 500 (20)

1
2

} Available ex stock.

Order code

Selection and Ordering data


Additional information
Please add -Z to Order No. and specify Order
code(s) and plain text.
Customer specific converter setup

Y20

Tag name plate, stainless steel fixed with SS wire


(add plain text)

Y17

} 5R
} 5Y
} 6F

Tag name plate, plastic (self adhesive)

Y18

Factory certificate according to EN 10204-2.1

C15

DN 600 (24)
DN 700 (28)
DN 750 (30)

Factory certificate according to EN 10204-2.2

C14

} 6P
} 6Y
} 7D

Sensor cables wired (specify cable order no.)

Y40
Y41

DN 800 (32)
DN 900 (36)
DN 1000 (40)

} 7H
} 7M
} 7R

Sensor for remote transmitter's junction box potted to


IP68 with wired cable (specify cable order no.)
Other postproduction requirements (add desired text)

Y99

42
44
DN 1200 (48)

} 7U
} 7V
} 8B

Description
Potting kit for terminal box
of MAGFLO sensors for
IP68/NEMA 6P

Order No.

Symbol

F) FDK-085U0220

Flange norm and pressure rating


to EN 1092-1
PN 10 (DN 200 ... 1200/8 ... 48)
PN 16 (DN 50 ... 1200/2 ... 48)
PN 16, non PED (DN 700 ... 1200/28 ... 48)
PN 40 (DN 25 ... 40/1 ... 1)
to ANSI B16.5
class 150 (1 ... 24)

}
}
}

B
C
D
F

to AWWA C-207
Class D (28 ... 48)

MAG 5000/6000 transmitters and sensors are packed in separate boxes, the final assembly takes place during installation at
the customer's place. MAG 6000 I transmitters and sensors are
delivered compact mounted from factory.
Communication module will be pre-mounted in the transmitter.
Please use online Product selector to get latest updates.

Product selector link: www.pia-selector.com/its_main_en.asp

to AS 4087
PN 16

Please also see www.siemens.com/SITRANSFordering


for practical examples of ordering

Liner material
EPDM
NBR Hard Rubber

2
3

Transmitter
Sensor for remote transmitter (Order transmitter
separately)
MAG 6000 I, Aluminum, 18 ... 90 V DC,
115 ... 230 V AC

MAG 6000, Polyamid, 11 ... 30 V DC/11 ... 24V AC


MAG 6000, Polyamid, 115/230 V AC
MAG 5000, Polyamid, 11 ... 30 V DC/11 ... 24V AC

H
J
K

MAG 5000, Polyamid, 115/230 V AC

Communication
None
HART
PROFIBUS PA Profile 3
PROFIBUS DP Profile 3
MODBUS RTU/RS 485

A
B
F
G
E

F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.

Siemens FI 01 2008

4/59

SITRANS F flowmeters
SITRANS F M
MAGFLO MAG 5100 W

153 (6.0)

153 (6.0)

Dimensional drawings

M20 (" NPT)

DN 50...300

DN 25...40
DN 350...1200

M20 (" NPT)

Nominal size

L
PN 10

PN 16

PN 40

Class 150 / AWWA AS

[mm]

[inch]

[mm]

[inch]

[mm]

[inch]

[mm]

[inch]

[mm]

[inch]

[mm]

[inch]

[mm]

[inch]

25

187

7.4

200

7.9

200

7.9

200

7.87

40

197

7.8

200

7.9

200

7.9

200

7.87

50

188

7.4

200

7.9

200

7.9

200

7.87

65

194

7.6

200

7.9

200

7.9

200

7.87

80

200

7.9

200

7.9

200

7.9

200

7.87

100

207

8.1

250

9.8

250

9.8

250

9.84

125

217

8.5

250

9.8

250

9.8

250

9.84

150

232

9.1

300

11.8

300

11.8

300

11.81

200

257

10.1

350

13.8

350

13.8

350

13.8

350

13.78

250

10

284

11.2

450

17.7

450

17.7

450

17.7

450

17.72

300

12

310

12.2

500

19.7

500

19.7

500

19.7

500

19.69

350

14

382

15.0

550

21.7

550

21.7

550

21.7

550

21.65

400

16

407

16.0

600

23.6

600

23.6

600

23.6

600

23.62

450

18

438

17.2

600

23.6

600

23.6

600

23.6

600

23.62

500

20

463

18.2

600

23.6

600

23.6

600

23.6

600

23.6

600

24

514

20.2

600

23.6

600

23.6

600

23.6

600

23.6

700

28

564

22.2

700

27.6

700

27.6

700

27.6

700

27.6

750

30

591

23.3

750

29.5

750

800

32

616

24.3

800

31.5

800

31.5

800

31.5

800

31.5

900

36

663

26.1

900

35.4

900

35.4

900

35.4

900

35.4

1000

40

714

28.1

1000

39.4

1000

39.4

1000

39.4

1000

39.4

42

714

28.1

1000

39.4

44

765

30.1

1100

43.3

48

820

32.3

1200

47.2

1200

47.2

1200

47.2

1200

47.2

1200

- not available

4/60

Siemens FI 01 2008

SITRANS F flowmeters
SITRANS F M
MAGFLO MAG 5100 W
MAG 5100 W / 6000 I Compact
218 (8.58)

208 (8.19)

208 (8.19)

131 (5.16)

155 (6.10)

155 (6.10)

2 x M25

2 x M25

M20 ( NPT)

A 1

A 1

M20 ( NPT)

Nominal size

A1

L
PN 10

PN 16

PN 40

Class 150/AWWA AS

[mm]

[inch]

[mm]

[inch]

[mm]

[inch]

[mm]

[inch]

[mm]

[inch]

[mm]

[inch]

[mm]

[inch]

[mm]

25

187

7.4

340

13.4

200

7.9

200

7.9

200

[inch]
7.87

40

197

7.8

350

13.8

200

7.9

200

7.9

200

7.87

50

188

7.4

341

13.4

200

7.9

200

7.9

200

7.87

65

194

7.6

347

13.7

200

7.9

200

7.9

200

7.87

80

200

7.9

353

13.9

200

7.9

200

7.9

200

7.87

100

207

8.1

360

14.2

250

9.8

250

9.8

250

9.84

125

217

8.5

370

14.6

250

9.8

250

9.8

250

9.84

150

232

9.1

385

15.2

300

11.8

300

11.8

300

11.81

200

257

10.1

410

16.1

350

13.8

350

13.8

350

13.8

350

13.78

250

10

284

11.2

437

17.2

450

17.7

450

17.7

450

17.7

450

17.72

300

12

310

12.2

463

18.2

500

19.7

500

19.7

500

19.7

500

19.69

350

14

382

15.0

535

21.1

550

21.7

550

21.7

550

21.7

550

21.65

400

16

407

16.0

560

22.1

600

23.6

600

23.6

600

23.6

600

23.62

450

18

438

17.2

591

23.3

600

23.6

600

23.6

600

23.6

600

23.62

500

20

463

18.2

616

24.3

600

23.6

600

23.6

600

23.6

600

23.6

600

24

514

20.2

667

26.3

600

23.6

600

23.6

600

23.6

600

23.6

700

28

564

22.2

717

28.2

700

27.6

700

27.6

700

27.6

700

27.6

750

30

591

23.3

744

29.3

750

29.5

750

800

32

616

24.3

779

30.7

800

31.5

800

31.5

800

31.5

800

31.5

900

36

663

26.1

826

32.5

900

35.4

900

35.4

900

35.4

900

35.4

1000

40

714

28.1

877

34.5

1000

39.4

1000

39.4

1000

39.4

1000

39.4

42

714

28.1

877

34.5

1000

39.4

44

765

30.1

928

36.5

1100

43.3

48

820

32.3

983

38.7

1200

47.2

1200

47.2

1200

47.2

1200

47.2

1200

- not available

Siemens FI 01 2008

4/61

SITRANS F flowmeters
SITRANS F M
MAGFLO MAG 5100 W
Weight

Nominal size

PN 10

Class 150/AWWA

AS

[mm]

[inch]

[kg]

[lbs]

PN 16
[kg]

[lbs]

[kg]

PN 40
[lbs]

[kg]

[lbs]

[kg]

25

40

15

13

15

50

20

20

20

65

10.7

24

11

24

10.7

24

80

11.6

26

13

28

11.6

26

100

15.2

33

19

41

15.2

33

[lbs]

125

20.4

45

24

52

20.4

45

150

26

57

29

64

26

57

200

48

106

48

106

56

124

48

106

250

10

64

141

69

152

79

174

69

152

300

12

76

167

86

189

110

243

86

189

350

14

104

229

125

274

139

307

115

254

400

16

119

263

143

314

159

351

125

277

450

18

136

299

173

381

182

400

141

311

500

20

163

359

223

491

225

495

189

418

600

24

236

519

338

744

320

704

301

664
704

700

28

270

595

314

692

273

602

320

750

30

329

725

800

32

346

763

396

873

365

804

428

944

900

36

432

951

474

1043

495

1089

619

1362

1000

40

513

1130

600

1321

583

1282

636

1399

42

687

1512

44

763

1680

48

643

1415

885

1948

861

1896

813

1789

1200

- not available
With transmitter MAG 5000 and MAG 6000 compact, weight is increased by approximately 0.8 kg (1.8 lbs), with MAG 6000 I, weight is increased by 5.5 kg
(12.1 lb).

4/62

Siemens FI 01 2008

Kamstrup

BTU Meter

MULTICAL 602

& ULTRAFLOW 14 Cooling


d ata s h e e t
Moisture resistant flowpart
Ultrasonic flow sensor
Large dynamic range
Exceptionally accurate
Longevity
24 VAC, 230 VAC or 13 years battery supply
Data logging for 1392 hours, 460 days, 36 months and 15
years
Room for two extra plug-in modules
- Top module: Clock back-up, CE+CV outputs, PQ-limiter
and M-Bus
- Base module: M-Bus, RF/Router, LonWorks, 0/420 mA
outputs and pulse inputs for electricity and water meters

Application
MULTICAL 602 and ULTRAFLOW 14
are used for measurement of cooling
in all water based plants with flow
temperatures from 2C to 50C and
with ULTRAFLOW 14 between
qp 1.5 m/h and qp 100 m/h.
The meter is simple to install, read
and test.
MULTICAL 602 and ULTRAFLOW 14
contributes to keeping the annual
operating costs at a minimum with its
unique combination of high measuring accuracy and long lifetime.
MULTICAL 602 receives volume
pulses from the connected
ULTRAFLOW 14 and calculates the
energy for every predetermined water
volume. The energy calculation includes temperature measurements in
flow and return

as well as correction for density and


heat content according to EN 1434.
MULTICAL 602 and ULTRAFLOW 14
can be supplied by either battery,
230 VAC or 24 VAC.
MULTICAL 602 can be extended with
two internal modules a top module
with clock backup, pulse outputs,
M-Bus or valve control and a base
module with M-Bus, radio, LonWorks
or 0/420 mA outputs. Furthermore,
the base module includes two
additional pulse inputs for connection
of water and electricity meters, making
it possible to collect all consumption
data with one single automatic data
reading.
ULTRAFLOW 14 is a static flow sensor
based on the ultrasonic measuring

principle for use in cooling installations where water is used as the energy
conveying medium.
ULTRAFLOW 14 is not suitable for
use with other media than water and
should therefore not be used with e.g.
non-freezing additives like glycol.
The flow is measured using bidirectional ultrasonic technique based on
the transit time method, with proven
long-term stability and accuracy. Two
ultrasonic transducers are used to
send the sound signal both against
and with the flow direction.
The ultrasonic signal travelling with
the flow direction reaches the opposite transducer first. The time difference between the two signals can be
converted into a flow velocity and thus
a volume.

Industrivej 28, Stilling DK-8660 Skanderborg Tel: +45 89 93 10 00 Fax: +45 89 93 10 01 info@kamstrup.com www.kamstrup.com

MULTICAL 602 & ULTRAFLOW 14 COOLING


DATA sheet

Content

Calculator functions

Electrical data

Flow data

10

Pressure loss

10

Pressure loss chart

10

Mechanical data

11

Materials 11
Order specifications

12

Accessories 14

Dimensional sketches calculator

15

Dimensional sketches temperature sensors

15

Dimensional sketches flow sensors

16

Installation of calculator

18

Installation example with suspension

18

Mounting of flow sensors

19

Installation of temperature sensors

19

Mounting of ULTRAFLOW 14

20

58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

MULTICAL 602 & ULTRAFLOW 14 COOLING


D A T A SHEE T

Calculator functions
Energy calculation
MULTICAL 602 calculates energy based on the formula in EN 1434-1:2007, in which the international
temperature scale from 1990 (ITS-90) and the pressure definition of 16 bar is used.
The energy calculation can in a simplified way be expressed as:
Energy = V x x k.
V

is the supplied water volume

is the temperature difference measured

is the thermal coefficient of water

The calculator always calculates energy in [Wh], and then it is converted into the selected measuring
unit.

E [Wh] =

V x x k x 1.000

E [kWh] =

E [Wh] / 1.000

E [MWh] =

E [Wh] / 1.000.000

E [GJ] =

E [Wh] / 277.780

E [Gcal] =

E [Wh] / 1.163.100

Application
MULTICAL 602 operates with 9 different energy formulas, E1...E9, that are all calculated in parallel in
connection with each integration no matter how the meter is configured.
In connection with cooling the following energy calculations are used:
E3=V1(T2-T1)

Cooling energy

E8=m x T1

(Flow pipe)

E9=m x T2

(Return pipe)

(V1 in flow or return)

Closed thermal system with 1 flow sensor

58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

MULTICAL 602 & ULTRAFLOW 14 COOLING


DATA sheet

Calculator functions
Flow measurement
The flow indication is updated every 10 seconds.

Power measurement
MULTICAL 602 calculates current power on the basis of current water flow and the temperature difference measured in connection with the latest integration.
Current power is updated in the display simultaneously with the flow update.

Min. and max. flow and power


MULTICAL 602 registers minimum and maximum flow and power on a monthly as well as on a yearly
basis. The registrations which appear from the display or can be read via data communication include
max. and min. flow and power values, all with date indication.
All max. and min. values are calculated as largest and smallest average respectively of a number of current flow or power measurements. The average period used for all calculations is selected in the interval
11440 min.

Temperature measurement
MULTICAL 602 and ULTRAFLOW 14 is delivered with Pt500 sensors in 2-wire versions.
The measuring circuit includes a high resolution analog/digital converter with a temperature range of
0.00185.00C.
In addition to current temperatures for the energy calculation average temperatures on a yearly and
monthly basis can also be displayed.

58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

MULTICAL 602 & ULTRAFLOW 14 COOLING


D A T A SHEE T

Calculator functions
Display functions
MULTICAL 602 is equipped with a clear LC display including 8 digits, units of measurement and information panel. In connection with energy and volume readings 7 digits and the units of measurement to
match are used, whereas 8 digits are used when e.g. meter number is read.
As a starting point the display shows accumulated energy. When the push buttons are activated the
display reacts immediately by calling other readings. The display automatically returns to accumulated
energy reading 4 minutes after the latest activation of the push buttons.

MULTICAL 602

The upper push button is used to switch between the primary readings. The consumers typically use the first primary
readings in connection with self-reading for billing purposes.
The lower push button is used to show secondary information on the selected primary reading.

Set/reset function
The set/reset function of MULTICAL 602 makes it possible to change a number of parameters by means
of the two buttons on the meters front.
The following parameters can be changed:










Date
Hour
Input A (preset of register)
Input B (preset of register)
Meter no. of Input A
Meter no. of Input B
Pulse value for Input A
Pulse value for Input B
Primary M-Bus address
Operating hour counter (reset)
Info-event counter (reset)

As the installation seal is broken, the change can only be made by the energy supplier.

58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

MULTICAL 602 & ULTRAFLOW 14 COOLING


DATA sheet

Calculator functions
Info codes
MULTICAL constantly monitors a number of important functions, e.g. power supply and temperature
sensors. Should a serious error occur in the measuring system or in the installation, a flashing info will
appear in the display whilst the error exists. The Info panel will automatically disappear when the error
has been corrected.
An Info Event Logger indicates how many times the info code has been changed.
The info logger stores the latest 50 changes, of which 36 can be displayed.
Info
code

Description
0

No irregularities

Supply voltage connected after cut off

T2 sensor outside range, short-circuited or cut off

T1 sensor outside range, short-circuited or cut off

Info
code
16

ULTRAFLOW 14 info (if activated CCC=4XX)


Flow sensor V1, datacomm error, signal too low
or wrong flow direction

2048

Flow sensor V1, wrong meter factor

4096

Flow sensor V1, signal too low (Air)

16384

Flow sensor V1, wrong flow direction

Data loggers
MULTICAL 602 contains a permanent memory (EEPROM), where the results of a number of various data
loggers are stored. The meter contains the following data loggers which can be read on the display or via
serial data:
Data logging interval

Data logging depth

Logged value

Yearly logger

15 years

Counter registers
(as seen on the display)

Monthly logger

36 months

Counter registers
(as seen on the display)

Daily logger

460 days

Consumption (increase)/day

Hourly logger

1392 hours

Consumption (increase)/hour

Programmable data logger


(option)

1080 loggings
(e.g. 45 days hour loggings or
11 days 15 min. loggings)

Up to 40 optional registers and


values

Info logger

50 events

Info code and date

58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

MULTICAL 602 & ULTRAFLOW 14 COOLING


D A T A SHEE T

Calculator functions
Voltage supply
MULTICAL 602 is available with battery supply, 230 VAC mains module, or 24 VAC mains module. The
supply modules are exchangeable without breaking the verification seal.

Plug-in modules
Plug-in modules can be added to MULTICAL 602 both in the calculator top (top modules) and in the
base unit (base modules), in this way the meter can adapt to various applications and data reading
methods.

Programming and testing


METERTOOL for MULTICAL 602 is a Windows -based software which includes all facilities for calculator
programming. If the software is used together with VERIFICATION EQUIPMENT for MULTICAL 602, the
calculator can be tested.

Tariff functions
MULTICAL 602 has 2 extra registers TA2 and TA3 to accumulate energy
parallelly to the main register based on a programmed tariff condition.
No matter which tariff type you select the tariff registers will be displayed
as TA2 and TA3.
The main register is always accumulated, irrespective of the selected tariff function, as it is considered the legal billing register. Tariff conditions
TL2 and TL3 are monitored before each integration. If the tariff conditions are fulfilled, the consumed cooling energy is accumulated in either
TA2 or TA3, as well as the main register.

Pulse outputs CE and CV


MULTICAL 602 has pulse outputs for energy and volume pulses respectively. CE on terminals 16-17 releases one pulse per least significant digit of the energy count in the display and CV on terminals 18-19
releases one pulse per least significant digit of the volume count in the
display.
If a higher resolution of pulse outputs is required, a CCC code with high
resolution must be selected.

Pulse inputs VA and VB


MULTICAL 602 has two extra pulse inputs, VA and VB, to collect and
accumulate pulses remotely, e.g from cold-water meters and electricity
meters. The pulse inputs are physically placed on the base modules.
The pulse inputs VA and VB function independently of the other inputs/
outputs.

58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

MULTICAL 602 & ULTRAFLOW 14 COOLING


DATA sheet

Electrical data
Typical accuracy
Calculator
Sensor set
Flow sensor

EC (0.15 + 2/)%
ET (0.4 + 4/)%
EF (1 + 0.01 x qp/q)%

Supply voltage

3.6 VDC 0.1 V

Battery

3.65 VDC, D-cell lithium

Stand-by current

< 85 A

Replacement interval
Mounted on wall

12+1 years @ tBAT < 30C


The replacement interval is reduced when using data modules,
frequent data communication or high ambient temperature

Mains supply

230 VAC +15/-30%, 50/60 Hz


24 VAC 50%, 50/60 Hz

Insulation voltage

4 kV

Power supply

<1W

Backup supply

Integral super-cap eliminates operational stop-down due to


shortterm power cuts (this only applies for supply modules type
602-0000-7 and 602-0000-8).

EMC data

Domestic and light industrial

Calculator data
Display

LCD 7 (8) digits with a digit heigth of 7.6 mm

Resolution

9999.999 99999.99 999999.9 9999999

Energy units

MWh kWh GJ Gcal

Temperature range

: 0.01...180C

Differential range

: 0.01...170 K

Data logger (Eeprom)


Standard
Option

1392 hours, 460 days, 36 months, 15 years, 50 info codes


Data loggers with larger depth and hour interval

Clock/calendar

Clock, calendar, leap-year compensation, target date, Real time


clock with battery back-up

Data communication

KMP protocol with CRC16 used for optical communication and


for top and base modules

Power in temperature sensors

< 10 W RMS

Temperature measurement
Sensor inputs T1, T2
Measuring range
Max. cable lengths
Pt500, 2-wire

0.00185.00C
2 x 0.25 mm: 10 m
2 x 0.50 mm: 20 m

58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

MULTICAL 602 & ULTRAFLOW 14 COOLING


D A T A SHEE T

Electrical data
Pulse inputs without bounce damping VA and VB
VA: 65-66 og VB: 67-68

Water meter connection


FF(VA) and GG(VB) = 7190

Electricity meter connection


FF(VA) and GG(VB) = 5060

Pulse input

680 k pull-up to 3.6 V

680 k pull-up to 3.6 V

Pulse ON

< 0.4 V for > 30 msec.

< 0.4 V for > 30 msec.

Pulse OFF

> 2.5 V for > 100 msec.

> 2.5 V for > 100 msec.

Pulse frequency

< 1 Hz

< 3 Hz

Electrical isolation

No

No

Max. cable length

25 m

25 m
Leakage current at function open < 1A

Requirements to external contact


Pulse inputs with bounce damping VA and VB
VA: 65-66 og VB: 67-68

Water meter connection


FF(VA) and GG(VB) = 0140

Pulse input

680 k pull-up to 3.6 V

Pulse ON

< 0.4 V for > 200 msec.

Pulse OFF

> 2.5 V for > 500 msec.

Pulse frequency

< 1 Hz

Electrical isolation

No

Max. cable length

25 m

Requirements to external contact

Leakage current at function open < 1A

Pulse outputs CE and CV

Via top module 67-OB

Via top module 602-OC

Type

Opto FET

Open collector (OB)

Pulse length

Optional 32 msec. or 100 msec.

External voltage

548 VDC/AC

530 VDC

Current

150 mA

110 mA

Residual voltage

RON 40

UCE 1 V at 10 mA

Electrical isolation

2 kV

2 kV

Max. cable length

25 m

25 m

58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

MULTICAL 602 & ULTRAFLOW 14 COOLING


DATA sheet

Flow data

*)
**)

Flow @125 Hz **)

p@qp

Min. cut off

qs :qp

[m /h]

[bar]

[l/h]

1:100

2:1

4.5

0.22

1:100

2:1

7.5

0.03

1:100

2:1

0.07

25

1:100

2:1

18

0.20

12

DN40

15

1:100

2:1

30

0.06

20

15

DN50

10

1:100

2:1

45

0.14

30

25

DN65

1:100

2:1

75

0.06

50

40

DN80

1:100

2:1

90

0.05

80

60

DN100

2.5

1:100

2:1

180

0.03

120

100

DN100

1.5

1:100

2:1

300

0.07

200

Nom. flow qp

Nom.

Meter factor *)

Dynamic range

[m /h]

diameter

[imp./l]

qi:qp

1.5

DN15 & DN20

100

2.5

DN20

60

3.5

DN25

50

DN25

10

The meter factor can be seen on the label on the side of the meter.
Saturation flow. Max. pulse frequency 128 Hz is maintained at higher flow rates.

Pressure loss
Graph

*)

qp
[m3/h]

Nom. diameter

k v*)

Q@0.25 bar
[m3/h]

0.6 & 1.5

DN15 & DN20

3.2

1.6

2.5 & 3.5 & 6

DN20 & DN25

13.4

6.7

10 & 15

DN40 & DN50

40

20

25 & 40

DN65 & DN80 x 350

102

51

40

DN80

179

90

60 & 100

DN100

373

187

q=kv x p

Pressure loss chart

UF-54_TB_Tryktab_2007-10-03_Redigering_2009-08-21.xls

Dp 65-5

p ULTRAFLOW 54

Dp ULTRAFLOW 14
A

p [bar]

0,1

0,01
0,1

10

3
Flow[m
[m/h]/h]
Flow

10

100

1000

58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

MULTICAL 602 & ULTRAFLOW 14 COOLING


D A T A SHEE T

Mechanical data
Environmental class

Meets EN 1434 Class A

Ambient temperature

555C non condensing, closed location (indoor installation)

Protection class
Calculator
Flow sensor

IP54
IP65

Storage temperature

-2060C (drained flow meter)

Weight
MULTICAL 602
ULTRAFLOW 14

0.4 kg excluding sensors and flow sensor


See Dimension sketches on page 16-17

Flow sensor cable


(between flowpart and calculator)

2.5 m
Must not be removed/changed

Connection cables

3.5...6 mm

Supply cable

5...10 mm

Materials
MULTICAL 602
Top cover

Thermoplastic, PC

Base unit

Thermoplastic, PP with thermoplastic elastomer TPE gaskets

Print box

Thermoplastic, ABS

Wall bracket

Thermoplastic, PC 30% GF

ULTRAFLOW 14

Wetted parts
ULTRAFLOW 14, qp 1.5 m3/h
Housing, gland

Dezincification resistant brass

Transducers

Stainless steel, W.no. 1.4401

Gaskets EPDM
Reflectors

Thermoplastic, PES 30% GF and stainless steel, W.no. 1.4301

Measuring pipe

Thermoplastic, PES 30% GF

ULTRAFLOW 14, qp 2.5 to 100 m3/h


Housing, gland

Dezincification resistant brass

Housing, flange

Red brass, RG5 or stainless steel W.no. 1.4308


(see Order specification)

Transducers

Stainless steel, W.no. 1.4401

Gaskets EPDM
Measuring pipe

Thermoplastic, PES 30% GF

Reflectors

Stainless steel, W.no. 1.4301

Electronic housing

58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

Base

Thermoplastic, PBT 30% GF

Lid

Thermoplastic, PC 10% GF

11

MULTICAL 602 & ULTRAFLOW 14 COOLING


DATA sheet

Order specifications
MULTICAL 602

Type 602-

Sensor connection
Pt100 2-wire (T1-T2)
A
Pt500 4-wire (T1-T2)
B
Pt500 2-wire (T1-T2-T3)
C
Pt500 4-wire (T1-T2) w/24 V pulse inputs
D
Top module
No module
0
RTC + PQ or t-limiter + hourly data logger
3
RTC + data output + hourly data logger
5
RTC + M-Bus
7
RTC + 2 pulse outputs for CE and CV + prog. data logger
B
2 pulse outputs CE and CV
C
Base module
No module
00
Data + pulse inputs
10
M-Bus + pulse inputs
20
Radio Router + pulse inputs
21
Prog. datalogger + RTC + 420 mA inputs + pulse inputs
22
0/420 mA outputs
23
LonWorks, FTT-10A + pulse inputs
24
Radio + pulse inputs (internal antenna) 434 or 444 MHz
25
Radio + pulse inputs (external antenna connection) 434 or 444 MHz
26
M-Bus module with alternative registers + pulse inputs
27
M-Bus module with medium data package + pulse inputs
28
M-Bus module with MC-III data package + pulse inputs
29
Wireless M-Bus Mode C1 + pulse inputs
30
ZigBee 2.4 GHz int.ant. + pulse inputs
60
Metasys N2 (RS485) + pulse inputs
62
SIOX module (Auto detect Baud rate)
64
GSM/GPRS (GSM6H)
80
Require High Power supply modules
Ethernet/IP (IP201)
82
High Power Radio Router + pulse inputs
84
Supply
No supply
Battery, D-cell
230 VAC High Power isolated SMPS
24 VAC High Power isolated SMPS
230 VAC isolated linear supply
24 VAC isolated linear supply
Pt500 sensor set
No sensor set
Pocket sensor set w/1.5 m cable
Pocket sensor set w/3.0 m cable
Pocket sensor set w/5 m cable
Pocket sensor set w/10 m cable
Short direct sensor set w/1.5 m cable
Short direct sensor set w/3.0 m cable
Flow sensor/pick-up unit
Supplied w/1 ULTRAFLOW
(Please specify type)
Supplied w/2 (identical) ULTRAFLOW
(Please specify type)
Prepared for 1 ULTRAFLOW
(Please specify type)
Prepared for 2 (identical) ULTRAFLOW
(Please specify type)
Prepared for meters w/electronic pulse output
Prepared for meters w/reed switch output (both V1 and V2)
Prepared for meters w/24 V active pulses
Meter type
Heat meter (MID module B + D)
Heat meter, closed systems
Cooling meter
Heat/cooling meter
Volume meter, hot water
Volume meter, cooling water
Energy meter, open systems
Country code (language on label etc.)

0
2
3
4
7
8
00
0A
0B
0C
0D
0F
0G
1
2
7
8
K
L
M
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
XX

When placing orders please state ULTRAFLOW type numbers separately.

12

58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

MULTICAL 602 & ULTRAFLOW 14 COOLING


D A T A SHEE T

Order specifications
The list below shows type numbers for ULTRAFLOW 14
Type number *)

*)

qp

qi

qs

[m/h]

[m/h]

[l/h]

65-1-CDAA-XXX

1.5

0.015

3.0

65-1-CDAD-XXX

1.5

0.015

65-1-CDAF-XXX

1.5

0.015

65-1-CEAF-XXX

2.5

65-1-CGAG-XXX

Connection

Length

Meter factor

CCC

[mm]

[pulses/l]

(high res.)

Material

GB(R)

110

100

419 (407)

Brass

3.0

G1B (R)

130

100

419 (407)

Brass

3.0

G1B (R)

190

100

419 (407)

Brass

0.025

5.0

G1B(R)

190

60

498

Brass

3.5

0.035

7.0

G5/4B (R1)

260

50

451 (436)

Brass

65-1-CHAG-XXX

6.0

0.06

12

G5/4B (R1)

260

25

437 (438)

Brass

65-1-CHBB-XXX

6.0

0.06

12

DN25

260

25

437 (438)

Red brass

65-1-CHCB-XXX

6.0

0.06

12

DN25

260

25

437 (438)

Stainless steel

65-1-CJAJ-XXX

10

0.1

20

G2B (R1)

300

15

478 (483)

Brass

65-1-CJBD-XXX

10

0.1

20

DN40

300

15

478 (483)

Red brass

65-1-CJCD-XXX

10

0.1

20

DN40

300

15

478 (483)

Stainless steel

65-1-CKCE-XXX

15

0.15

30

DN50

270

10

420 (485)

Stainless steel

65-1-CLCG-XXX

25

0.25

50

DN65

300

479

Stainless steel

65-1-CMCH-XXX

40

0.4

80

DN80

300

458 (486)

Stainless steel

65-1-FACL-XXX

60

0.6

120

DN100

360

2.5

470 (487)

Stainless steel

65-1-FBCL-XXX

100

200

DN100

360

1.5

480 (488)

Stainless steel

XXX-code pertaining to final assembly, approvals etc. is determined by Kamstrup A/S. Some variants may not be included in national versions.

58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

13

MULTICAL 602 & ULTRAFLOW 14 COOLING


DATA sheet

Accessories
Calculator
Description

Type No.

D-cell battery

66-00-200-100

230 VAC High Power isolated SMPS

60200003000000

24 VAC High Power isolated SMPS

60200004000000

230 VAC isolated linear supply

60200007000000

24 VAC isolated linear supply

60200008000000

Data cable w/USB plug

66-99-098

Infrared optical reading head w/USB plug

66-99-099

Infrared optical reading head w/D-sub 9F

66-99-102

Data cable RS232, D-sub 9F

66-99-106

Verification unit (used with METERTOOL)

66-99-397/-398/-399

METERTOOL for MULTICAL 602

66-99-718

METERTOOL LogView for MULTICAL 602

66-99-719

Temperatur sensors
Description
Change-over nipple M10 - R for direct short temperature sensor

65-56-491

Change-over nipple M10 - R for direct short temperature sensor

65-56-492

Sensor pocket, length = 65 mm

65-57-324

Sensor pocket, length = 90 mm

65-57-327

Sensor pocket, length = 140 mm

65-57-314

Flow sensors
Glands including gaskets (PN16)
Size

Nipple

Union

Type No.

2 pcs.

DN15

6561-323

DN20

G1

6561-324

DN25

R1

G5/4

6561-325

DN32

R5/4

G1

6561-314

DN40

R1

G2

6561-315

Gaskets for glands

Gaskets for flange meters (PN25)


Size

Type No.

Size (union)

Type No.

DN20

2210-147

2210-061

DN25

2210-133

G1

2210-062

DN40

2210-132

G5/4

2210-063

DN50

2210-099

2210-064

DN65

2210-141

G2

2210-065

DN80

2210-140

DN100

1150-142

Please contact Kamstrup A/S for questions concerning further accessories.

14

58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

MULTICAL 602 & ULTRAFLOW 14 COOLING


D A T A SHEE T

Dimensional sketches calculator


Front dimensions of MULTICAL 602

Wall-mounted MULTICAL 602 seen from the side

MULTICAL 602

Dimensional sketches temperature sensors


Direct short sensor

Pocket sensor

NV 12

Change-over nipples for direct short sensor

Sensor pocket

NV 22
65 mm

NV 22

NV 22
90 mm
NV 27

NV 22
140 mm

R and R thread according to ISO 7.1.

58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

15

MULTICAL 602 & ULTRAFLOW 14 COOLING


DATA sheet

Dimensional sketches flow sensors


ULTRAFLOW 14, G and G1

Thread ISO 228-1


Thread
G

H2

B1

B2

H1

App. weight [kg]

110

L/2

89

10.5

58

35

55

0.8

G1

130

L/2

89

20.5

58

35

55

0.9

G1(qp 1.5)

190

L/2

89

20.5

58

35

55

1.4

G1(qp 2.5)

190

L/2

89

20.5

58

36

55

1.3

ULTRAFLOW 14, G5/4 and G2

Thread ISO 228-1


Thread

H2

B1

B2

H1

App. weight [kg]

G5/4

260

L/2

89

17

58

22

55

2.3

G2

300

L/2

89

21

65

31

55

4.5

16

58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

MULTICAL 602 & ULTRAFLOW 14 COOLING


D A T A SHEE T

Dimensional sketches flow sensors


ULTRAFLOW 14, DN20 to DN50

Flange EN 1092, type B, PN25


Bolts

Nom.
diameter

App. weight

H2

B1

No.

Thread

d2

[kg]

DN25

260

L/2

89

58

115

106

85

M12

14

5.0

DN40

300

L/2

89

<D/2

150

136

110

M16

18

8.3

DN50

270

155

89

<D/2

165

145

125

M16

18

10.1

ULTRAFLOW 14, DN65, DN80 and DN100

Flange EN 1092, type B, PN25


Bolts

Nom.
diameter
DN65

App. weight

H2

B1

No.

Thread

d2

[kg]

300

170

89

<H/2

185

168

145

M16

18

13.2

DN80

300

170

89

<H/2

200

184

160

M16

18

16.8

DN80

350

170

89

<H/2

200

184

160

M16

18

18.6

DN100

360

210

89

<H/2

235

220

190

M20

22

21.7

58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

17

MULTICAL 602 & ULTRAFLOW 14 COOLING


DATA sheet

Installation of calculator

Front, vertical

Front, at an angle
between horizontal and
vertical

Note! Cables must be installed from below.

Front, horizontal

MULTICAL 602

Installation example with suspension

Note:
The suspension must not be used on condensing pipes.
Suspension kit item no. 5915-144. Not included.

18

58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

MULTICAL 602 & ULTRAFLOW 14 COOLING


D A T A SHEE T

Installation of temperature sensors

Temperature sensors must be mounted from below

Mounting of flow sensors


Before mounting the flow sensor, flush the system thoroughly and remove protection plugs/plastic membranes from the flow sensor. Correct flow sensor position (flow or return pipe) appears from the front label
placed on the MULTICAL 602. The flow direction is indicated by an arrow on the side of the flow sensor.

Gasket

Gasket
Torgue approx. 4 Nm
Glands and gaskets must be mounted as shown on the drawing above.
Straight inlet: ULTRAFLOW 14 requires neither straight inlet nor outlet to meet the Measuring Instruments Directive (MID) 2004/22/EC, OIML R75:2002 and EN 1434:2007. Only in case of heavy flow
disturbances before the meter will a straight inlet section be necessary. We recommend to follow the
guidelines in CEN CR 13582.
To prevent cavitation, the operating pressure at the ULTRAFLOW 14 must be min. 1.5 bar at qp and
min. 2.5 bar at qs.
ULTRAFLOW 14 must not be exposed to pressures below ambient pressure (vacuum).

58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

19

MULTICAL 602 & ULTRAFLOW 14 COOLING


DATA sheet

Mounting of ULTRAFLOW 14
ULTRAFLOW 14 must be mounted vertically, horizontally or at any angle in between.
ULTRAFLOW 14 may be turned up to 45 in relation to horizontal.

The ULTRAFLOW 14 housing must not be mounted facing upwards or downwards.

20

58101016_A1_GB_11.2011

QNM BMS Scope of Works Letter

QNM BMS PICV Compatibility Letter

Product Assurance Letter

February 22nd 2013

RE: Qatar National Museum


I/A Series Product Support Assurance

Dear Sir
In keeping with Schneider Electrics customers for life policy this letter is
intended to provide an assurance of continued availability of service and support
for current generation products for 10 years from the date of the formal market
announcement of a new generation system platform.
Schneider Electric develops and will provide software, communication interfaces
and services that are used to integrate or transition currently installed systems into
the latest generation of products, this will include I/A Series MNB and MNL field
controllers.
As is the case with any electronics manufacturer, the assurance to support mature
products relies upon the continued availability of essential electronic components
purchased from a number of important suppliers.
Should parts become unavailable, Schneider Electric will search diligently for
replacements. If they cannot be found Schneider Electric will support the
customer and assist in identifying a practical evolution for their current installed
base to a newer platform.
If you have questions or concerns about this please contact me directly.

Sincerely,

Robert Hemmerdinger
Global Director of iBMS
Offer Management, Building Business

Schneider Electric
One High Street
North Andover, MA 01845

Phone +1 978-975-9470
Fax
+1 978-975-9698
Web
www.schneider-electric.com

Letter of Support Procedures

Buildings Business
June 10, 2013

Mr. Simon Barden / Mr. Khaled Abou Alfa


Ove Arup & Partners Ltd
13 Fitzroy Street,
London W1T 4BQ
Subject: Qatar National Museum

Dear Sirs,

Schneider Electric is committed to providing sophisticated, energy efficient and reliable Building Management
Systems (BMS). Over the last decade, the company has acquired a number of BMS manufacturers with the
intention of bringing these systems together into a single platform for the future.
Our SmartStruxure solution, powered by StruxureWare Building Operation software, is the new integrated
platform solution that combines hardware, software, engineering, installation, and services. This industry leading
technology allows for extended convergence with other systems, such as building analytics and metering, as well
as increased functionality to simplify day to day operations - providing easier access to system-critical information.
Additionally, functionality such as scheduling, alarming, trending and reporting are dramatically easier to use.
The development and support of this new platform is global. This allows for faster and more focused responses to
issues that occur from an installation, application and technical stand-point. Following strict quality procedures inline with ISO9001 requirements, the company has a clear set of escalation processes for handling site faults and
issues, including software bug resolutions.
Critical software issues will be escalated to the appropriate Research and Development (R&D) area within a 24
hour period. R&D will then endeavour to find a resolution which will be processed by the Quality Assurance
procedures accordingly as quick as is feasibly possible, whilst also investigating any possible on site temporary
solutions in order to expedite the situation.
At all times the appropriate commercial Schneider entity will be informed of progress in order to keep the customer
informed.

Sincerely,

Martin Feder
Vice President Global Business Development, BMS & Field Device
Schneider Electric Buildings Business

Schneider Electric
Jgershillgatan 18
SE-213 75 Malm,
http://www.schneider-electric.com/buildings

MOM with Arup UK

QATAR NATIONAL MUSEUM - BMS VIDEO CONFERENCE DATED 02.05.2013


ATTENDEES:

1. Michael Daly - ASTAD : Sr MECHANICAL ENGINEER 5596 7278


2. Khaled Abo alfa ARUP
3. Simone Barden ARUP
4. Mohammad Khadraj Hill : Sr MECHANICAL ENGINEER 5552 3102
5. Christoforidis Gregoridos Hill : MECHANICAL ENGINEER 5552 8129
6. Yune Younge HDEC : Mechnical Manager 6686 9693
7. Gordon Hill, - BK Gulf, Projecty Manager
8. Essam Ismail, BK Gulf, Sr. Electrical Engineer
9. Richard Francis, Schneider Electric
10. Pradeep Viswanathan, Schneider Electric
11. Lloyd Thopi, Schnedier Electric
12. Mohammed Hamdi, Schneider Electric
13. Sanjay Vaz, Schnedier Electric

S. No.

OCS Point Ref

45, 46, 47

Description

Comment
OCS Points/Cost impact

Controllers - MNB1000 Plant Controller & IO


Modules are not acceptable to the consultant.
StruxureWare contollers to be proposed

All proposed MNB controllers comply with the


specification.
If StruxureWare controllers are required, the
same can be proposed.
Specified accuracy is 0.1C.
Proposed sensor accuracy is 0.3C. Alternate
sensor with higher accuracy can be proposed.

30, 31, 48

Temperature sensor (STR 800) - Sensor accuracy


and aesthetics is not acceptable. Space temperature
for Galleries, Lobbies, Labs, Common areas
Alternate aesthetic sensor can be proposed.

31, 52

62, 63

MINUTES OF MEETING DATED 02.05.2013


ARUP has agreed that the offered MNB controllers are as per
the specification. However, they has requested for
struxtureware controllers. ARUP to discuss the subject with
Astad and revert with final decision.

SE has agreed to provide the sensor with 0.1 'C accuracy.

SE/BKG to initiate a workshop with AJN to select the sensor to


suit the astehtic requirement.
SE to provide data sheet of the sensors to ARUP/Astad for
their review and comments prio to submitting the PVL
deviation.

ARUP has agreed that the offered sensor is as per


specification.
Humidity sensor (SHR 100) - Sensor aesthetics is not Specified accuracy is 2%.
However, SE/BKG to initiate a workshop with AJN to select the
acceptable. Space temperature for Galleries,
Sensor accuracy is 2%. Alternate aesthetic sensor sensor to suit the astehtic requirement.
Lobbies, Labs, Common areas
can be proposed.
SE to provide data sheet of the sensors to ARUP/Astad for
their review and comments prio to submitting the PVL
deviation.

CO2 sensor (SCR 810, SCR 810-H) - Combined CO2,


humidity and temperature sensor is not acceptable
by the consultant. Gallery Space temperature,

Alternate aesthetic sensor can be proposed.

SE/BKG to initiate a workshop with AJN to select the sensor to


suit the astehtic requirement.
SE to provide data sheet of the sensors to ARUP/Astad for
their review and comments prio to submitting the PVL
deviation.

by the consultant. Gallery Space temperature,


humdity and CO2 sensors.

39

53

49

40

Outdoor temperature sensor (STO 300) Temperature range is not sufficient.

Duct averaging sensor (STD 410) - Sensor probe


length to be selected based on the duct size

Combined sensor is offered. Specification does


SE will provide separarte sensors for temperature, humidity
not call for separate sensors. Separate sensors for
and CO2 for gallery area as advised by ARUP.
temperature, humidity and CO2 can be proposed.
Spec requirement is -15 to 50C. But consultant
requires higher range. Proposed sensor has a
range of -50 to 50C. Alternate sensor of higher
range can be proposed.

SE will provide the outdoor temperature range higher than


50'C as advised by ARUP.

Specified probe length is 3 - 5 m.


Proposed probe length is 3m. Alternate sensor
with longer probe can be proposed.

SE will provide the sensor selection schedule with detials of


sensor probe length as per the final AHU design.

Specified accuracy is 0.1C.


Accuracy offered is 0.4C. Alternate high accuracy
sensor can be proposed.
Specified accuracy is 0.1C for temperature and
2%Rh for humidity.
Wireless Temperature and Humidity sensor (BAPI) Proposed sensor meets the required accuracy
Sensor not acceptable to the consultant.
called for in the specification. Alternate sensor
can be proposed.
Outdoor light level sensor (SLO 320) - Sensor with
range of 100k lux is specified

Proposed sensor has range of 20k lux. Alternate


sensor with 100k lux range will be offered.

SE has agreed to provide the sensor with 0.1 'C accuracy.

SE has agreed to provide the sensors with temperature 0.1 'C


and humdity with 2% RH accuracy without setpoint
adjustment.

SE has agreed to provide the sensor with range upto 100k lux.

As per BKG approved controller is MNB V2

44

VAV controller

ARUP has stated that there are some VAV units which requires
for additional input/output (CO2, heater control, PIR, etc.).
If approved controller (MNBV2--) is capable of aceiving the
MNB 300 DDC controller can be proposed for VAV functionality then ARUP has no objection to proceed further.
Hence, BKG to check with VAV supplier and confirm that the
control as a variation. Airflow controller and
associated damper actuator to be provided by the approved VAV controller is suitable for all type of VAV
application requested in this project.
VAV manufacturer.
ARUP to advise based on VAV supplier's response.

10

41

Damper Actuator (max damper size is 4 sqm)

Damper actuator quantity and sizing will be


SE has informed that the slection of damper actuators and
selected based on the final AHU selection and the
quatity will be based on the AHU/Duct design.
AHU damper design.

11

43

Accuracy specified is 0.1C. Offered sensor has


FCU Thermostat (MN S4) - Sensor is not acceptable
accuracy of 0.3C. Alternate sensor of higher
due to accuracy
accuracy can be proposed.

12

51

Air Differential Pressure Sensor (SPD-310)

SE has agreed to provide the sensor with 0.1'C accuracy.


SE/BKG to initiate a workshop with AJN to select the sensor to
suit the astehtic requirement.
SE to provide data sheet of the sensors to ARUP/Astad for
their review and comments prio to submitting the PVL
deviation.

Sensor meets specified accuracy of 0.4% of the FS ARUP has accepted the sensor accuracy. However, requested
at 25 C (ambient temp). Alternate sensor of
SE to provide sensor range selection schedule for ARUP's
review and approval.
higher accuracy can be proposed.

13

54

Water Differential Pressure sensor (EPW 103)

ARUP has accepted the sensor accuracy. However, requested


Differential pressure sensor will be selected based
SE to provide sensor range selection schedule for ARUP's
on the final design.
review and approval.

14

55

Duct Humidity Sensor (VER-HD)

Proposed sensor has fixed probe length. Alternate ARUP has advised SE to select sensor probe length based final
sensor of longer probe can be proposed.
duct design.

15

57

Water Flow meter (SDI)

Specification calls for


impeller/electromagnetic/ultrasonic type flow
ARUP stated that impeller type flow meter is acceptable for all
meter. Offered flow meter is impeller type.
application except chilled water bypass.
Alternate ultrasonic flow meter can be proposed.

16

57

Water flow meter for CHW Bypass

Impleller type flow meter proposed. Spec calls for


Strap on ultrasonic meter. Alternate ultrasonic
SE has agreed to provide ultrasonic strap on flow meter.
meter can be proposed.

Carbon monoxide sensor

Offered sensor has 5ppm accuracy. No accuracy


specified in the specification. Alternate high
ARUP has advised SE to select the sensor of better accuracy
accuracy sensor can be proposed.
since the control setpoint require is 9ppm and to complied
with diesel fume environment/car park application.
Proposed sensor is suited for car park
environment. Letter of conformity for car park
application from manufacturer can be provided.

17

58

18

38

19

38, 59

Sensor has adjustable pressure setting from 0.2 to SE has advised that the proposed switch has adjustable
Water Differential Pressure switch (SPU1201) Range
4 bar. Sensors are compliant with the
pressure setting. Differential pressure will be adjusted during
selection
specification.
the commissioning stage based on the design requirement.
Sensor has adjustable pressure setting from 0.3 to ARUP has accepted the sensor; however, advised SE to ensure
Water Differential Pressure switch (FD113s) Range
the selection of the switch range based on the design
4.5 bar. Sensors are compliant with the
selection
requirement.
specification.
Specified accuracy is 3%.
Offered sensor ranges are 0-100Pa and 0-300Pa.
Sensor accuracy is 1.28% of FS. Sensor pressure
range will be selected based on the final duct air
velocity. Sensors are compliant with the
specification.

ARUP has accepted the sensor provided the range is selected


based on the design requirment. SE to provide the schedule
detialing the sensor range selection with velocity probe lenght
based on the final AHU/duct design.
SE to provide the manufacturers' letter confirming sensor
Offered probe is capable of measuring air
velocities from 0.1 m/s to 40.9 m/s. Probe length accuracy at low air velocity.
will be based on the final duct size. Velocity
probes are compliant with the specification.

20

60

Air Pressure sensor (PA-267) Range selection

21

61

Multi Velocity probe (AV-MPS)

34

Specified accuracy is 0.1C.


Offered temp sensor is 0.2C. Alternate high
Duct Temperature sensor (TS-6721-850) - Sensor
accuracy sensor can be proposed as a variation.
has been rejected due to accuracy and probe length
Selection of probe length will be based on final
duct size.

22

SE has agreed to provide the sensor with 0.1 'C accuracy.


SE to provide the schedule detailing the sensor range selection
with probe lenght based on the final AHU/duct design.

23

35

Specified accuracy is 0.1C.


Immersion Temperature sensor (TS-6721-853)Offered temp sensor is 0.2C. Alternate high
Sensor has been rejected due to accuracy and probe accuracy sensor can be proposed as a variation.
length
Selection of probe length will be based on final
pipe size.

SE has agreed to provide the sensor with 0.1 'C accuracy.


SE to provide the schedule detailing the sensor range selection
with probe lenght based on the final pipe size.

24

SE informed ARUP that the proposed sensors are of standard accuracy and SE make. In order to meet the higher accuracy and asthetic requirements; sensors may need to be sourced from
OEM manufacturer. SE has agreed to submit PVL deviation for sensors sourced from OEM manufacturer.
SE will submit the OEM products data sheets for ARUP's review.

24

SE has informed that the chiller plant manager is not provided. However, control for enabling/disabling the chillers based on the SOP is allowed for. Also informed that the chiller should be
with it's own microprocessor controller to stage the compressors based on the load requirement. However, SE has allowed for software integration with all the chillers (with max. total point
count of 100 data points).
ARUP has advised SE to remove the software integration for the following sub system.
1. Fire Alarm Ssystem.
2. Access Control System.
3. CCTV System.
4. Emergency Voic Communication System.
5. Lighting Control System.

24

25

SE Informed that the folliwng are the integration considered via Bacnet IP.
1. Chillers (total 100 point max.).
2. Electrical Metering (total 750 points max.).
3. BTU Meter (total 100 points max.).
4. Leak Detection System (total 100 points max.).
5. RACU units (total 500 points max.).
6. VRF Units (total 500 points max.).
7. Variable Frequency Drives (total 100 points max.)

SE to provide letter detialing the standrard response time for any site service/technical support request.

b.

PICS Statements

StruxureWare Building Operation


TM

AS-B PICS

Product Implementation Conformance Statement


Date

AS-B

StruxureWare has been designed to

09 January 2012

Vendor name

Schneider Electric

Vendor ID

10

Website

www.Schneider-Electric.com/buildings

Range name

StruxureWare Building Operation

Product name

Automation Server BACnet

Product model number

AS-B

Application software version

0.0

Firmware revision

1.1

Base ASHRAE standard

135-2004-e,f

BACnet Protocol version

BACnet Protocol revision

strictly comply with the ASHRAE BACnet


standard 135-2004.

BACnet enables integration between


Devices designed for a wide variety of
applications.

Product description
The Automation Server is a native BACnet/IP protocol operator workstation and
controller with a built-in web server and expandable Input/Output through the
use of expansion modules. It has 2 serial ports, one of which may be used to
communicate with MS/TP controller devices. The Automation Server also serves
as a BACnet protocol router and BACnet/IP Broadcast Management Device
(BBMD). It performs BACnet routing functions among attached MS/TP networks.

This Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) document details

Note: Requires StruxureWare Workstation P/N SW-STATION for user interface.

the BACnet Interoperability Building


Blocks that are supported in Struxure-

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Ware.

All brand names, trademarks and registered marks are the property of their respective owners. Information contained within this document is subject to change without
notice.
Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
PP-ASB-PICS-US.BU.N.EN.01.2012.

January 2012

BAS

Device Profile Support


Controller Profile:

BACnet Building Controller (B-BC)

BACnet Advanced Application Controller (B-AAC)


BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC)
BACnet Smart Actuator (B-SA)
BACnet Smart Sensor (B-SS)

Operator Profile:

BACnet Advanced Operator Workstation (B-AWS)


BACnet Operator Workstation (B-OWS)

BACnet Operator Display (B-OD)

Supported

Window
Size

Able to transmit segmented messages

Able to receive segmented messages

Segmentation

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
2

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Segmentation Capability

Data Link Layer and Routing Options

Data Link
BACnet/IP

Supported

Data Rates

Router
for Data
Link

10/100 Mbit/s

9600, 19200,
38400, 76800
Kbit/s

Ethernet - ISO 8802_3


MS/TP master
MS/TP slave
Zigbee
ARCnet - ANSI/ATA 878.1
RS-485 ANSI/ATA 878.1
LonTalk TP/FT - 10
LonTalk/IP
Point-to-Point EIA 232

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
3

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Point-to-Point - modem

Other Networking Options

Networking Option

Supported

Static Device Binding Supported


Annex H, BACnet Tunneling Router over IP
BACnet Broadcast Management Device (BBMD)

BBMD supports registration by foreign device

Device support registration as foreign device

Character Sets Supported

Character Sets

Supported

ANSI X3.4

ISO 8859-1

ISO 10646 (USC-2)

ISO 10646 (UCS-4)

IBM/Microsoft DBCS

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
4

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

JIS C 6226

BACnet Interoperability Building Blocks (BIBBs) Support

B-BC

DS-RP-B

ReadProperty-B

DS-RPM-A

ReadPropertyMultiple-A

DS-RPM-B

ReadPropertyMultiple-B

DS-RPC-A

ReadPropertyConditional-A

DS-RPC-B

ReadPropertyConditional-B

DS-WP-A

WriteProperty-A

DS-WP-B

WriteProperty-B

DS-WPM-A

WritePropertyMultiple-A

DS-WPM-B

WritePropertyMultiple-B

DS-COV-A

COV-A

DS-COV-B

COV-B

DS-COVP-A

COVP-A

DS-COVP-B

COVP-B

DS-COVU-A

COV-Unsolicited-A

DS-COVU-B

COV-Unsolicited-B

DS-V-A

View-A

DS-M-A

Modify-A

DS-AV-A

Advanced View-A

DS-AM-A

Advanced Modify-A

x
x

x
x

B-SS

B-OD

ReadProperty-A

B-SA

B-OWS

DS-RP-A

B-ASC

Description

B-AAC

BIBB

B-AWS

BACnet Standard

Product
Conformance

Data Sharing

x
x

x
x

x
x

x
x

x
x

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
5

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

BACnet Interoperability Building Blocks (BIBBs) Support

Notification Internal-B

AE-N-E-B

Notification External-B

AE-ACK-A

ACK-A

AE-ACK-B

ACK-B

AE-ASUM-A

Summary-A

AE-ASUM-B

Alarm Summary-B

AE-ESUM-A

Enrollment Summary-A

AE-ESUM-B

Enrollment Summary-B

AE-INFO-A

Information-A

AE-INFO-B

Information-B

AE-LS-A

LifeSafety-A

AE-LS-B

LifeSafety-B

AE-AS-A

Alarm Summary-A

AE-VN-A

View Notification-A

AE-VM-A

View Modify-A

AE-AVM-A

Advanced View Modify-A

AE-AVN-A

Advanced View
Notifications-A

AE-ELVM-A

Event Log View and


Modify-A

x1

x
x

B-SS

AE-N-I-B

B-SA

B-ASC

B-AAC

Notification-A

B-BC

B-OWS

AE-N-A

B-OD

Description

x
x

x
x

x
x

x
x

x
x

x
x

Not required for devices claiming conformance to a protocol revision less than 7.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
6

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

BIBB

B-AWS

BACnet Standard

Product
Conformance

Alarms and Events

BACnet Interoperability Building Blocks (BIBBs) Support

SCHED-I-B

Scheduling - Internal-B

SCHED-E-B

Scheduling - External-B

SCH-VM-A

Scheduling - View Modify

SCH-AVM-A

Scheduling - Advanced
View Modify

SCH-WS-A

Scheduling - Weekly
Schedule-A

SCH-WS-I-B

Scheduling Weekly
Schedule Internal-B

SCH-R-B

Scheduling - Readable-B

B-SS

Scheduling-B

B-SA

SCHED-B

B-ASC

Scheduling-A

B-AAC

SCHED-A

B-BC

Description

B-OD

BIBB

B-OWS

B-AWS

BACnet Standard

Product
Conformance

Schedules

BIBB

Description

T-VMT-A

Viewing and Modifying


Trends-A

T-VMT-I-B

Viewing and Modifying


Trends Internal-B

T-VMT-E-B

Viewing and Modifying


Trends External-B

T-ATR-A

Automated Trend
Retrieval-A

T-ATR-B

Automated Trend
Retrieval-B

T-V-A

View-A

T-A-A

Archiving-A

T-AVM-A

Advanced View and


Modify-A

x
x

x
x

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
7

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

B-SS

B-SA

B-ASC

B-AAC

B-BC

B-OD

B-OWS

B-AWS

BACnet Standard

Product
Conformance

Trends

BACnet Interoperability Building Blocks (BIBBs) Support

B-BC

DM-DDB-B

Dynamic Device Binding-B

x x 1 x1

DM-DOB-A

Dynamic Object Binding-A

DM-DOB-B

Dynamic Object Binding-B

x x 1 x1

DM-DCC-A

DeviceCommunication
Control-A

DM-DCC-B

DeviceCommunication
Control-B

DM-PT-A

Private Transfer-A

DM-PT-B

Private Transfer-B

DM-TM-A

Text Message-A

DM-TM-B

Text Message-B

DM-TS-A

TimeSynchronization-A

DM-TS-B

TimeSynchronization-B

DM-UTC-A

UTCTimeSynchronization-A

DM-UTC-B

UTCTimeSynchronization-B

DM-RD-A

ReinitializeDevice-A

DM-RD-B

ReinitializeDevice-B

DM-BR-A

Backup and Restore-A

DM-BR-B

Backup and Restore-B

DM-R-A

Restart-A

DM-R-B

Restart-B

DM-LM-A

List Manipulation-A

DM-LM-B

List Manipulation-B

DM-OCD-A

Object Creation and


Deletion-A

DM-OCD-B

Object Creation and


Deletion-B

B-SS

B-OD

Dynamic Device Binding-A

B-SA

B-OWS

DM-DDB-A

B-ASC

Description

B-AAC

BIBB

B-AWS

BACnet Standard

Product
Conformance

Device Management

x
x

x
x

x
x

x
x

x
x

x
x

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
8

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

BACnet Interoperability Building Blocks (BIBBs) Support

B-SS

B-SA

B-ASC

B-AAC

B-BC

B-OD

B-OWS

BIBB

Description

DM-VT-A

Virtual Terminal-A

DM-VT-B

Virtual Terminal-B

DM-ANM-A

Automatic Network
Mapping-A

DM-ADM-A

Automatic Device
Mapping-A

DM-MTS-A

Manual Time
Synchronization-A

Not required if the device is a BACnet MS/TP Slave.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
9

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

B-AWS

BACnet Standard

Product
Conformance

Device Management (continued)

BACnet Interoperability Building Blocks (BIBBs) Support

NM-RC-A

Router Configuration-A

NM-RC-B

Router Configuration-B

B-SS

Connection Establishment-B

B-SA

NM-CE-B

B-ASC

Connection Establishment-A

B-AAC

NM-CE-A

B-BC

Description

B-OD

BIBB

B-OWS

B-AWS

BACnet Standard

Product
Conformance

Network Management

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
10

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Supported BACnet Object Types

Deletable

PO

PO

PO

Analog Input

PO

PO

Analog Ouput

PO

PO

Analog Value

18

Averaging

PO

PO

PO

Binary Input

PO

PO

Binary Output

PO

PO

Binary Value

Calendar

Command

PO

PO

PO

Device

Event Enrollment

10

File

PO

PO

11

Group

21

Life Safety Point

22

Life Safety Zone

12

Loop

13

Multi-state Input

PO

PO

14

Multi-state Output

PO

PO

19

Multi-state Value

15

Notification Class

16

Program

PO

PO

24

Pulse Converter

PO

PO

PO

17

Schedule

20

Trend Log

30

Access Door

25

Event Log

28

Load Control

PO

29

Structured View

27

Trend Log Multiple

32

Access Credential

Supported

PO

PO

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
11

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

B-SS

B-SA

B-ASC

Accumulator

B-AAC

23

B-BC

Description

B-OD

ID

B-OWS

Creatable

Product Conformance

B-AWS

BACnet Standard

Supported BACnet Object Types (continued)

35

Access User

36

Access Zone

37

Credential Data Input

26

Global Group

Deletable

Supported

Creatable

Access Rights

B-SS

34

B-SA

Product Conformance
B-ASC

Access Point

B-AAC

33

B-BC

Description

B-OD

ID

B-OWS

B-AWS

BACnet Standard

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
12

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Accumulator
StruxureWare Device

Accumulator

Accumulator (proxy)

object-identifier

Object ID

PO

77

object-name

BACnet name

PO

79

object-type

BACnet type

PO

85

present-value

Value

PO

PO

28

description

Description

PO

PO

31

device-type

Device type

PO

PO

111

status-flags

Status flags

PO

36

event-state

Event state

PO

Reliability

PO

Out of service

PO

PO

Maximum value

PO

PO

103 reliability
out-of-service

O
R

186 scale

117 units

188 prescale
65

max-pres-value

PO

O
R

192 value-change-time

O2

Value change time

PO

190 value-before-change

O2, 3

Value before change

PO

PO

191 value-set

Value set

PO

PO

184 logging-record

183 logging-object

186 pulse-rate

O1, 4

Pulse rate

PO

PO

45

high-limit

Upper limit

PO

PO

59

low-limit

O4

Lower limit

PO

PO

182 limit-monitoring-interval

O4

Limit Monitoring
interval

PO

PO

17

O4

BACnet notification

PO

PO

113 time-delay

O4

Time delay

PO

PO

52

limit-enable

Limit enable

PO

PO

35

event-enable

O4

Event enable

PO

PO

notification-class

2, 3

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
13

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

81

Writable

75

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Optional

ID

Required
Readable
Required
Writable

BACnet Standard

Accumulator
StruxureWare Device

BACnet Standard

acked-transitions

O4

Acknowledged
transitions

PO

notify-type

O4

Notify type

PO

130 event-time-stamps

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

PO

168 profile-name

Profile name

PO

72

Writable

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Optional

ID

Required
Readable
Required
Writable

Accumulator

PO

This property is required to be writable when out-of-service is TRUE.


These properties are required if either Value_Before_Change or Value_Set is writable.
3
Either Value_Before_Change or Value_Set may be writable, but not both.
4
These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic reporting.
1
2

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
14

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Analog Input

Analog Input

BACnet Analog Input

object-identifier

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

85

present-value

Value

28

description

Description

31

device-type

Device type

PO

PO

111

status-flags

Status flags

36

event-state

Event state

103 reliability
81

out-of-service

O
R

118 update-interval
117 units

O
R

Reliability

Writable

75

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Optional

ID

PO

Out of service

Update interval

PO

PO

Unit

69

min-pres-value

Minimum value

PO

PO

65

max-pres-value

Maximum value

PO

PO

106 resolution

Resolution

PO

PO

22

O2

COV increment

113 time-delay

Time delay

17

notification-class

O3

BACnet notification

45

high-limit

Upper limit

59

low-limit

O3

Lower limit

25

deadband

O3

Deadband

52

limit-enable

O3

Limit enable

35

event-enable

O3

Event enable

acked-transitions

O3

Acknowledged
transitions

168 notify-type

O3

Notify type

130 event-time-stamps

O3

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

168 profile-name

Profile name

cov-increment

PO

This property is required to be writable when out-of-service is TRUE.


This property is required if the object supports COV reporting.
3
These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic reporting.
1
2

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
15

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
Required
Writable

BACnet Standard

Analog Output
StruxureWare Device

Analog Output

BACnet Analog Output

object-identifier

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

85

present-value

Value

28

description

Description

31

device-type

Device type

PO

PO

111

status-flags

Status flags

36

event-state

Event state

103 reliability
81

out-of-service

117 units

Out of service

Unit

69

min-pres-value

Minimum value

PO

PO

65

max-pres-value

Maximim value

PO

PO

Resolution

PO

PO

priority-array

Command Priority
Levels

104 relinquish-default

Relinquish default

O1

COV increment

113 time-delay

Time delay

17

notification-class

O2

BACnet notification

45

high-limit

Upper limit

59

low-limit

O2

Lower limit

25

deadband

Deadband

52

limit-enable

O2

Limit enable

35

event-enable

Event enable

acked-transitions

O2

Acknowledged
transitions

72

notify-type

O2

Notify type

130 event-time-stamps

O2

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

168 profile-name

Profile name

87

22

PO

106 resolution

Reliability

cov-increment

PO

This property is required if the object supports COV reporting.


These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic reporting.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.
Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
16

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Writable

75

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Optional

ID

Required
Readable
Required
Writable

BACnet Standard

Analog Value

Analog Value

BACnet Analog Value

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

85

present-value

Value

28

description

Description

111

status-flags

Status flags

36

event-state

Event state

103 reliability
81

out-of-service

Reliability

Writable

object-identifier

Internal device
property name

Readable

75

Optional

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable

ID

PO

Out of service

117 units

Unit

87

O1

Command Priority
Levels

104 relinquish-default

O1

Relinquish default

22

COV increment

113 time-delay

O3

Time delay

17

notification-class

BACnet notification

45

high-limit

O3

Upper limit

59

low-limit

O3

Lower limit

25

deadband

O3

Deadband

52

limit-enable

O3

Limit enable

35

event-enable

O3

Event enable

acked-transitions

O3

Acknowledged
transitions

72

notify-type

O3

Notify type

130 event-time-stamps

O3

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

168 profile-name

Profile name

priority-array

cov-increment

PO

If present-value is commandable, then both of these properties shall be present.


This property is required if the object supports COV reporting.
3
These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic reporting.
4
If present-value is commandable, then it is required to be writable.
This property is required to be writable when out-of-service is TRUE.
1
2

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
17

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

StruxureWare Device

Averaging

Averaging (proxy)

75

object-identifier

Object ID

PO

77

object-name

BACnet name

PO

79

object-type

BACnet type

PO

Minimum value

PO

Minimum value
timestamp

PO

Average value

PO

Variance value

PO

Maximum value

PO

136 minimum-value
150

minimum-valuetimestamp

125 average-value

O
R

151 variance-value
135 maximum-value

O
R

PO

149

maximum-valuetimestamp

Maximum value
timestamp

PO

28

description

Description

PO

PO

Attempted samples

PO

PO

124 attempted-samples

146 valid-samples

Valid samples

PO

R1

Object property
reference

PO

PO

78

object-propertyreference

W1

147 window-interval

W1

Window interval

PO

PO

148 window-samples

W1

Window samples

PO

PO

Profile name

PO

168 profile-name

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Optional

ID

Required
Readable
Required
Writable

BACnet Standard

Writable

Averaging

If any of these properties are written to using BACnet services, all of the buffer samples become invalid.
In addition, Attempted_Samples becomes zero, Valid_Samples becomes zero, Minimum_Value becomes INF,
Average_Value becomes NaN, and Maximum_Value becomes INF.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
18

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Binary Input

Binary Input

BACnet Digital Input

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

85

present-value

Value

28

description

Description

31

device-type

Device type

PO

PO

111

status-flags

Status flags

36

event-state

Event state

103 reliability

Reliability

Writable

object-identifier

Internal device
property name

Readable

75

Optional

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable

ID

PO

81

out-of-service

Out of service

84

polarity

Polarity

46

inactive-text

O2

Inactive text

active-text

Active text

16

change-of-state-time

O3

Change of state time

PO

15

change-of-state-count

Change of state count

PO

115

time-of-state-countreset

O3

Time of state count


reset

PO

33

elapsed-active-time

O4

Elapsed active time

PO

114

time-of-active-timereset

O4

Time of active time


reset

PO

PO

PO

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
19

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Binary Input

BACnet Digital Input


Internal device
property name

113 time-delay

O5

Time delay

17

notification-class

O5

BACnet notification

alarm-value

O5

Alarm value

35

event-enable

O5

Event enable

acked-transitions

O5

Acknowledged
transitions

72

notify-type

O5

Notify type

130 event-time-stamps

O5

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

168 profile-name

Profile name

ID

BACnet
property name

Writable

Optional

Required
Writable

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Readable

Binary Input (continued)

PO

This property is required to be writable when out-of-service is TRUE.


If either optional property, inactive-text or active-text, is present, then both properties shall be present.
3
If one of the optional properties, change-of-state-time, change-of-state-count, or time-of-state-count-reset, is
present, then all of these properties shall be present.
4
If either optional property, elapsed-active-time or time-of-active-time-reset, is present, then both of
these properties shall be present.
5
These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic reporting.
1
2

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
20

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Binary Output

Binary Output

BACnet Digital Output

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

85

present-value

Value

28

description

Description

31

device-type

Device type

PO

PO

111

status-flags

Status flags

36

event-state

Event state

103 reliability

Reliability

Writable

object-identifier

Internal device
property name

Readable

75

Optional

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable

ID

PO

81

out-of-service

Out of service

84

polarity

Polarity

46

inactive-text

O1

Inactive text

active-text

Active text

16

change-of-state-time

O2

Change of state time

PO

15

change-of-state-count

Change of state count

PO

115

time-of-state-countreset

O2

Time of state count


reset

PO

33

elapsed-active-time

O3

Elapsed active time

PO

114

time-of-active-timereset

O3

Time of active time


reset

PO

66

minimum-off-time

Minimum off time

PO

PO

67

minimum-on-time

Minimum on time

PO

PO

87

priority-array

Command Priority
Levels

104 relinquish-default

Relinquish default

PO

PO

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
21

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Binary Output (continued)

BACnet Digital Output


Internal device
property name

113 time-delay

O4

Time delay

PO

PO

17

notification-class

BACnet notification

PO

PO

alarm-value

O4

Alarm value

PO

PO

35

event-enable

Event enable

PO

PO

acked-transitions

O4

Acknowledged
transitions

PO

72

notify-type

O4

Notify type

PO

130 event-time-stamps

O4

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

PO

168 profile-name

Profile name

PO

ID

BACnet
property name

Writable

Optional

Readable

Binary Output
Required
Writable

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

PO

If either optional property, inactive-text or active-text, is present, then both properties shall be present.
If one of the optional properties, change-of-state-time, change-of-state-count, or time-of-state-count-reset, is
present, then all of these properties shall be present.
3
If either optional property, elapsed-active-time or time-of-active-time-reset, is present, then both of
these properties shall be present.
4
These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic reporting.
1

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
22

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Binary Value

Binary Value

BACnet Digital Value

object-identifier

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

85

present-value

R1

Value

28

description

Description

111

status-flags

Status flags

36

event-state

Event state

103 reliability
81

out-of-service

46

inactive-text

Reliability

Writable

75

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Optional

ID

PO

Out of service

O2

Inactive text

active-text

Active text

16

change-of-state-time

O3

Change of state time

PO

15

change-of-state-count

Change of state count

PO

115

time-of-state-countreset

O3

Time of state count


reset

PO

33

elapsed-active-time

O4

Elapsed active time

PO

114

time-of-active-timereset

O4

Time of active time


reset

PO

66

minimum-off-time

Minimum off time

PO

PO

67

minimum-on-time

Minimum on time

PO

PO

87

priority-array

O5

Command Priority
Levels

104 relinquish-default

O5

Relinquish default

113 time-delay

O6

Time delay

17

notification-class

O6

BACnet notification

alarm-value

O6

Alarm value

35

event-enable

O6

Event enable

acked-transitions

O6

Acknowledged
transitions

PO

PO

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
23

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
Required
Writable

BACnet Standard

BACnet Digital Value

ID

BACnet
property name

72

notify-type

Internal device
property name

O6

Notify type

130 event-time-stamps

O6

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

168 profile-name

Profile time

Writable

Binary Value
Optional

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
Required
Writable

BACnet Standard

Readable

Binary Value (continued)

PO

If present-value is commandable, then it is required to be writable. This property is required to be writable when
out-of-service is TRUE.
2
If either optional property, inactive-text or active-text, is present, then both properties shall be present.
3
If one of the optional properties, change-of-state-time, change-of-state-count, or time-of-state-count-reset, is
present, then all of these properties shall be present.
4
If either optional property, elapsed-active-time or time-of-active-time-reset, is present, then both of these properties
shall be present.
5
If present-value is commandable, then both of these properties shall be present.
6
These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic reporting.
1

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
24

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

BACnet Calendar
Optional

ID

BACnet
property name

75

object-identifier

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

28

description

Description

85

present-value

Value

23

date-list

Date list

168 profile-name

Internal device
property name

Profile name

Writable

Calendar
Required
Writable

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Readable

Calendar

PO

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
25

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Command
BACnet Standard

StruxureWare Device

Object ID

PO

object-name

BACnet name

PO

79

object-type

BACnet type

PO

28

description

Description

PO

PO

85

present-value

Value

PO

PO

47

in-process

In process

PO

all-writes-successful

All writes successful

PO

action

action-text

Profile name

PO

75

object-identifier

77

Optional

BACnet
property name

O
W

Writable

ID

Required
Writable

Internal device
property name

Readable

Required
Readable

Command

PO

168 profile-name

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
26

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Device
StruxureWare Device

Device

BACnet Device

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

112 system-status

System status

121 vendor-name

Vendor name

120 vendor-identifier

Vendor identifier

70

model-name

Model name

44

firmware-revision

Firmware revision

12

application-softwareversion

Application software
version

58

location

Location

28

description

Description

98

protocol-version

Protocol version

139 protocol-revision

Protocol revision

97

protocol-servicessupported

Services supported

96

protocol-objecttypes-supported

Object types
supported

76

object-list

View objects in
Application folder

62

max-apdu-lengthaccepted

Maximum APDU
length accepted

107

segmentationsupported

Segmentation
supported

10

apdu-segmenttimeout

O1

APDU segment
timeout

122 vt-classes-supported

O2

active-vt-sessions

O2

57

local-time

O3, 4 Local time

56

local-date

O3, 4 Local date

119 utc-offset
24

daylight-savingsstatus

UTC offset (min)

O4

Daylight savings

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
27

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

209 structured-object-list

Writable

object-identifier

Internal device
property name

Readable

75

Optional

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable

ID

Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Device

BACnet Device

11

apdu-timeout

73

number-of-apdu-retries R

55

list-of-session-keys

116

time-synchronizationrecipients

64

Optional

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable

ID

Internal device
property name

Writable

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Readable

Device (continued)

APDU timeout

Number of APDU
retries

O5

Time synchronization
recipients

max-master

O6

Maximum master

63

max-info-frames

O6

Maximum information
frames

30

device-addressbinding

View properties of
bound devices in
Hardware folder.

Database revision

155 database-revision
154 configuration-files

O7

Backup configuration
files

157 last-restore-time

O7

Last restore time

Backup failure
timeout

Maximum segments
accepted

Profile name

153

backup-failuretimeout

O8

152

active-covsubscriptions

O9

167

max-segmentsaccepted

O1

172 slave-proxy-enable

O10

169 auto-slave-discovery

O11

171

slave-addressbinding

O12

170

manual-slaveaddress-binding

O10

168 profile-name

196 last-restart-session
203 time-of-device-restart
202

restart-notificationrecipients

206

utc-time-synchronization-recipients

O5

204

time-synchronizationinterval

193 align-intervals

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
28

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

BACnet
property name

195 interval-offset

Internal device
property name

Writable

BACnet Device
Optional

Device
Required
Writable

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

ID

BACnet Standard

Readable

Device (continued)

515

proprietary-property515

Serial number

517

proprietary-property517

Infinity path

Required if segmentation of any kind is supported.


If one of the properties, VT_Classes_Supported or Active_VT_Sessions. is present, then both of these properties shall
be present. Both properties are required if support for VT_Services is indicated in the PICS.
3
If the device supports the execution of the TimeSynchronization service, then these properties shall be present.
4
If the device supports the execution of the UTCTimeSynchronization service, then these properties shall be present.
5
If this property is present, then Time_Synchronization_Interval, Align_Intervals and Interval_Offset shall be present and
if present, this property shall be writable.
6
These properties are required if the device is an MS/TP master node.
7
These properties are required if the device supports the backup and restore procedures.
8
This property must be present and writable if the device supports backup and restore procedures.
9
This property is required if the device supports execution of either the SubscribeCOV or SubscribeCOVProperty service.
10
This property shall be present and writable if the device is capable of being a Slave-Proxy device.
11
This property shall be present if the device is capable of being a Slave-Proxy device that implements automatic
discovery of slaves.
12
This property shall be present if the device is capable of being a Slave-Proxy device.
1

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
29

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Event Enrollment
StruxureWare Device

Event Enrollment

BACnet Alarm

BACnet
property name

75

object-identifier

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

28

description

Description

37

event-type

Alarm Type

72

notify-type

Notify type

83

event-parameters

Alarm Trigger

78

object-propertyreference

Monitored variable

36

event-state

Event state

35

event-enable

Event enable

acked-transitions

Acknowledged
transitions

17

notification-class

BACnet notification

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

130 event-time-stamps

168 profile-name

Profile name

Writable

Object ID

Optional

Required
Writable

Internal device
property name

Readable

ID

Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

PO

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
30

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

ID

BACnet
property name

75

object-identifier

77

object-name

79

object-type

28

description

43

file-type

42

Internal device
property name
Object ID

BACnet name

BACnet type

Description

File type

file-size

R1

File size

71

modification-date

Modification date

13

archive

Archive

99

read-only

Read only

41

file-access-method

File access method

141 record-count

O2

Record count

PO

168 profile-name

Profile name

PO

Writable

BACnet File
Optional

File
Required
Writable

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Readable

File

PO

If the file size can be changed by writing to the file, and File_Access_Method is STREAM_ACCESS, then this
property shall be writable.
2
This property shall be present only if File_Access_Method is RECORD_ACCESS.
If the number of records can be changed by writing to the file, then this property shall be writable.
1

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
31

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Group
BACnet Standard

StruxureWare Device

77

object-name

79

object-type

28

description

53

list-of-groupmembers

85

present-value

Writable

object-identifier

Internal device
property name

Readable

75

Optional

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable

ID

Required
Readable

Group

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
32

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

168 profile-name

Life Safety Point

StruxureWare Device

BACnet Standard

77

object-name

79

object-type

85

present-value

R1

164 tracking-value

28

description

31

device-type

111

status-flags

36

event-state

103 reliability

R1

81

160 mode
175 accepted-modes

W
R

113 time-delay

O2

17

O2

notification-class

166 life-safety-alarm-values

O2

alarm-values

O2

39

fault-values

O2

35

event-enable

O2

acked-transitions

O2

72

notify-type

O2

130 event-time-stamps

O2

163 silenced

161 operation-expected

158 maintenance-required

162 setting

156 direct-reading

O3

117 units

O3

159 member-of

168 profile-name

These properties are required to be writable when out-of-service is TRUE.


These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic alarming.
3
If either property is present, then both must be present.
1
2

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
33

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

out-of-service

Writable

object-identifier

Internal device
property name

Readable

75

Optional

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable

ID

Required
Readable

Life Safety Point

Life Safety Zone

StruxureWare Device

BACnet Standard

77

object-name

79

object-type

85

present-value

R1

164 tracking-value

28

description

31

device-type

111

status-flags

36

event-state

103 reliability

R1

81

160 mode
175 accepted-modes

W
R

113 time-delay

O2

17

O2

notification-class

166 life-safety-alarm-values

O2

alarm-values

O2

39

fault-values

O2

35

event-enable

O2

acked-transitions

O2

72

notify-type

O2

130 event-time-stamps

O2

163 silenced

161 operation-expected

158 maintenance-required
165 zone-members

1
2

O
R

159 member-of

168 profile-name

These properties are required to be writable when out-of-service is TRUE.


These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic alarming.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
34

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

out-of-service

Writable

object-identifier

Internal device
property name

Readable

75

Optional

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable

ID

Required
Readable

Life Safety Zone

Loop

Loop

BACnet Loop

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

85

present-value

Value

28

description

Description

111

status-flags

Status flags

36

event-state

Event state

Reliability

Out of service

Update interval (ms)

Unit

103 reliability
81

out-of-service

R
O

118 update-interval

Writable

object-identifier

Internal device
property name

Readable

75

Optional

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable

ID

82

output units

60

manipulated-variableR
reference

Manipulated variable
reference

19

controlled-variablereference

Controlled variable
reference

21

controlled-variablevalue

Controlled variable
value

20

controlled-variableunits

Unit

109 setpoint-reference

Setpoint reference

108 setpoint

Setpoint

action

Action

93

proportional-constant

O1

Proportional constant

94

proportional-constantunits

O1

Unit

49

integral-constant

O2

Integral constant

26

derivative-constant

O3

Derivative constant

27

derivative-constantunits

O3

Unit

14

bias

Bias

61

maximum-output

Maximum output

68

minimum-output

Minimum output

88

priority-for-writing

Priority for writing

22

cov-increment

R
O4

COV increment

PO

PO

113 time-delay

O5

Time delay (s)

17

O5

BACnet notification

notification-class

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
35

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Loop

BACnet Loop

BACnet
property name

Internal device
property name

34

error-limit

O5

Error limit

35

event-enable

O5

Event enable

acked-transitions

O5

Acknowledged
transitions

72

notify-type

O5

Notify type

130 event-time-stamps

O5

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

168 profile-name

Profile name

Writable

ID

Optional

Required
Writable

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Readable

Loop (continued)

PO

If one of these optional properties is present, then both of these properties shall be present.
If one of these optional properties is present, then both of these properties shall be present.
3
If one of these optional properties is present, then both of these properties shall be present.
4
This property is required if the object supports COV reporting.
5
These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic reporting.
1
2

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
36

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Multi-state Input

StruxureWare Device

Multi-state Input

BACnet Multistate Input

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

85

present-value

R1

Value

28

description

Description

31

device-type

Device type

PO

PO

111

status-flags

Status flags

36

event-state

Event state

Reliability

103 reliability

O2

Writable

object-identifier

Internal device
property name

Readable

75

Optional

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable

ID

Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

81

out-of-service

Out of service

74

number-of-states

Number of states

110 state-text

Label

113 time-delay

O3

Time delay (s)

17

notification-class

BACnet notification

alarm-values

O3

Is alarm value

39

fault-values

Is fault value

35

event-enable

O3

Event enable

acked-transitions

O3

Acknowledged
transitions

72

notify-type

O3

Notify type

130 event-time-stamps

O3

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

168 profile-name

Profile name

PO

This property is required to be writable when out-of-service is TRUE.


This property shall be required if fault-values is present.
3
These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic reporting.
1

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
37

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Multi-state Output

StruxureWare Device

Multi-state Output

BACnet Multistate Output

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

85

present-value

Value

28

description

Description

31

device-type

Device type

PO

PO

111

status-flags

Status flags

36

event-state

Event state

Reliability

103 reliability

81

out-of-service

Out of service

74

number-of-states

Number of states

Label

110 state-text

priority-array

Command priority
levels

104 relinquish-default

Relinquish default

87

113 time-delay

O1

Time delay

PO

PO

17

notification-class

O1

BACnet notification

PO

PO

40

feedback-value

O1

Feedback value

PO

PO

35

event-enable

O1

Event enable

PO

PO

acked-transitions

O1

Acknowledged
transitions

PO

72

notify-type

O1

Notify type

PO

130 event-time-stamps

O1

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

PO

168 profile-name

Profile name

PO

PO

These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic reporting.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
38

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Writable

object-identifier

Internal device
property name

Readable

75

Optional

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable

ID

Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Multi-state Value

StruxureWare Device

Multi-state Value

BACnet Multistate Value

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

85

present-value

R1

Value

28

description

Description

111

status-flags

Status flags

36

event-state

Event state

Reliability

103 reliability

O2

Writable

object-identifier

Internal device
property name

Readable

75

Optional

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable

ID

Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

81

out-of-service

Out of service

74

number-of-states

Number of states

W
W

110 state-text

Label

87

priority-array

O3

Command Priority Levels

104 relinquish-default

O3

Relinquish default

113 time-delay

O4

Time delay (s)

17

notification-class

O4

BACnet notification

alarm-values

Is alarm value

39

fault-values

O4

Is fault value

35

event-enable

Event enable

acked-transitions

O4

Acknowledged
transitions

72

notify-type

O4

Notify type

130 event-time-stamps

O4

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

168 profile-name

Profile name

PO

If present-value is commandable, then it is required to also be writable. This property is required to be writable
when out-of-service is TRUE.
2
This property shall be required if fault-values is present.
3
If present-value is commandable, then both of these properties shall be present.
4
These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic reporting.
Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
39

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

BACnet Notification Class


Optional

Readable

Notification Class
Required
Writable

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Writable

Notification Class

ID

BACnet
property name

75

object-identifier

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

28

description

Description

17

notification-class

BACnet notification

86

priority

Priority-to-off-normal
Priority-to-fault
Priority-to-normal

ack-required

Acknowledgement
required

102 recipient-list

Recipient rules

168 profile-name

Internal device
property name

Profile name

PO

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
40

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

StruxureWare Device

Program

BACnet Program (proxy)

object-identifier

Object ID

PO

77

object-name

BACnet name

PO

79

object-type

BACnet type

PO

92

program-state

Program state

PO

90

program-change

Program change

PO

Internal device
property name

Readable

75

Optional

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable

ID

Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Writable

Program

PO

PO

100 reason-for-halt

O1

Reason for halt

PO

29

description-of-halt

Description for halt

PO

PO

91

program-location

Program location

PO

PO

28

description

Description

PO

PO

111

status-flags

Status flags

PO

Reliability

PO

Out of service

PO

Profile name

PO

103 reliability
81

out-of-service

O
R

168 profile-name

PO

If one of the optional properties, Reason_For_Halt or description_Of_Halt is present, then both of these properties shall be present.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
41

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Pulse Converter

Pulse Converter (proxy)

BACnet
property name

75

object-identifier

77

Object ID

PO

object-name

BACnet name

PO

79

object-type

BACnet type

PO

28

description

Description

PO

85

present-value

Value

PO

Input reference

PO

Required
Writable
Optional

Internal device
property name

Readable

ID

O
R1

181 input-reference

PO

PO

PO

111

status-flags

Status flags

PO

36

event-state

Event state

PO

Reliability

PO

Out of service

PO

PO

117 units

Units

PO

PO

188 scale-factor

Scale factor

PO

PO

Adjust value

PO

PO

103 reliability
81

out-of-service

176 adjust-value

177 count

Count

PO

189 update-time

Update time

PO

179 count-change-time

R2

Count change time

PO

178 count-before-change

R2

Count before change

PO

O3

COV increment

PO

PO

180 cov-period

COV period

PO

PO

17

O4

BACnet notification

PO

PO

113 time-delay

Time delay

PO

PO

45

high-limit

O4

Upper limit

PO

PO

59

low-limit

Lower limit

PO

PO

25

deadband

O4

Deadband

PO

PO

52

limit-enable

Limit enable

PO

PO

35

event-enable

O4

Event enable

PO

PO

acked-transitions

O4

Acknowledgement
transitions

PO

72

notify-type

O4

Notify type

PO

130 event-time-stamps

O4

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

PO

168 profile-name

Profile name

PO

22

cov-increment

notification-class

PO

This property is required to be writable when out-of-service is TRUE.


These properties are required if Count_Before_Change is writable.
These properties are required if the object supports COV reporting.
4
These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic reporting.
2
3

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.
Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
42

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Writable

Pulse Converter

Schedule

Schedule

BACnet Schedule

object-identifier

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

85

present-value

Value

28

description

Description

32

effective-period

Effective period

Weekly

Default value

Exception

O
R

123 weekly-schedule
174 schedule-default

O1
R

exception-schedule

54

list-of-object-propertyR
references

Object property
references

88

priority-for-writing

Priority for writing

111

status-flags

Status flags

103 reliability

Reliability

81

Out of service

Profile name

PO

168 profile-name

32

out-of-service

O1

Writable

75

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable
Optional

ID

512

proprietary-property512

Previous transition
time

513

proprietary-property513

Next transition time

514

proprietary-property514

Following transition
time

518

proprietary-property518

Time since previous


transition (min)

519

proprietary-property519

Time to next transition (min)

520

proprietary-property520

Time to following
transition (min)

521

proprietary-property521

Next transition value

522

proprietary-property522

Following transition
value

At least one of these properties is required.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
43

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Trend Log

Trend Log

BACnet Trend Log

object-identifier

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

28

description

Description

Log enable

133 log_enable

Writable

75

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable
Optional

ID

142 start-time

Start time

143 stop-time

O1, 2 Stop time

132

1, 2

log-device-objectproperty

O1

134 log-interval
128

Log device object


property

O1, 2 Log interval

cov-resubscriptioninterval

127 client-cov-increment

COV resubscription
interval

Delta

144 stop-when-full

Stop when full

126 buffer-size

Buffer size

131 log-buffer

Trend log list

Record count

Total record count

141 record-count
145 total-record-count

W
R

137 notification-threshold

O3

Notification threshold

records-sincenotification

O3

Records since
notification

O3

Last notify record

Event state

140

173 last-notify-record

36

event-state

17

notification-class

O3

BACnet notification

35

event-enable

O3

Event enable

acked-transitions

O3

Acknowledged
transitions

72

notify-type

O3

Notify type

130 event-time-stamps

O3

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

168 profile-name

Profile name

PO

Logging type

Align intervals

PO

PO

197 logging-type

193 align-intervals

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
44

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

BACnet Trend Log

BACnet
property name

Internal device
property name

Writable

Trend Log
Required
Writable
Optional

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

ID

BACnet Standard

Readable

Trend Log (continued)

195 interval-offset

O4

Interval offset

PO

PO

205 trigger

Trigger

PO

PO

These properties are required to be present if the monitored property is a BACnet property.
If present, these properties are required to be writable.
3
These properties are required to be present if the object supports intrinsic reporting.
4
These properties are required to be present if the object supports clock-aligned reporting.
1
2

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
45

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Access Door
StruxureWare Device

BACnet Standard

object-identifier

77

object-name

79

object-type

85

present-value

28

description

111

status-flags

36

event-state

W
O

103 reliability

81

out-of-service

87

priority-array

104 relinquish-default

231 door-status

O1, 2

233 lock-status

O1

235 secured-status

228 door-members

227

door-extended-pulsetime

232

door-unlock-delaytime

229

door-open-too-longtime

R
R
O
R

226 door-alarm-state

O1, 3

234 masked-alarm-values

158 maintenance-required

113 time-delay

O3

17

notification-class

O3

alarm-values

O3

39

fault-values

O3

35

event-enable

O3

acked-transitions

O3

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
46

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

230 door-pulse-time

Writable

75

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable
Optional

ID

Required
Readable

Access Door

Access Door (continued)


StruxureWare Device

BACnet Standard

notify-type

Writable

72

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable
Optional

ID

Required
Readable

Access Door

O3

130 event-time-stamps

O3

168 profile-name

These properties, when present, shall be writable when Out_Of_Service is TRUE.


This property shall be required if the property, Secured_Status, is present.
3
These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic reporting.
1

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
47

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Event Log
StruxureWare Device

BACnet Standard

object-identifier

77

object-name

79

object-type

28

description

111

status-flags

36

event-state

103 reliability

133 enable

142 start-time

O1, 2

143 stop-time

O1, 2

144 stop-when-full

126 buffer-size

131 log-buffer

141 record-count
145 total-record-count

W
R

137 notification-threshold

O3

records-sincenotification

O3

140

Writable

75

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable
Optional

ID

Required
Readable

Event Log

173 last-notify-record

O3

17

notification-class

O3

35

event-enable

O3

acked-transitions

O3

72

notify-type

O3

168 profile-name

If present, these properties are required to be writable.


If one of these properties is present, then all shall be present.
3
These properties are required to be present if the object supports intrinsic reporting.
1

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
48

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Load Control

StruxureWare Device

Load Control

Load control (proxy)

object-identifier

Object ID

PO

77

object-name

BACnet name

PO

79

object-type

BACnet type

PO

28

description

Description

PO

PO

222 state-description

State description

PO

PO
PO

85

present-value

Value

PO

111

status-flags

Status flags

PO

36

event-state

Event state

PO

Reliability

PO

103 reliability

218 requested-shed-level

142 start-time

219 shed-duration

213 duty-window

133 enable

W
O

214 expected-shed-level

212 actual-shed-level

221 shed-levels

W1

220

shed-level-descriptions

17

notification-class

O2

BACnet notification

PO

PO

35

event-enable

O2

Event enable

PO

PO

acked-transitions

O2

Acknowledged
transitions

PO

72

notify-type

O2

Notifiy type

PO

130 event-time-stamps

O2

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

PO

168 profile-name

Profile name

PO

PO

The elements of this array are required to be writable, although the array is not required to be resizable.
These properties are required to be present if the object supports intrinsic reporting.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
49

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PO

O1, 2

215 full-duty-baseline

Writable

75

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable
Optional

ID

Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Structured View
BACnet Standard

StruxureWare Device

object-identifier

77

object-name

79

object-type

28

description

O
R

207 node-subtype
211 subordinate-list

O
R

subordinateannotations

167 profile-name

210

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
50

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

208 node-type

Writable

75

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Optional

ID

Required
Writable

Required
Readable

Structured View

Trend Log Multiple


StruxureWare Device

BACnet Standard

object-identifier

77

object-name

79

object-type

28

description

111

status-flags

36

event-state

103 reliability

133 enable

142 start-time

O1

143 stop-time

O1

log-device-objectproperty

197 logging-type

134 log-interval

R2

193 align-intervals

O3

195 interval-offset

O3

205 trigger

144 stop-when-full

126 buffer-size

131 log-buffer

141 record-count
145 total-record-count

W
R

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
51

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

132

Writable

75

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable
Optional

ID

Required
Readable

Trend Log Multiple

Trend Log Multiple (continued)


StruxureWare Device

BACnet Standard

137 notification-threshold

O4

records-sincenotification

O4

140

173 last-notify-record

O4

17

notification-class

O4

35

event-enable

O4

acked-transitions

O4

72

notify-type

O4

130 event-time-stamps

O4

168 profile-name

Writable

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable
Optional

ID

Required
Readable

Trend Log Multiple

If present, these properties are required to be writable.


If present, this property is required to be writable when Logging_Type has the value POLLED.
3
These properties are required to be present if the object supports clock-aligned logging
4
These properties are required to be present if the object supports intrinsic reporting
1

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
52

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Vendor Specific Implementations


Serial Number Property
Every Schneider Electric StruxureWare device has a unique serial number. The serial
number property of a StruxureWare BACnet device is only the lower portion of its Ethernet
MAC address. The serial number is made available by the Serial_Number property of the
Device object. The property identifier is 515, and the data type is Unsigned.

Device Property

ID

Serial_Number

515

Description
Serial number value derived from
Ethernet MAC address

Support for Optimum Start-Stop


The controller includes a proprietary extension that can be used, together with Script
programming, to optimize the start and stop times for a heating and cooling system based
on scheduled occupancy times. The extension consists of three proprietary properties of
the Schedule object type.
Schedule Property

ID

Previous_Transition_Time

512

The time when the Schedules


present-value most recently
changed value.

Next_Transition_Time

513

The time when the Schedules


present-value is next scheduled to
change value.

514

The time when the Schedules


present-value is next scheduled to
change value after the time indicated
by Next_Transition.

Following_Transition_Time

Description

Unsigned Numbers Restrictions


Any property or service parameter that is an unsigned number has an upper limit
restriction of 232 - 2 (4294967294). This upper limit restriction is one less than the full range
of all possible 32 bit numbers.
Multistate Object Restrictions

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
53

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Multistate objects (input, output, and value) have an upper limit restriction of 4096 on the
number of configurable states. In addition, the state text length is limited to 32 octets.

Interpretation of Wildcards in Dates


The BACnet specification [ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-2004] is open to multiple
interpretations regarding the meaning of wildcards in dates, especially when used to specify
date ranges. This section describes how the controllers, especially in the context of the
Schedule properties Exception_Schedule and Effective_Period, and the Calendar property
Date_List, interpret wildcards.
For purposes of comparing dates, the day-of-week fields are not used. That is, they are
totally redundant. When comparing dates, a wildcard field is considered equal to the
corresponding field in the date being compared. A date falls within the range if it is not
before the StartDate and not after the EndDate.
Because the day-of-week field is redundant, its value must be either unspecified or
consistent with the other fields. Because it can be consistent with those fields only if they
are specified, the controllers allow the day-of-week to be specified only if the other three
fields are specified as well.
Accordingly, the following conditions in a date range are treated as errors and prevent a
WriteProperty from completing:

All brand names, trademarks and registered marks are the property of their respective owners.
Information contained within this document is subject to change without notice.
PP-v1.1-ASB-PICS-US.BU.N.EN.08.2012.
Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
54

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

1. A day-of-week is specified, but two or fewer of the other fields in the Date are
specified.
2. A day-of-week is specified, but is inconsistent with the Date specified by the other
fields.
3. A year field is specified that is outside the range limit of 1989-2105.
4. The EndDate is earlier than the StartDate.
5. Any of the specified fields are out of range, for example, 31st day of February.

StruxureWare Building Operation


TM

ES PICS

Product Implementation Conformance Statement


Date

Enterprise Server

StruxureWare has been designed to

09 January 2012

Vendor name

Schneider Electric

Vendor ID

10

Website

www.Schneider-Electric.com/buildings

Range name

StruxureWare Building Operation

Product name

StruxureWare Enterprise Server

Product model number

SW-ES

Application software version

0.0

Firmware revision

1.1

Base ASHRAE standard

135-2004-e,f

BACnet Protocol version

BACnet Protocol revision

strictly comply with the ASHRAE BACnet


standard 135-2004.

BACnet enables integration between


Devices designed for a wide variety of

Product description
The Enterprise Server is a native BACnet/IP protocol operator workstation and
controller with a built-in web server. The Enterprise Server also serves as a
BACnet/IP Broadcast Management Device (BBMD).

applications.

Note: Requires StruxureWare Workstation P/N SW-STATION for user interface.

This Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) document details


the BACnet Interoperability Building
Blocks that are supported in Struxure-

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Ware.

All brand names, trademarks and registered marks are the property of their respective owners. Information contained within this document is subject to change without
notice.
Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
PP-ES-PICS-US.BU.N.EN.01.2012.

January 2012

BAS

Device Profile Support


Controller Profile:

BACnet Building Controller (B-BC)

BACnet Advanced Application Controller (B-AAC)


BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC)
BACnet Smart Actuator (B-SA)
BACnet Smart Sensor (B-SS)

Operator Profile:

BACnet Advanced Operator Workstation (B-AWS)


BACnet Operator Workstation (B-OWS)

BACnet Operator Display (B-OD)

Supported

Window
Size

Able to transmit segmented messages

Able to receive segmented messages

Segmentation

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
2

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Segmentation Capability

Data Link Layer and Routing Options

Data Link
BACnet/IP

Supported

Data Rates

Router
for Data
Link

10/100 Mbit/s

Ethernet - ISO 8802_3


Zigbee
ARCnet - ANSI/ATA 878.1
RS-485 ANSI/ATA 878.1
LonTalk TP/FT - 10
LonTalk/IP
Point-to-Point EIA 232

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
3

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Point-to-Point - modem

Other Networking Options

Networking Option

Supported

Static Device Binding Supported


Annex H, BACnet Tunneling Router over IP
BACnet Broadcast Management Device (BBMD)

BBMD supports registration by foreign device

Device support registration as foreign device

Character Sets Supported

Character Sets

Supported

ANSI X3.4

ISO 8859-1

ISO 10646 (USC-2)

ISO 10646 (UCS-4)

IBM/Microsoft DBCS

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
4

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

JIS C 6226

BACnet Interoperability Building Blocks (BIBBs) Support

B-BC

DS-RP-B

ReadProperty-B

DS-RPM-A

ReadPropertyMultiple-A

DS-RPM-B

ReadPropertyMultiple-B

DS-RPC-A

ReadPropertyConditional-A

DS-RPC-B

ReadPropertyConditional-B

DS-WP-A

WriteProperty-A

DS-WP-B

WriteProperty-B

DS-WPM-A

WritePropertyMultiple-A

DS-WPM-B

WritePropertyMultiple-B

DS-COV-A

COV-A

DS-COV-B

COV-B

DS-COVP-A

COVP-A

DS-COVP-B

COVP-B

DS-COVU-A

COV-Unsolicited-A

DS-COVU-B

COV-Unsolicited-B

DS-V-A

View-A

DS-M-A

Modify-A

DS-AV-A

Advanced View-A

DS-AM-A

Advanced Modify-A

x
x

x
x

B-SS

B-OD

ReadProperty-A

B-SA

B-OWS

DS-RP-A

B-ASC

Description

B-AAC

BIBB

B-AWS

BACnet Standard

Product
Conformance

Data Sharing

x
x

x
x

x
x

x
x

x
x

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
5

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

BACnet Interoperability Building Blocks (BIBBs) Support

Notification Internal-B

AE-N-E-B

Notification External-B

AE-ACK-A

ACK-A

AE-ACK-B

ACK-B

AE-ASUM-A

Summary-A

AE-ASUM-B

Alarm Summary-B

AE-ESUM-A

Enrollment Summary-A

AE-ESUM-B

Enrollment Summary-B

AE-INFO-A

Information-A

AE-INFO-B

Information-B

AE-LS-A

LifeSafety-A

AE-LS-B

LifeSafety-B

AE-AS-A

Alarm Summary-A

AE-VN-A

View Notification-A

AE-VM-A

View Modify-A

AE-AVM-A

Advanced View Modify-A

AE-AVN-A

Advanced View
Notifications-A

AE-ELVM-A

Event Log View and


Modify-A

x1

x
x

B-SS

AE-N-I-B

B-SA

B-ASC

B-AAC

Notification-A

B-BC

B-OWS

AE-N-A

B-OD

Description

x
x

x
x

x
x

x
x

x
x

x
x

Not required for devices claiming conformance to a protocol revision less than 7.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
6

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

BIBB

B-AWS

BACnet Standard

Product
Conformance

Alarms and Events

BACnet Interoperability Building Blocks (BIBBs) Support

SCHED-I-B

Scheduling - Internal-B

SCHED-E-B

Scheduling - External-B

SCH-VM-A

Scheduling - View Modify

SCH-AVM-A

Scheduling - Advanced
View Modify

SCH-WS-A

Scheduling - Weekly
Schedule-A

SCH-WS-I-B

Scheduling Weekly
Schedule Internal-B

SCH-R-B

Scheduling - Readable-B

B-SS

Scheduling-B

B-SA

SCHED-B

B-ASC

Scheduling-A

B-AAC

SCHED-A

B-BC

Description

B-OD

BIBB

B-OWS

B-AWS

BACnet Standard

Product
Conformance

Schedules

BIBB

Description

T-VMT-A

Viewing and Modifying


Trends-A

T-VMT-I-B

Viewing and Modifying


Trends Internal-B

T-VMT-E-B

Viewing and Modifying


Trends External-B

T-ATR-A

Automated Trend
Retrieval-A

T-ATR-B

Automated Trend
Retrieval-B

T-V-A

View-A

T-A-A

Archiving-A

T-AVM-A

Advanced View and


Modify-A

x
x

x
x

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
7

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

B-SS

B-SA

B-ASC

B-AAC

B-BC

B-OD

B-OWS

B-AWS

BACnet Standard

Product
Conformance

Trends

BACnet Interoperability Building Blocks (BIBBs) Support

B-BC

DM-DDB-B

Dynamic Device Binding-B

x x 1 x1

DM-DOB-A

Dynamic Object Binding-A

DM-DOB-B

Dynamic Object Binding-B

x x 1 x1

DM-DCC-A

DeviceCommunication
Control-A

DM-DCC-B

DeviceCommunication
Control-B

DM-PT-A

Private Transfer-A

DM-PT-B

Private Transfer-B

DM-TM-A

Text Message-A

DM-TM-B

Text Message-B

DM-TS-A

TimeSynchronization-A

DM-TS-B

TimeSynchronization-B

DM-UTC-A

UTCTimeSynchronization-A

DM-UTC-B

UTCTimeSynchronization-B

DM-RD-A

ReinitializeDevice-A

DM-RD-B

ReinitializeDevice-B

DM-BR-A

Backup and Restore-A

DM-BR-B

Backup and Restore-B

DM-R-A

Restart-A

DM-R-B

Restart-B

DM-LM-A

List Manipulation-A

DM-LM-B

List Manipulation-B

DM-OCD-A

Object Creation and


Deletion-A

DM-OCD-B

Object Creation and


Deletion-B

B-SS

B-OD

Dynamic Device Binding-A

B-SA

B-OWS

DM-DDB-A

B-ASC

Description

B-AAC

BIBB

B-AWS

BACnet Standard

Product
Conformance

Device Management

x
x

x
x

x
x

x
x

x
x

x
x

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
8

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

BACnet Interoperability Building Blocks (BIBBs) Support

B-SS

B-SA

B-ASC

B-AAC

B-BC

B-OD

B-OWS

BIBB

Description

DM-VT-A

Virtual Terminal-A

DM-VT-B

Virtual Terminal-B

DM-ANM-A

Automatic Network
Mapping-A

DM-ADM-A

Automatic Device
Mapping-A

DM-MTS-A

Manual Time
Synchronization-A

Not required if the device is a BACnet MS/TP Slave.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
9

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

B-AWS

BACnet Standard

Product
Conformance

Device Management (continued)

BACnet Interoperability Building Blocks (BIBBs) Support

NM-RC-A

Router Configuration-A

NM-RC-B

Router Configuration-B

B-SS

Connection Establishment-B

B-SA

NM-CE-B

B-ASC

Connection Establishment-A

B-AAC

NM-CE-A

B-BC

Description

B-OD

BIBB

B-OWS

B-AWS

BACnet Standard

Product
Conformance

Network Management

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
10

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Supported BACnet Object Types

Deletable

PO

PO

PO

Analog Input

PO

PO

Analog Ouput

PO

PO

Analog Value

18

Averaging

PO

PO

PO

Binary Input

PO

PO

Binary Output

PO

PO

Binary Value

Calendar

Command

PO

PO

PO

Device

Event Enrollment

10

File

PO

PO

11

Group

21

Life Safety Point

22

Life Safety Zone

12

Loop

13

Multi-state Input

PO

PO

14

Multi-state Output

PO

PO

19

Multi-state Value

15

Notification Class

16

Program

PO

PO

24

Pulse Converter

PO

PO

PO

17

Schedule

20

Trend Log

30

Access Door

25

Event Log

28

Load Control

PO

29

Structured View

27

Trend Log Multiple

32

Access Credential

Supported

PO

PO

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
11

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

B-SS

B-SA

B-ASC

Accumulator

B-AAC

23

B-BC

Description

B-OD

ID

B-OWS

Creatable

Product Conformance

B-AWS

BACnet Standard

Supported BACnet Object Types (continued)

35

Access User

36

Access Zone

37

Credential Data Input

26

Global Group

Deletable

Supported

Creatable

Access Rights

B-SS

34

B-SA

Product Conformance
B-ASC

Access Point

B-AAC

33

B-BC

Description

B-OD

ID

B-OWS

B-AWS

BACnet Standard

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
12

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Accumulator
StruxureWare Device

Accumulator

Accumulator (proxy)

object-identifier

Object ID

PO

77

object-name

BACnet name

PO

79

object-type

BACnet type

PO

85

present-value

Value

PO

PO

28

description

Description

PO

PO

31

device-type

Device type

PO

PO

111

status-flags

Status flags

PO

36

event-state

Event state

PO

Reliability

PO

Out of service

PO

PO

Maximum value

PO

PO

103 reliability
out-of-service

O
R

186 scale

117 units

188 prescale
65

max-pres-value

PO

O
R

192 value-change-time

O2

Value change time

PO

190 value-before-change

O2, 3

Value before change

PO

PO

191 value-set

Value set

PO

PO

184 logging-record

183 logging-object

186 pulse-rate

O1, 4

Pulse rate

PO

PO

45

high-limit

Upper limit

PO

PO

59

low-limit

O4

Lower limit

PO

PO

182 limit-monitoring-interval

O4

Limit Monitoring
interval

PO

PO

17

O4

BACnet notification

PO

PO

113 time-delay

O4

Time delay

PO

PO

52

limit-enable

Limit enable

PO

PO

35

event-enable

O4

Event enable

PO

PO

notification-class

2, 3

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
13

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

81

Writable

75

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Optional

ID

Required
Readable
Required
Writable

BACnet Standard

Accumulator
StruxureWare Device

BACnet Standard

acked-transitions

O4

Acknowledged
transitions

PO

notify-type

O4

Notify type

PO

130 event-time-stamps

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

PO

168 profile-name

Profile name

PO

72

Writable

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Optional

ID

Required
Readable
Required
Writable

Accumulator

PO

This property is required to be writable when out-of-service is TRUE.


These properties are required if either Value_Before_Change or Value_Set is writable.
3
Either Value_Before_Change or Value_Set may be writable, but not both.
4
These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic reporting.
1
2

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
14

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Analog Input

Analog Input

BACnet Analog Input

object-identifier

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

85

present-value

Value

28

description

Description

31

device-type

Device type

PO

PO

111

status-flags

Status flags

36

event-state

Event state

103 reliability
81

out-of-service

O
R

118 update-interval
117 units

O
R

Reliability

Writable

75

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Optional

ID

PO

Out of service

Update interval

PO

PO

Unit

69

min-pres-value

Minimum value

PO

PO

65

max-pres-value

Maximum value

PO

PO

106 resolution

Resolution

PO

PO

22

O2

COV increment

113 time-delay

Time delay

17

notification-class

O3

BACnet notification

45

high-limit

Upper limit

59

low-limit

O3

Lower limit

25

deadband

O3

Deadband

52

limit-enable

O3

Limit enable

35

event-enable

O3

Event enable

acked-transitions

O3

Acknowledged
transitions

168 notify-type

O3

Notify type

130 event-time-stamps

O3

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

168 profile-name

Profile name

cov-increment

PO

This property is required to be writable when out-of-service is TRUE.


This property is required if the object supports COV reporting.
3
These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic reporting.
1
2

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
15

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
Required
Writable

BACnet Standard

Analog Output
StruxureWare Device

Analog Output

BACnet Analog Output

object-identifier

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

85

present-value

Value

28

description

Description

31

device-type

Device type

PO

PO

111

status-flags

Status flags

36

event-state

Event state

103 reliability
81

out-of-service

117 units

Out of service

Unit

69

min-pres-value

Minimum value

PO

PO

65

max-pres-value

Maximim value

PO

PO

Resolution

PO

PO

priority-array

Command Priority
Levels

104 relinquish-default

Relinquish default

O1

COV increment

113 time-delay

Time delay

17

notification-class

O2

BACnet notification

45

high-limit

Upper limit

59

low-limit

O2

Lower limit

25

deadband

Deadband

52

limit-enable

O2

Limit enable

35

event-enable

Event enable

acked-transitions

O2

Acknowledged
transitions

72

notify-type

O2

Notify type

130 event-time-stamps

O2

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

168 profile-name

Profile name

87

22

PO

106 resolution

Reliability

cov-increment

PO

This property is required if the object supports COV reporting.


These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic reporting.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.
Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
16

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Writable

75

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Optional

ID

Required
Readable
Required
Writable

BACnet Standard

Analog Value

Analog Value

BACnet Analog Value

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

85

present-value

Value

28

description

Description

111

status-flags

Status flags

36

event-state

Event state

103 reliability
81

out-of-service

Reliability

Writable

object-identifier

Internal device
property name

Readable

75

Optional

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable

ID

PO

Out of service

117 units

Unit

87

O1

Command Priority
Levels

104 relinquish-default

O1

Relinquish default

22

COV increment

113 time-delay

O3

Time delay

17

notification-class

BACnet notification

45

high-limit

O3

Upper limit

59

low-limit

O3

Lower limit

25

deadband

O3

Deadband

52

limit-enable

O3

Limit enable

35

event-enable

O3

Event enable

acked-transitions

O3

Acknowledged
transitions

72

notify-type

O3

Notify type

130 event-time-stamps

O3

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

168 profile-name

Profile name

priority-array

cov-increment

PO

If present-value is commandable, then both of these properties shall be present.


This property is required if the object supports COV reporting.
3
These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic reporting.
4
If present-value is commandable, then it is required to be writable.
This property is required to be writable when out-of-service is TRUE.
1
2

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
17

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

StruxureWare Device

Averaging

Averaging (proxy)

75

object-identifier

Object ID

PO

77

object-name

BACnet name

PO

79

object-type

BACnet type

PO

Minimum value

PO

Minimum value
timestamp

PO

Average value

PO

Variance value

PO

Maximum value

PO

136 minimum-value
150

minimum-valuetimestamp

125 average-value

O
R

151 variance-value
135 maximum-value

O
R

PO

149

maximum-valuetimestamp

Maximum value
timestamp

PO

28

description

Description

PO

PO

Attempted samples

PO

PO

124 attempted-samples

146 valid-samples

Valid samples

PO

R1

Object property
reference

PO

PO

78

object-propertyreference

W1

147 window-interval

W1

Window interval

PO

PO

148 window-samples

W1

Window samples

PO

PO

Profile name

PO

168 profile-name

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Optional

ID

Required
Readable
Required
Writable

BACnet Standard

Writable

Averaging

If any of these properties are written to using BACnet services, all of the buffer samples become invalid.
In addition, Attempted_Samples becomes zero, Valid_Samples becomes zero, Minimum_Value becomes INF,
Average_Value becomes NaN, and Maximum_Value becomes INF.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
18

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Binary Input

Binary Input

BACnet Digital Input

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

85

present-value

Value

28

description

Description

31

device-type

Device type

PO

PO

111

status-flags

Status flags

36

event-state

Event state

103 reliability

Reliability

Writable

object-identifier

Internal device
property name

Readable

75

Optional

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable

ID

PO

81

out-of-service

Out of service

84

polarity

Polarity

46

inactive-text

O2

Inactive text

active-text

Active text

16

change-of-state-time

O3

Change of state time

PO

15

change-of-state-count

Change of state count

PO

115

time-of-state-countreset

O3

Time of state count


reset

PO

33

elapsed-active-time

O4

Elapsed active time

PO

114

time-of-active-timereset

O4

Time of active time


reset

PO

PO

PO

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
19

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Binary Input

BACnet Digital Input


Internal device
property name

113 time-delay

O5

Time delay

17

notification-class

O5

BACnet notification

alarm-value

O5

Alarm value

35

event-enable

O5

Event enable

acked-transitions

O5

Acknowledged
transitions

72

notify-type

O5

Notify type

130 event-time-stamps

O5

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

168 profile-name

Profile name

ID

BACnet
property name

Writable

Optional

Required
Writable

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Readable

Binary Input (continued)

PO

This property is required to be writable when out-of-service is TRUE.


If either optional property, inactive-text or active-text, is present, then both properties shall be present.
3
If one of the optional properties, change-of-state-time, change-of-state-count, or time-of-state-count-reset, is
present, then all of these properties shall be present.
4
If either optional property, elapsed-active-time or time-of-active-time-reset, is present, then both of
these properties shall be present.
5
These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic reporting.
1
2

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
20

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Binary Output

Binary Output

BACnet Digital Output

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

85

present-value

Value

28

description

Description

31

device-type

Device type

PO

PO

111

status-flags

Status flags

36

event-state

Event state

103 reliability

Reliability

Writable

object-identifier

Internal device
property name

Readable

75

Optional

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable

ID

PO

81

out-of-service

Out of service

84

polarity

Polarity

46

inactive-text

O1

Inactive text

active-text

Active text

16

change-of-state-time

O2

Change of state time

PO

15

change-of-state-count

Change of state count

PO

115

time-of-state-countreset

O2

Time of state count


reset

PO

33

elapsed-active-time

O3

Elapsed active time

PO

114

time-of-active-timereset

O3

Time of active time


reset

PO

66

minimum-off-time

Minimum off time

PO

PO

67

minimum-on-time

Minimum on time

PO

PO

87

priority-array

Command Priority
Levels

104 relinquish-default

Relinquish default

PO

PO

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
21

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Binary Output (continued)

BACnet Digital Output


Internal device
property name

113 time-delay

O4

Time delay

PO

PO

17

notification-class

BACnet notification

PO

PO

alarm-value

O4

Alarm value

PO

PO

35

event-enable

Event enable

PO

PO

acked-transitions

O4

Acknowledged
transitions

PO

72

notify-type

O4

Notify type

PO

130 event-time-stamps

O4

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

PO

168 profile-name

Profile name

PO

ID

BACnet
property name

Writable

Optional

Readable

Binary Output
Required
Writable

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

PO

If either optional property, inactive-text or active-text, is present, then both properties shall be present.
If one of the optional properties, change-of-state-time, change-of-state-count, or time-of-state-count-reset, is
present, then all of these properties shall be present.
3
If either optional property, elapsed-active-time or time-of-active-time-reset, is present, then both of
these properties shall be present.
4
These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic reporting.
1

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
22

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Binary Value

Binary Value

BACnet Digital Value

object-identifier

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

85

present-value

R1

Value

28

description

Description

111

status-flags

Status flags

36

event-state

Event state

103 reliability
81

out-of-service

46

inactive-text

Reliability

Writable

75

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Optional

ID

PO

Out of service

O2

Inactive text

active-text

Active text

16

change-of-state-time

O3

Change of state time

PO

15

change-of-state-count

Change of state count

PO

115

time-of-state-countreset

O3

Time of state count


reset

PO

33

elapsed-active-time

O4

Elapsed active time

PO

114

time-of-active-timereset

O4

Time of active time


reset

PO

66

minimum-off-time

Minimum off time

PO

PO

67

minimum-on-time

Minimum on time

PO

PO

87

priority-array

O5

Command Priority
Levels

104 relinquish-default

O5

Relinquish default

113 time-delay

O6

Time delay

17

notification-class

O6

BACnet notification

alarm-value

O6

Alarm value

35

event-enable

O6

Event enable

acked-transitions

O6

Acknowledged
transitions

PO

PO

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
23

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
Required
Writable

BACnet Standard

BACnet Digital Value

ID

BACnet
property name

72

notify-type

Internal device
property name

O6

Notify type

130 event-time-stamps

O6

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

168 profile-name

Profile time

Writable

Binary Value
Optional

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable
Required
Writable

BACnet Standard

Readable

Binary Value (continued)

PO

If present-value is commandable, then it is required to be writable. This property is required to be writable when
out-of-service is TRUE.
2
If either optional property, inactive-text or active-text, is present, then both properties shall be present.
3
If one of the optional properties, change-of-state-time, change-of-state-count, or time-of-state-count-reset, is
present, then all of these properties shall be present.
4
If either optional property, elapsed-active-time or time-of-active-time-reset, is present, then both of these properties
shall be present.
5
If present-value is commandable, then both of these properties shall be present.
6
These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic reporting.
1

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
24

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

BACnet Calendar
Optional

ID

BACnet
property name

75

object-identifier

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

28

description

Description

85

present-value

Value

23

date-list

Date list

168 profile-name

Internal device
property name

Profile name

Writable

Calendar
Required
Writable

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Readable

Calendar

PO

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
25

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Command
BACnet Standard

StruxureWare Device

Object ID

PO

object-name

BACnet name

PO

79

object-type

BACnet type

PO

28

description

Description

PO

PO

85

present-value

Value

PO

PO

47

in-process

In process

PO

all-writes-successful

All writes successful

PO

action

action-text

Profile name

PO

75

object-identifier

77

Optional

BACnet
property name

O
W

Writable

ID

Required
Writable

Internal device
property name

Readable

Required
Readable

Command

PO

168 profile-name

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
26

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Device
StruxureWare Device

Device

BACnet Device

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

112 system-status

System status

121 vendor-name

Vendor name

120 vendor-identifier

Vendor identifier

70

model-name

Model name

44

firmware-revision

Firmware revision

12

application-softwareversion

Application software
version

58

location

Location

28

description

Description

98

protocol-version

Protocol version

139 protocol-revision

Protocol revision

97

protocol-servicessupported

Services supported

96

protocol-objecttypes-supported

Object types
supported

76

object-list

View objects in
Application folder

62

max-apdu-lengthaccepted

Maximum APDU
length accepted

107

segmentationsupported

Segmentation
supported

10

apdu-segmenttimeout

O1

APDU segment
timeout

122 vt-classes-supported

O2

active-vt-sessions

O2

57

local-time

O3, 4 Local time

56

local-date

O3, 4 Local date

119 utc-offset
24

daylight-savingsstatus

UTC offset (min)

O4

Daylight savings

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
27

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

209 structured-object-list

Writable

object-identifier

Internal device
property name

Readable

75

Optional

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable

ID

Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Device

BACnet Device

11

apdu-timeout

73

number-of-apdu-retries R

55

list-of-session-keys

116

time-synchronizationrecipients

64

Optional

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable

ID

Internal device
property name

Writable

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Readable

Device (continued)

APDU timeout

Number of APDU
retries

O5

Time synchronization
recipients

max-master

O6

Maximum master

63

max-info-frames

O6

Maximum information
frames

30

device-addressbinding

View properties of
bound devices in
Hardware folder.

Database revision

155 database-revision
154 configuration-files

O7

Backup configuration
files

157 last-restore-time

O7

Last restore time

Backup failure
timeout

Maximum segments
accepted

Profile name

153

backup-failuretimeout

O8

152

active-covsubscriptions

O9

167

max-segmentsaccepted

O1

172 slave-proxy-enable

O10

169 auto-slave-discovery

O11

171

slave-addressbinding

O12

170

manual-slaveaddress-binding

O10

168 profile-name

196 last-restart-session
203 time-of-device-restart
202

restart-notificationrecipients

206

utc-time-synchronization-recipients

O5

204

time-synchronizationinterval

193 align-intervals

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
28

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

BACnet
property name

195 interval-offset

Internal device
property name

Writable

BACnet Device
Optional

Device
Required
Writable

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

ID

BACnet Standard

Readable

Device (continued)

515

proprietary-property515

Serial number

517

proprietary-property517

Infinity path

Required if segmentation of any kind is supported.


If one of the properties, VT_Classes_Supported or Active_VT_Sessions. is present, then both of these properties shall
be present. Both properties are required if support for VT_Services is indicated in the PICS.
3
If the device supports the execution of the TimeSynchronization service, then these properties shall be present.
4
If the device supports the execution of the UTCTimeSynchronization service, then these properties shall be present.
5
If this property is present, then Time_Synchronization_Interval, Align_Intervals and Interval_Offset shall be present and
if present, this property shall be writable.
6
These properties are required if the device is an MS/TP master node.
7
These properties are required if the device supports the backup and restore procedures.
8
This property must be present and writable if the device supports backup and restore procedures.
9
This property is required if the device supports execution of either the SubscribeCOV or SubscribeCOVProperty service.
10
This property shall be present and writable if the device is capable of being a Slave-Proxy device.
11
This property shall be present if the device is capable of being a Slave-Proxy device that implements automatic
discovery of slaves.
12
This property shall be present if the device is capable of being a Slave-Proxy device.
1

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
29

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Event Enrollment
StruxureWare Device

Event Enrollment

BACnet Alarm

BACnet
property name

75

object-identifier

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

28

description

Description

37

event-type

Alarm Type

72

notify-type

Notify type

83

event-parameters

Alarm Trigger

78

object-propertyreference

Monitored variable

36

event-state

Event state

35

event-enable

Event enable

acked-transitions

Acknowledged
transitions

17

notification-class

BACnet notification

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

130 event-time-stamps

168 profile-name

Profile name

Writable

Object ID

Optional

Required
Writable

Internal device
property name

Readable

ID

Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

PO

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
30

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

ID

BACnet
property name

75

object-identifier

77

object-name

79

object-type

28

description

43

file-type

42

Internal device
property name
Object ID

BACnet name

BACnet type

Description

File type

file-size

R1

File size

71

modification-date

Modification date

13

archive

Archive

99

read-only

Read only

41

file-access-method

File access method

141 record-count

O2

Record count

PO

168 profile-name

Profile name

PO

Writable

BACnet File
Optional

File
Required
Writable

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Readable

File

PO

If the file size can be changed by writing to the file, and File_Access_Method is STREAM_ACCESS, then this
property shall be writable.
2
This property shall be present only if File_Access_Method is RECORD_ACCESS.
If the number of records can be changed by writing to the file, then this property shall be writable.
1

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
31

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Group
BACnet Standard

StruxureWare Device

77

object-name

79

object-type

28

description

53

list-of-groupmembers

85

present-value

Writable

object-identifier

Internal device
property name

Readable

75

Optional

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable

ID

Required
Readable

Group

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
32

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

168 profile-name

Life Safety Point

StruxureWare Device

BACnet Standard

77

object-name

79

object-type

85

present-value

R1

164 tracking-value

28

description

31

device-type

111

status-flags

36

event-state

103 reliability

R1

81

160 mode
175 accepted-modes

W
R

113 time-delay

O2

17

O2

notification-class

166 life-safety-alarm-values

O2

alarm-values

O2

39

fault-values

O2

35

event-enable

O2

acked-transitions

O2

72

notify-type

O2

130 event-time-stamps

O2

163 silenced

161 operation-expected

158 maintenance-required

162 setting

156 direct-reading

O3

117 units

O3

159 member-of

168 profile-name

These properties are required to be writable when out-of-service is TRUE.


These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic alarming.
3
If either property is present, then both must be present.
1
2

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
33

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

out-of-service

Writable

object-identifier

Internal device
property name

Readable

75

Optional

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable

ID

Required
Readable

Life Safety Point

Life Safety Zone

StruxureWare Device

BACnet Standard

77

object-name

79

object-type

85

present-value

R1

164 tracking-value

28

description

31

device-type

111

status-flags

36

event-state

103 reliability

R1

81

160 mode
175 accepted-modes

W
R

113 time-delay

O2

17

O2

notification-class

166 life-safety-alarm-values

O2

alarm-values

O2

39

fault-values

O2

35

event-enable

O2

acked-transitions

O2

72

notify-type

O2

130 event-time-stamps

O2

163 silenced

161 operation-expected

158 maintenance-required
165 zone-members

1
2

O
R

159 member-of

168 profile-name

These properties are required to be writable when out-of-service is TRUE.


These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic alarming.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
34

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

out-of-service

Writable

object-identifier

Internal device
property name

Readable

75

Optional

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable

ID

Required
Readable

Life Safety Zone

Loop

Loop

BACnet Loop

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

85

present-value

Value

28

description

Description

111

status-flags

Status flags

36

event-state

Event state

Reliability

Out of service

Update interval (ms)

Unit

103 reliability
81

out-of-service

R
O

118 update-interval

Writable

object-identifier

Internal device
property name

Readable

75

Optional

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable

ID

82

output units

60

manipulated-variableR
reference

Manipulated variable
reference

19

controlled-variablereference

Controlled variable
reference

21

controlled-variablevalue

Controlled variable
value

20

controlled-variableunits

Unit

109 setpoint-reference

Setpoint reference

108 setpoint

Setpoint

action

Action

93

proportional-constant

O1

Proportional constant

94

proportional-constantunits

O1

Unit

49

integral-constant

O2

Integral constant

26

derivative-constant

O3

Derivative constant

27

derivative-constantunits

O3

Unit

14

bias

Bias

61

maximum-output

Maximum output

68

minimum-output

Minimum output

88

priority-for-writing

Priority for writing

22

cov-increment

R
O4

COV increment

PO

PO

113 time-delay

O5

Time delay (s)

17

O5

BACnet notification

notification-class

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
35

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Loop

BACnet Loop

BACnet
property name

Internal device
property name

34

error-limit

O5

Error limit

35

event-enable

O5

Event enable

acked-transitions

O5

Acknowledged
transitions

72

notify-type

O5

Notify type

130 event-time-stamps

O5

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

168 profile-name

Profile name

Writable

ID

Optional

Required
Writable

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Readable

Loop (continued)

PO

If one of these optional properties is present, then both of these properties shall be present.
If one of these optional properties is present, then both of these properties shall be present.
3
If one of these optional properties is present, then both of these properties shall be present.
4
This property is required if the object supports COV reporting.
5
These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic reporting.
1
2

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
36

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Multi-state Input

StruxureWare Device

Multi-state Input

BACnet Multistate Input

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

85

present-value

R1

Value

28

description

Description

31

device-type

Device type

PO

PO

111

status-flags

Status flags

36

event-state

Event state

Reliability

103 reliability

O2

Writable

object-identifier

Internal device
property name

Readable

75

Optional

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable

ID

Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

81

out-of-service

Out of service

74

number-of-states

Number of states

110 state-text

Label

113 time-delay

O3

Time delay (s)

17

notification-class

BACnet notification

alarm-values

O3

Is alarm value

39

fault-values

Is fault value

35

event-enable

O3

Event enable

acked-transitions

O3

Acknowledged
transitions

72

notify-type

O3

Notify type

130 event-time-stamps

O3

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

168 profile-name

Profile name

PO

This property is required to be writable when out-of-service is TRUE.


This property shall be required if fault-values is present.
3
These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic reporting.
1

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
37

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Multi-state Output

StruxureWare Device

Multi-state Output

BACnet Multistate Output

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

85

present-value

Value

28

description

Description

31

device-type

Device type

PO

PO

111

status-flags

Status flags

36

event-state

Event state

Reliability

103 reliability

81

out-of-service

Out of service

74

number-of-states

Number of states

Label

110 state-text

priority-array

Command priority
levels

104 relinquish-default

Relinquish default

87

113 time-delay

O1

Time delay

PO

PO

17

notification-class

O1

BACnet notification

PO

PO

40

feedback-value

O1

Feedback value

PO

PO

35

event-enable

O1

Event enable

PO

PO

acked-transitions

O1

Acknowledged
transitions

PO

72

notify-type

O1

Notify type

PO

130 event-time-stamps

O1

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

PO

168 profile-name

Profile name

PO

PO

These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic reporting.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
38

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Writable

object-identifier

Internal device
property name

Readable

75

Optional

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable

ID

Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Multi-state Value

StruxureWare Device

Multi-state Value

BACnet Multistate Value

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

85

present-value

R1

Value

28

description

Description

111

status-flags

Status flags

36

event-state

Event state

Reliability

103 reliability

O2

Writable

object-identifier

Internal device
property name

Readable

75

Optional

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable

ID

Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

81

out-of-service

Out of service

74

number-of-states

Number of states

W
W

110 state-text

Label

87

priority-array

O3

Command Priority Levels

104 relinquish-default

O3

Relinquish default

113 time-delay

O4

Time delay (s)

17

notification-class

O4

BACnet notification

alarm-values

Is alarm value

39

fault-values

O4

Is fault value

35

event-enable

Event enable

acked-transitions

O4

Acknowledged
transitions

72

notify-type

O4

Notify type

130 event-time-stamps

O4

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

168 profile-name

Profile name

PO

If present-value is commandable, then it is required to also be writable. This property is required to be writable
when out-of-service is TRUE.
2
This property shall be required if fault-values is present.
3
If present-value is commandable, then both of these properties shall be present.
4
These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic reporting.
Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
39

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

BACnet Notification Class


Optional

Readable

Notification Class
Required
Writable

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Writable

Notification Class

ID

BACnet
property name

75

object-identifier

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

28

description

Description

17

notification-class

BACnet notification

86

priority

Priority-to-off-normal
Priority-to-fault
Priority-to-normal

ack-required

Acknowledgement
required

102 recipient-list

Recipient rules

168 profile-name

Internal device
property name

Profile name

PO

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
40

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

StruxureWare Device

Program

BACnet Program (proxy)

object-identifier

Object ID

PO

77

object-name

BACnet name

PO

79

object-type

BACnet type

PO

92

program-state

Program state

PO

90

program-change

Program change

PO

Internal device
property name

Readable

75

Optional

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable

ID

Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Writable

Program

PO

PO

100 reason-for-halt

O1

Reason for halt

PO

29

description-of-halt

Description for halt

PO

PO

91

program-location

Program location

PO

PO

28

description

Description

PO

PO

111

status-flags

Status flags

PO

Reliability

PO

Out of service

PO

Profile name

PO

103 reliability
81

out-of-service

O
R

168 profile-name

PO

If one of the optional properties, Reason_For_Halt or description_Of_Halt is present, then both of these properties shall be present.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
41

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Pulse Converter

Pulse Converter (proxy)

BACnet
property name

75

object-identifier

77

Object ID

PO

object-name

BACnet name

PO

79

object-type

BACnet type

PO

28

description

Description

PO

85

present-value

Value

PO

Input reference

PO

Required
Writable
Optional

Internal device
property name

Readable

ID

O
R1

181 input-reference

PO

PO

PO

111

status-flags

Status flags

PO

36

event-state

Event state

PO

Reliability

PO

Out of service

PO

PO

117 units

Units

PO

PO

188 scale-factor

Scale factor

PO

PO

Adjust value

PO

PO

103 reliability
81

out-of-service

176 adjust-value

177 count

Count

PO

189 update-time

Update time

PO

179 count-change-time

R2

Count change time

PO

178 count-before-change

R2

Count before change

PO

O3

COV increment

PO

PO

180 cov-period

COV period

PO

PO

17

O4

BACnet notification

PO

PO

113 time-delay

Time delay

PO

PO

45

high-limit

O4

Upper limit

PO

PO

59

low-limit

Lower limit

PO

PO

25

deadband

O4

Deadband

PO

PO

52

limit-enable

Limit enable

PO

PO

35

event-enable

O4

Event enable

PO

PO

acked-transitions

O4

Acknowledgement
transitions

PO

72

notify-type

O4

Notify type

PO

130 event-time-stamps

O4

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

PO

168 profile-name

Profile name

PO

22

cov-increment

notification-class

PO

This property is required to be writable when out-of-service is TRUE.


These properties are required if Count_Before_Change is writable.
These properties are required if the object supports COV reporting.
4
These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic reporting.
2
3

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.
Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
42

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Writable

Pulse Converter

Schedule

Schedule

BACnet Schedule

object-identifier

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

85

present-value

Value

28

description

Description

32

effective-period

Effective period

Weekly

Default value

Exception

O
R

123 weekly-schedule
174 schedule-default

O1
R

exception-schedule

54

list-of-object-propertyR
references

Object property
references

88

priority-for-writing

Priority for writing

111

status-flags

Status flags

103 reliability

Reliability

81

Out of service

Profile name

PO

168 profile-name

32

out-of-service

O1

Writable

75

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable
Optional

ID

512

proprietary-property512

Previous transition
time

513

proprietary-property513

Next transition time

514

proprietary-property514

Following transition
time

518

proprietary-property518

Time since previous


transition (min)

519

proprietary-property519

Time to next transition (min)

520

proprietary-property520

Time to following
transition (min)

521

proprietary-property521

Next transition value

522

proprietary-property522

Following transition
value

At least one of these properties is required.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
43

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Trend Log

Trend Log

BACnet Trend Log

object-identifier

Object ID

77

object-name

BACnet name

79

object-type

BACnet type

28

description

Description

Log enable

133 log_enable

Writable

75

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable
Optional

ID

142 start-time

Start time

143 stop-time

O1, 2 Stop time

132

1, 2

log-device-objectproperty

O1

134 log-interval
128

Log device object


property

O1, 2 Log interval

cov-resubscriptioninterval

127 client-cov-increment

COV resubscription
interval

Delta

144 stop-when-full

Stop when full

126 buffer-size

Buffer size

131 log-buffer

Trend log list

Record count

Total record count

141 record-count
145 total-record-count

W
R

137 notification-threshold

O3

Notification threshold

records-sincenotification

O3

Records since
notification

O3

Last notify record

Event state

140

173 last-notify-record

36

event-state

17

notification-class

O3

BACnet notification

35

event-enable

O3

Event enable

acked-transitions

O3

Acknowledged
transitions

72

notify-type

O3

Notify type

130 event-time-stamps

O3

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

168 profile-name

Profile name

PO

Logging type

Align intervals

PO

PO

197 logging-type

193 align-intervals

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
44

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

BACnet Trend Log

BACnet
property name

Internal device
property name

Writable

Trend Log
Required
Writable
Optional

StruxureWare Device
Required
Readable

ID

BACnet Standard

Readable

Trend Log (continued)

195 interval-offset

O4

Interval offset

PO

PO

205 trigger

Trigger

PO

PO

These properties are required to be present if the monitored property is a BACnet property.
If present, these properties are required to be writable.
3
These properties are required to be present if the object supports intrinsic reporting.
4
These properties are required to be present if the object supports clock-aligned reporting.
1
2

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
45

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Access Door
StruxureWare Device

BACnet Standard

object-identifier

77

object-name

79

object-type

85

present-value

28

description

111

status-flags

36

event-state

W
O

103 reliability

81

out-of-service

87

priority-array

104 relinquish-default

231 door-status

O1, 2

233 lock-status

O1

235 secured-status

228 door-members

227

door-extended-pulsetime

232

door-unlock-delaytime

229

door-open-too-longtime

R
R
O
R

226 door-alarm-state

O1, 3

234 masked-alarm-values

158 maintenance-required

113 time-delay

O3

17

notification-class

O3

alarm-values

O3

39

fault-values

O3

35

event-enable

O3

acked-transitions

O3

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
46

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

230 door-pulse-time

Writable

75

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable
Optional

ID

Required
Readable

Access Door

Access Door (continued)


StruxureWare Device

BACnet Standard

notify-type

Writable

72

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable
Optional

ID

Required
Readable

Access Door

O3

130 event-time-stamps

O3

168 profile-name

These properties, when present, shall be writable when Out_Of_Service is TRUE.


This property shall be required if the property, Secured_Status, is present.
3
These properties are required if the object supports intrinsic reporting.
1

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
47

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Event Log
StruxureWare Device

BACnet Standard

object-identifier

77

object-name

79

object-type

28

description

111

status-flags

36

event-state

103 reliability

133 enable

142 start-time

O1, 2

143 stop-time

O1, 2

144 stop-when-full

126 buffer-size

131 log-buffer

141 record-count
145 total-record-count

W
R

137 notification-threshold

O3

records-sincenotification

O3

140

Writable

75

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable
Optional

ID

Required
Readable

Event Log

173 last-notify-record

O3

17

notification-class

O3

35

event-enable

O3

acked-transitions

O3

72

notify-type

O3

168 profile-name

If present, these properties are required to be writable.


If one of these properties is present, then all shall be present.
3
These properties are required to be present if the object supports intrinsic reporting.
1

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
48

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Load Control

StruxureWare Device

Load Control

Load control (proxy)

object-identifier

Object ID

PO

77

object-name

BACnet name

PO

79

object-type

BACnet type

PO

28

description

Description

PO

PO

222 state-description

State description

PO

PO
PO

85

present-value

Value

PO

111

status-flags

Status flags

PO

36

event-state

Event state

PO

Reliability

PO

103 reliability

218 requested-shed-level

142 start-time

219 shed-duration

213 duty-window

133 enable

W
O

214 expected-shed-level

212 actual-shed-level

221 shed-levels

W1

220

shed-level-descriptions

17

notification-class

O2

BACnet notification

PO

PO

35

event-enable

O2

Event enable

PO

PO

acked-transitions

O2

Acknowledged
transitions

PO

72

notify-type

O2

Notifiy type

PO

130 event-time-stamps

O2

To-off-normal time
To-fault time
To-normal time

PO

168 profile-name

Profile name

PO

PO

The elements of this array are required to be writable, although the array is not required to be resizable.
These properties are required to be present if the object supports intrinsic reporting.

Note: PO indicates Proxy Only, which means that the object is only supported by Workstation.

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
49

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

PO

O1, 2

215 full-duty-baseline

Writable

75

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable
Optional

ID

Required
Readable

BACnet Standard

Structured View
BACnet Standard

StruxureWare Device

object-identifier

77

object-name

79

object-type

28

description

O
R

207 node-subtype
211 subordinate-list

O
R

subordinateannotations

167 profile-name

210

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
50

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

208 node-type

Writable

75

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Optional

ID

Required
Writable

Required
Readable

Structured View

Trend Log Multiple


StruxureWare Device

BACnet Standard

object-identifier

77

object-name

79

object-type

28

description

111

status-flags

36

event-state

103 reliability

133 enable

142 start-time

O1

143 stop-time

O1

log-device-objectproperty

197 logging-type

134 log-interval

R2

193 align-intervals

O3

195 interval-offset

O3

205 trigger

144 stop-when-full

126 buffer-size

131 log-buffer

141 record-count
145 total-record-count

W
R

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
51

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

132

Writable

75

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable
Optional

ID

Required
Readable

Trend Log Multiple

Trend Log Multiple (continued)


StruxureWare Device

BACnet Standard

137 notification-threshold

O4

records-sincenotification

O4

140

173 last-notify-record

O4

17

notification-class

O4

35

event-enable

O4

acked-transitions

O4

72

notify-type

O4

130 event-time-stamps

O4

168 profile-name

Writable

Internal device
property name

Readable

BACnet
property name

Required
Writable
Optional

ID

Required
Readable

Trend Log Multiple

If present, these properties are required to be writable.


If present, this property is required to be writable when Logging_Type has the value POLLED.
3
These properties are required to be present if the object supports clock-aligned logging
4
These properties are required to be present if the object supports intrinsic reporting
1

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
52

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Vendor Specific Implementations


Serial Number Property
Every Schneider Electric StruxureWare device has a unique serial number. The serial
number property of a StruxureWare BACnet device is only the lower portion of its Ethernet
MAC address. The serial number is made available by the Serial_Number property of the
Device object. The property identifier is 515, and the data type is Unsigned.

Device Property

ID

Serial_Number

515

Description
Serial number value derived from
Ethernet MAC address

Support for Optimum Start-Stop


The controller includes a proprietary extension that can be used, together with Script
programming, to optimize the start and stop times for a heating and cooling system based
on scheduled occupancy times. The extension consists of three proprietary properties of
the Schedule object type.
Schedule Property

ID

Previous_Transition_Time

512

The time when the Schedules


present-value most recently
changed value.

Next_Transition_Time

513

The time when the Schedules


present-value is next scheduled to
change value.

514

The time when the Schedules


present-value is next scheduled to
change value after the time indicated
by Next_Transition.

Following_Transition_Time

Description

Unsigned Numbers Restrictions


Any property or service parameter that is an unsigned number has an upper limit
restriction of 232 - 2 (4294967294). This upper limit restriction is one less than the full range
of all possible 32 bit numbers.
Multistate Object Restrictions

Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
53

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

Multistate objects (input, output, and value) have an upper limit restriction of 4096 on the
number of configurable states. In addition, the state text length is limited to 32 octets.

Interpretation of Wildcards in Dates


The BACnet specification [ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-2004] is open to multiple
interpretations regarding the meaning of wildcards in dates, especially when used to specify
date ranges. This section describes how the controllers, especially in the context of the
Schedule properties Exception_Schedule and Effective_Period, and the Calendar property
Date_List, interpret wildcards.
For purposes of comparing dates, the day-of-week fields are not used. That is, they are
totally redundant. When comparing dates, a wildcard field is considered equal to the
corresponding field in the date being compared. A date falls within the range if it is not
before the StartDate and not after the EndDate.
Because the day-of-week field is redundant, its value must be either unspecified or
consistent with the other fields. Because it can be consistent with those fields only if they
are specified, the controllers allow the day-of-week to be specified only if the other three
fields are specified as well.
Accordingly, the following conditions in a date range are treated as errors and prevent a
WriteProperty from completing:

All brand names, trademarks and registered marks are the property of their respective owners.
Information contained within this document is subject to change without notice.
PP-v1.1-ASB-PICS-US.BU.N.EN.08.2012.
Schneider Electric One High Street, North Andover, MA 01845 USA Telephone: +1 978 975 9600 Fax: +1 978 975 9698 www.schneider-electric.com/buildings
54

2012 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

1. A day-of-week is specified, but two or fewer of the other fields in the Date are
specified.
2. A day-of-week is specified, but is inconsistent with the Date specified by the other
fields.
3. A year field is specified that is outside the range limit of 1989-2105.
4. The EndDate is earlier than the StartDate.
5. Any of the specified fields are out of range, for example, 31st day of February.

BACnet is a registered trademark of ASHRAE. ASHRAE does not endorse, approve or test products for
compliance with ASHRAE standards. Compliance of listed products to the requirements of ASHRAE
Standard 135 if the responsibility of BACnet International (BI). BTL is a registered trademark of the BI.

BACnet Testing Labs


Product Listing
This product has been tested at the BACnet Testing Labs and found to comply with all the necessary
interoperability requirements in place on the published test date. This listing represents the tested
capability of the Listed Product. For information on additional functionality that was not covered in the
test process, refer to the Manufacturers PICS statement on the BI website.

Listing Information
Vendor

Listing Status

TAC, Systems Product Division


1354 Clifford Ave.
Loves Park, IL 61111
USA

Listed Product

Test Requirements

BACnet Protocol Revision

Date Tested

Requirements as of May 2005

Revision 4 (135-2004)

August 2007

Product Name

Model Number

Software Version

I/A Series MicroNet

TM

Zone Controller

MNB-70

1.41

I/A Series MicroNet

TM

Unitary Controller

MNB-300

1.41

I/A Series MicroNet

TM

VAV Controller

MNB-V1

1.41

I/A Series MicroNet

TM

VAV Controller

MNB-V2

1.41

Page 1 of 2

Device Profiles
Profile

Model Numbers

BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC)

All Devices

BIBBs Supported

Data Sharing

ReadProperty-A
ReadProperty-B
ReadPropertyMultiple-B
WriteProperty-B
WritePropertyMultiple-B
COV-A
COV-B

Device and Network


Management

Dynamic Device Binding-B


Dynamic Object Binding-A
Dynamic Object Binding-B
DeviceCommunicationControl-B
ReinitializeDevice-B

DS-RP-A
DS-RP-B
DS-RPM-B
DS-WP-B
DS-WPM-B
DS-COV-A
DS-COV-B

DM-DDB-B
DM-DOB-A
DM-DOB-B
DM-DCC-B
DM-RD-B

Object Type Support


Analog Input
Binary Input
Multi-State Output

Analog Output
Binary Output
Multi-State Value

Analog Value
Binary Value
Device

Data Link Layer Options


Media

MS/TP master

Options

9600, 19.2k, 38.4k, 76.8k bps

Character Set Support


ANSI X3.4

Page 2 of 2

5. CERTIFICATIONS

Annicom Limited Unit 21 Highview, High Street, Bordon, Hampshire. GU35 0AX
Tel: +44 (0) 1420 487788
Fax: +44 (0) 1420 487799
sales@annicom.com
www.annicom.com
21st November 2012
SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC FZE BRANCH

E-WING LEVEL 3
DUBAI SILICON OASIS
DUBAI,
UAE

CE CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Dear Sir,
To whom it may concern :
This is to certify that the following product has been designed and manufactured in
accordance with the following CE regulations and conforms to the datasheet:PART NO

DESCRIPTION

AX-MPR3-12
AX-MPR3-18
AX-PPR3-27
AX-PPR3-36
AX-PPR3-54
AX-PPR3-72
AX-PPR3-105

Three Phase Power Controller 12kw


Three Phase Power Controller 18kw
Three Phase Power Controller 27kw
Three Phase Power Controller 36kw
Three Phase Power Controller 54kw
Three Phase Power Controller 72kw
Three Phase Power Controller 105kw

ORIGIN
U.K
U.K.
U.K.
U.K.
U.K.
U.K.
U.K.

We can confirm that this product meet the CE regulations as follows.


CE
CE
CE
CE
ROHS directive

EN-50 081-2 EN-61000-6-2


EN-50 082-1 EN-61000-6-1
EMC-89/336/EEC
LVD-73/23/EEC EN-60947-1
2002/95/EC

We can also confirm this was designed and manufactured by Annicom Ltd in their Bordon
factory for use in the Building Management and HVAC industry.
Yours faithfully

Justin Huggins
Justin Huggins
Export Sales
Annicom Ltd
Authorised Signatory
Annicom Limited Registered in England No. 04668449
Registered office Unit 21, Highview, High Street, Bordon, Hampshire. GU35 0AX

Annicom Limited Unit 21 Highview, High Street, Bordon, Hampshire. GU35 0AX
Tel: +44 (0) 1420 487788
Fax: +44 (0) 1420 487799
sales@annicom.com
www.annicom.com

Annicom Limited Registered in England No. 04668449


Registered office Unit 21, Highview, High Street, Bordon, Hampshire. GU35 0AX

No.: 5518155

DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
Kamstrup A/S
Industrivej 28, Stilling
DK-8660 Skanderborg
Denmark
Tel: +45 89 93 10 00

We, Kamstrup A/S declare under our sole responsibility that the product
Product Name:

MULTICAL 602 /SVM S6/ MULTICAL 62

Product Description:

Heat/cooling/water meters

Product
Type number:

Type 602/S6/62- xxxxxxxx- 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-xx

Conforms to the European directives as marked below:


EMC Directive
2004 / 108 / EC
Standards:
- EN 61000-6-2:2005 EMC immunity for industrial environments
LVD Directive
2006 / 95 / EC
Standards:
- EN 61010-1:2010
Directive (Pressure) 97 / 23 / EC
R&TTE
1999/5/EC
Standards:
- EN 300 220 : (i.e. EN 300220-1, v2.3.1 (2010-02); EN 300220-3 v1.1.1)
- EN 301 489, V1.4.1 (2002-08)
- prEN13757-4-2010 (draft)
- ERC/REC 70-3,version 9 February 2011
Test are performed as manufacturer own control with quality check on produced devices as defined
in Appendix III of the directive 1999/5/EC without involved notified body.
MID, Measuring Instrument Directive 2004/22/EC
Standards:
EN 1434-4:2007, Welmec 7.2 (2011)
Notified Body, Module D Certificate:
Force Certification A/S
EC Notified Body no. 0200
Park Alle 345, 2605 Brndby
Denmark

5509-065, KST, Rev.: W, Kamstrup A/S, DK-8660 Skanderborg, Denmark


Side 1 af 4

No.: 5518155
Table 1
Type number combination

Type 602MULTICAL 602


Sensor connection
Pt100 2-wire (T1-T2)
Pt500 4-wire (T1-T2)
Pt500 2-wire (T1-T2-T3)
Pt500 4-wire (T1-T2) w/24 V pulse inputs
Top module
No module
RTC + Energy calculation + hourly data logger 2)
RTC + PQ or t-limiter + hourly data logger
RTC + data output + hourly data logger
RTC + M-Bus
RTC + Volume + hourly data logger 2)
RTC + 2 pulse outputs for CE and CV + hourly data logger + scheduler
RTC + 2 pulse outputs for CE and CV + prog. data logger
2 Pulse outputs CE and CV
Base module
No module
Data + pulse inputs
M-Bus + pulse inputs 1)
Radio Router + pulse inputs
Prog. data logger + RTC + 420 mA inputs + pulse inputs
0/420 mA outputs
LonWorks + pulse inputs
Radio + pulse inputs (internal antenna) 434 or 444 MHz
Radio + pulse inputs (external antenna connection) 434 or 444 MHz
M-Bus module with alternative registers + pulse inputs
M-Bus module with medium data package + pulse inputs
M-Bus module with MC-III data package + pulse inputs
Wireless M-Bus Mode C1 + pulse inputs
Wireless M-Bus Mode C1 Alt. reg. + pulse inputs
ZigBee 2.4 GHz int.ant. + pulse inputs
Metasys N2 (RS485) + pulse inputs
SIOX module (Auto detect Baud rate)
BACnet MS/TP + pules inputs
GSM/GPRS (GSM6H)
3G GSM/GPRS module (GSM8H)
Ethernet/IP (IP201)
High Power RadioRouter + pulse inputs
Supply
No supply
Battery, D-cell
230 VAC high power isolated SMPS
24 VAC high power isolated SMPS
230 VAC isolated linear supply
24 VAC isolated linear supply
Pt500 sensor set
No sensor set
Pocket sensor set w/1.5 m cable
Pocket sensor set w/3.0 m cable
Pocket sensor set w/5 m cable
Pocket sensor set w/10 m cable
Short direct sensor set w/1.5 m cable
Short direct sensor set w/3.0 m cable
3 Pocket sensors in sets w/1.5 m cable
3 Short direct sensors in sets w/1.5 m cable
Flow sensor /pick-up unit
Supplied w/1 pcs. ULTRAFLOW
(Please specify type)
Supplied w/2 pcs. (identical) ULTRAFLOW (Please specify type)
Prepared for 1 pcs. ULTRAFLOW
(Please specify type)
Prepared for 2 pcs. (identical) ULTRAFLOW (Please specify type)
Prepared for meters w/electronic pulse output
Prepared for meters w/Reed switch output (both V1 and V2)
Prepared for meters w/24 V active pulses
Meter type
Heat meter, (MID module B+D)
Heat meter, closed systems
Cooling meter
Heat/Cooling meter
Volume meter, hot water
Volume meter, cooling water
Energy meter, open systems

A
B
C
D
0
2
3
5
7
9
A
B
C
00
10
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
35
60
62
64
66
Require HighPower supply
modules

80
81
82
84
0
2
3
4
7
8

Country code (language on label etc.)


5509-065, KST, Rev.: W, Kamstrup A/S, DK-8660 Skanderborg, Denmark
Side 2 af 4

00
0A
0B
0C
0D
0F
0G
0L
Q3
1
2
7
8
K
L
M
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
XX

No.: 5518155
Table 2
Type number combination
SVM S6

Type S6-

Sensor connection
Pt100 2-wire (T1-T2)
Pt500 4-wire (T1-T2)
Pt500 2-wire (T1-T2-T3)
Pt500 4-wire (T1-T2) w/24 V pulse inputs
Top module
No module
Energy calculation
PQ or t-limiter
Data output
M-Bus
Volume
2 pulse outputs for CE and CV + scheduler
2 pulse outputs for CE and CV + prog. data logger
2 Pulse outputs CE and CV
Base module
No module
Data + pulse inputs
M-Bus + pulse inputs 1)
Prog. data logger + RTC + 420 mA inputs + pulse inputs
0/420 mA outputs
LonWorks + pulse inputs
Radio + pulse inputs (internal antenna) 434 or 444 MHz
Radio + pulse inputs (external antenna connection) 434 or 444 MHz
M-Bus module with alternative registers + pulse inputs
M-Bus module with medium data package + pulse inputs
Wireless M-Bus Mode C1 + pulse inputs
Wireless M-Bus Mode C1 Alt. reg. + pulse inputs
ZigBee 2.4 GHz int.ant. + pulse inputs
Metasys N2 (RS485) + pulse inputs
SIOX module (Auto detect Baud rate)
GSM/GPRS module (GSM6H)
Ethernet/IP module (IP201)
High Power RadioRouter + pulse inputs
Supply
No supply
Battery, D-cell
230 VAC high power isolated SMPS
24 VAC high power isolated SMPS
230 VAC isolated linear supply
24 VAC isolated linear supply
Pt500 sensor set
No sensor set
Pocket sensor set w/1.5 m cable
Pocket sensor set w/3.0 m cable
Pocket sensor set w/5 m cable
Pocket sensor set w/10 m cable
Short direct sensor set w/1.5 m cable
Short direct sensor set w/3.0 m cable
3 Pocket sensors in sets w/1.5 m cable
3 Short direct sensors in sets w/1.5 m cable
Flow sensor /pick-up unit
Supplied w/1 pcs. ULTRAFLOW
(Please specify type)
Supplied w/2 pcs. (identical) ULTRAFLOW (Please specify type)
Prepared for 1 pcs. ULTRAFLOW
(Please specify type)
Prepared for 2 pcs. (identical) ULTRAFLOW (Please specify type)
Prepared for meters w/electronic pulse output
Prepared for meters w/Reed switch output (both V1 and V2)
Prepared for meters w/24 V active pulses
Meter type
Heat meter, (MID module B+D)
Cooling meter
Heat/Cooling meter

A
B
C
D
0
2
3
5
7
9
A
B
C
00
10
20
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
30
35
60
62
64
Require
High- Power
supply
modules

80
82
84
0
2
3
4
7
8

Country code (language on label etc.)

5509-065, KST, Rev.: W, Kamstrup A/S, DK-8660 Skanderborg, Denmark


Side 3 af 4

00
0A
0B
0C
0D
0F
0G
0L
Q3
1
2
7
8
K
L
M
2
5
6
XX

6. COUNTRY OF ORIGIN

Country of Origin
S. No.

Model No.

Item Description

Make, COO

FIELD DEVICES
1

SPD 910-300

Air Differential Pressure Switch 0-300Pa for Fans

SE, Sweden

SPD 910-1000

Air Differential Pressure Switch 0-1000Pa for Filters

SE, Sweden

SPU1201

Water Differential Pressure Switch 0.2-4bar for Pumps

SE, Sweden

SPD 310

Air Differential Pressure Transmitter for duct

SE, Sweden

MD20B-230

Actuator Damper (On/Off) + Switch Aux MD-S1

SE, Sweden

MD10A-24

Actuator Damper (Modulating)

SE, Sweden

MN-S4-FCS

Space Temperature sensor for FCU

8
9

EE07-PFT1 + EE244Wireless Temperature and Humidity sensor for Galleries


AA1
EE242-A3
Base Station for Gallery Wireless transmitters

SE, USA
E+E, Austria
E+E, Austria

10

CI-24

PIR sensor for VAV/CAV

11

UI-500

Air Volume Control Potentiometer for Reception AHU

Sontay, UK

12

EPW105

Water Differential Pressure Transmitter

SE, Sweden

13

VER-HWL2XCX

Veris, USA

14

VER-HO2XMCX

Space Humidity transmitter 2% accuracy, Wall Mount for


Common areas
Outdoor Humidity transmitter 2%

15

TFEYR00

Duct Temperature Sensor

Veris, USA

Qatar National Museum


Country of Origin

Legrand, France

1 of 4

Veris, USA

Schneider Electric FZE


Building Business Unit

16
17

TIWB1Y0

Immersion Water Temperature Sensor for pipes

TE500DCW12H31E2

Duct Averaging Temp sensor

Veris, USA
Greystone, Canada

18

TWLY00

Wall Mount Space Temperature Sensor for Common areas

Veris, USA

19

VER-HD2XVCX

Duct Humidity Transmitter for AHUs, Accuracy 2%

Veris, USA

20

CLRSXX

Remote CO2 sensor for Gallery

Veris, USA

21

VER-CWE

Wall Mount Air Quality Sensor for Common areas

Veris, USA

22

FSR1AK1X
FST4A020

Ultrasonic strap on flow meter for CHW Bypass line

Veris, USA

23

VER-U001-0022

24

TOYR00

Impellor Water Flow Meter (SDI0H1N10-0200) for Cooling


Tower Make up line
Outdoor Temp sensor

25

WPS-G-PS3

Liquid Static Pressure Switch

26

CMD 050VC

CO Sensor

27

HC2-IP25

28

LOXONE

Combined Temp and Humidity sensor, cable and Transmitter


for Galleries
Outdoor Light Sensor

29

LL15

Liquid level float switch with 5m cable

Heat & Combustion, UK

30

AFS-262-HT

High Temp Air Differential Pressure Switch

Heat & Combustion, UK

31

GTC116-PB

Airflow Measuring Station for AHUs

32

D6200N+SY3-24-3-T

200mm Butterfly Valve with 24v 150 Nm On - Off actuator

Qatar National Museum


Country of Origin

Veris, USA
Veris, USA
Greystone, Canada
VCP, Sweden

2 of 4

Rotronic, USA
Loxone, Austria

Ebtron, USA
Belimo, Switzerland

Schneider Electric FZE


Building Business Unit

THYSRISTORS FOR AHU's


33

AX-MPR3-12

Din Mount Heating Regulator - 3Ph - 12kW

Axio, UK

34

AX-MPR3-18

Din Mount Heating Regulator - 3Ph - 18kW

Axio, UK

35

AX-PPR3-27

Panel Mount Heating Regulator - 3Ph - 27kW

Axio, UK

36

AX-PPR3-36

Panel Mount Heating Regulator - 3Ph - 36kW

Axio, UK

37

AX-PPR3-54

Panel Mount Heating Regulator - 3Ph - 54kW

Axio, UK

38

AX-PPR3-72

Panel Mount Heating Regulator - 3Ph - 72kW

Axio, UK

39

AX-PPR3-105

Panel Mount Heating Regulator - 3Ph - 105kW

Axio, UK

40

MNB-300

MNB-300 Unitary DDC Controller

41

SXWAUTSVR10001

Automation Server

SE, Sweden

42

SXWPS24VX10001

PS-24V Power Supply 24 VAC/VDC

SE, Sweden

43

SXWTBPSW110001

TB-PS-W1 Terminal base for Power Supply

SE, Sweden

44

SXWSCABLE10002

Angled Cable 1.5 m

SE, Sweden

45

SXWAO8XXX10001

Analog Output IO Module

SE, Sweden

46

SXWDI16XX10001

Digital Input IO Module

SE, Sweden

47

SXWDOC8XX10001

Digital Output IO Module

SE, Sweden

48

SXWUI16XX10001

Universal Input IO Module

SE, Sweden

49

SXWUI8A4X10001

UI + AO Universal Input IO Module

SE, Sweden

50

SXWUI8D4X10001

UI + DO IO Module

SE, Sweden

51

SXWTBIOW110001

IO Module Terminal Base

SE, Sweden

52

SXWSWESXX00001

Enterprise Server software

SE, Sweden

CONTROLLERS & SOFTWARES

Qatar National Museum


Country of Origin

3 of 4

SE, USA

Schneider Electric FZE


Building Business Unit

WORKSTATION, MONITOR, PRINTERS & LAPTOP


53

HP DX2390 Series

Workstation PC complete with LCD Monitor

54

Epson LQ-300 Series

Dot Matrix Printer

55
56

HP Officejet 6000
Series
HP Probook Series

HP, China/Taiwan
Epson, China/Taiwan

Report Printer

HP, China/Taiwan

Laptop

HP, China/Taiwan
BTUMETERS

57

Kamstrup + Sitrans

58

Kamstrup

59

Kamstrup

60

Kamstrup

61

Kamstrup

62

Kamstrup

Qatar National Museum


Country of Origin

DN300 / 500mm magnetic inductive flow meter and BTU


calculator complete with sensors, fittings, pockets and
lonworks communication module.
Ultrasonic BTU Meter qp 250m3/h, DN150 / 500mm,
complete with sensors, fittings, pockets and lonworks
communication module.
Ultrasonic BTU Meter qp 60m3/h, DN100 / 360 mm,
complete with sensors, fittings, pockets and lonworks
communication module.
Ultrasonic BTU Meter qp 40 m3/h, DN80 / 300mm, complete
with sensors, fittings, pockets and lonworks communication
module.
Ultrasonic BTU Meter qp 3,5 m3/h, G5/4 / 260mm,
complete with sensors, fittings, pockets and lonworks
communication module.
Ultrasonic BTU Meter qp 1,5 m3/h, G 1 / 130mm complete
with sensors, fittings, pockets and lonworks communication
module.

4 of 4

Sitrans, Germany
Kamstrup, Denmark
Kamstrup, Denmark

Kamstrup, Denmark

Kamstrup, Denmark

Kamstrup, Denmark

Kamstrup, Denmark

Schneider Electric FZE


Building Business Unit

7.

LIST OF PROJECTS

LIST OF PROJECTS
S No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32

Project Name
A.R.S. Ghanim Building
Abu Dhabi Airport Catering Building
Abu Dhabi Equestrian Club
Abu Dhabi Water & Electricity H&Q
ADMA OPCO HQ
ADNOC Umm Al Nar
ADNOC-FOD Abu Dhabi
Al Khalidiya Residential Extension
Al Wathba Palace
Al Yasat Villa Complex
Amiri Flight
Amiri Flight Expansion & Upgrade
Army Officers Accommodations
Asab Gas Development
ASAB Interconnector
Awad Bin Tareef Al Kutby Building
Bateen palace Villa
Baynuna Hilton
Blood Bank
Butti Bin Bisher Al Mirri
Carrefour
Dayalan Building
Eight Villas for ADNOC
Four Point Sheraton
GCHQ Abu Dhabi
Gulf Pharmaceuticals
H.H. SHK Abdul Mansour Bin Zayed
Hamid Al Moeded Building
Hamza Amiri Building
Herbal Medical Center
Hospital Madinat Zayed
Hotel At Liwa

National Museum Of Qatar


List Of Projects

Page 1 of 15

Location
Dubai
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Schneider Electric FZE
Buildings Business Unit

33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68

Khalidiya Co-operative Society


Khalidiya Tower
Khalifa Committee Building
Khalifa Park
LPG Blending Facilities at Ruwais for ADNOC
Mafraq Hospital
Marina Mall
Ministry of Information Abu Dhabi
Mohammad Bin Masood Building
Mr. Mohd. Darwish Bin Karam
Mr. Obeid Mohd Al Hiler
Nasser Al-Mansouri Building
National Bank of Abu Dhabi
NDC HQ
Owais Tower
Polyclinic Al Ain
Polyclinic at Abu Dhabi
Preventive Medicine
Raha Beach Villas
Rehabilitation Hospital
Ruwais Guest House
Saqr Ghobash Building
Sheikh Tahnoun Building
Sheikha Fatima Building
Sheraton Expansion Abu Dhabi
SHK Sultan Private Residential Complex Phase 1 & 2
Shopping Centre A/DH
Tawam Hospital
Twenty Four Abu Dhabi Remote Buildings (ETA)
Wed Garages At Mussaffah
Al Ain Airport
McDonalds Al Ain
Barnaby Joe
Bilad Al Qadeem Health Center
Gulf Air Phase II
Navy Milicon Phase II

National Museum Of Qatar


List Of Projects

Page 2 of 15

Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi
Al Ain
Al Ain
Bahrain
Bahrain
Bahrain
Bahrain
Schneider Electric FZE
Buildings Business Unit

69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104

Psychiatric Hospital
Sanad Health Center
Syq Bazaar
Urea Project Bahrain
Abdul Aziz Hassan Villa
Al Badi Tower
Al Makhawi Building
Al Maktoum Residential Complex
Al Mansoori Building
Al Murooj Complex
Al Shaefar Building
Al Shalaila Bldg. Spinneys
Al Tayer Tower 30 Storey Building
Al Zabbi Hotel
Al-Ghamdi Residential Complex
Al-Mulla Hotel
Arabian Packaging Industry
Balhoul Building
Baniyas Complex
BMW Showroom
Building for Mr. Juma Al Majid
Building for Sultan Al Dhahiri
Bur Dubai Hotel
Burjuman Expansion Project
Canadian Consulate
Commercial Building P-14 + P-18
Commercial Building P-15 + P-16
Dhahi Khalfan Tower
Dr. Khalifa Tower
Dubai Airport
Dubai Airport Upgrade
Dubai Airwing
Dubai College
Dubai Convention Center
Dubai Hospital
Dubai Labs

National Museum Of Qatar


List Of Projects

Page 3 of 15

Bahrain
Bahrain
Bahrain
Bahrain
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Schneider Electric FZE
Buildings Business Unit

105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140

Dubai Marine Beach Club


Dubai World Trade Centre
Dubai Condor
E Station Jebel Ali Upgrade
Emarat Headquarters Expansion
Emirates Tech Center
Emirates Training Center
EPPCO HQ Building
Etisalat Al Mankhool
Excelsior Hotel New Block
Falakanaz Complex
Falcon Majlis
Hamriya Residence
Hilton Dubai
Hotel Building Salem Bhakeet
Hotel Building for Lateefa & Ruqaya
Hyatt Dubai
Internet City Phase III
Kendah Housing
Khalil Fouladi Building
LandMark Abdullah Al Ghait Building
Lease Office Building
Lease Office Building I
Lease Office Building II
Mariam Bint Rashid Al Otaiba
Mashreq Bank Bur Dubai
Media City Phase I
Media City Phase II
Meridien Hotel Expansion
Mirage Beach Resort Dubai
Modification at Central Post Office
Mr. Nassir Bin Abdullah Lootah Building
Nad Al Shiba Grand Stand
Nad Al Shiba Trophies Gallery
National Bank of Fujairah Dubai
New Naif Police Station

National Museum Of Qatar


List Of Projects

Page 4 of 15

Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Schneider Electric FZE
Buildings Business Unit

141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176

New Police Station Dubai


ODPI Production Deck
Oman Bin Haider Villa
Princeton Hotel
Pyramid Center
R.S. Ghanam Building
Rashid Hospital
Reef Mall
Regga Street Hotel
Renaissance Hotel
Saeed Al Maktoum Villa
Saeed Minanah Al Ghadier Building
Safa Park Dev Phase 1 (P 6208)
Safa Park Villa
Sheraton Dubai
SHK Alia Building
SHK Maktoum Villa
Shopping Mall Dubai
Spinneys Warehouse
Thirty Six Dubai Remote Buildings (ETA)
Twin Tower
Union Properties
Warba Center
Zabeel Palace Kitchen
Zabeel Palace Refurbishment
Zabeel Sports Club
Zarooni Building
Africa Queen
Agriculture Museum
Ahmos Air Base
Air Force (Three Sites)
Air Force Base
Al Haram Hotel in Alexandria
All Season Village
Army Forces (Five Sites)
AUC Dormitory Building

National Museum Of Qatar


List Of Projects

Page 5 of 15

Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Dubai
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Schneider Electric FZE
Buildings Business Unit

177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212

AUC El Gamil Center Bldg.


AUC Rare Boxes Library
Bany Sweif Hospital
Benha Hospital
Bourivage Touristic Village
Cadbury Factory
Dormitory Building
Educational Hospital Monofeya University
Ektesadia Shopping Mall Alexandria (Under Construction)
El Gamil Center
Exelsure
Factory, 101 Military Tanks
Faisal Islamic Bank (Under Construction)
Federation Of Egyptian Industries (Under Construction)
Faisal Tower
Gazira Sheraton
Hurghada Marriot
Janis 2
Levingstone
Mehala Medical Insurance (Under Construction)
Mena House Hotel Annex
Military Airport Buildings
Multi-Story Office Building
Multi-Story Office Building Attaba
Nahdat Misr
Nile Bride Hotel
Nile Cruise +A282
Nozha Hospital
Orichida Floating Hotel
Rare Boxes Library
San Steafno Shopping Mall
Sharm El Sheikh Residence Hotel
Sheraton Airport Hotel
Solier Hotel
State Council
Tanis 2

National Museum Of Qatar


List Of Projects

Page 6 of 15

Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Schneider Electric FZE
Buildings Business Unit

213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248

Three Corners Hotel & Resort (Under Construction)


Trade Complex, El Abd
Training & Research Center
Yemen Embassy
Childrens TV Hall
National Bank of Fujairah
ONGC Project Bombay
Imam Khomeini Intl Airport
Istiklal Hotel
Tyre Cord Jebel Ali
Amman Jordan University
Bank of Jordan
Holiday Inn
Istiklal Hospital
Queen Alia Intl Airport (Replacing Honeywell Controls)
Al Bahar Eye Center
Al Ganim Villa Maseela
Al Mowasat New Hospital
Al Usaimi Commercial Complex
Audit Bureau H.Q.
Awqaf Tower
Bader Al Mulla Ped Offices
Bidaa Villas
Gulf Investment Corporation (GIC) H.Q.
Hawk Minicraf Complex
KAC 707 Hanger
Kuwait Airways Headquarters
Kuwait Chamber of Commerce
Kuwait Fund Building
Kuwait Oil Sector Complex (Under Construction)
Kuwait SAS Hotel
Kuwait Stock Exchange
Kuwait University Admin & Library
Kuwait University Shuwaikh Campus
Le Meridien Hotel
Mew MPW H.Q.

National Museum Of Qatar


List Of Projects

Page 7 of 15

Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Egypt
Fujairah
Fujairah
India
Iran
Iran
Jebel Ali
Jordan
Jordan
Jordan
Jordan
Jordan
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Schneider Electric FZE
Buildings Business Unit

249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284

Ministry of Planning H.Q.


MTC Headquarters Extension
National Bank Childrens Hospital
Paeet
Palace of Justice
Piffs Remote Monitoring
Public Authority For Civil Information
Sabah Hospital Operating Theatres
Sahab Tower
Salhia Commercial Complex
Salmiya Commercial Complex (Al Fanar)
Shaheed Tower
Sheikha Ali Complex
Six Villas Complex Maseela
Souk Al Safat Commercial Complex
Standards Lab Kuwait Airbase
Sultan Center Farwaniya
Yarmouk Neighborhood Center
Italian Embassy
Najjar Medical Center
St. Joseph University
Al Husn Palace
Al Khasibi Villa
Al Khor Mosque
Al Nahda Hospital
Al Shatti Cinema Complex
Bait Al Mamurah Palace
British Ambassadors Residence
British Embassy
Diwan Phase II
Diwan Phase III
Engine Test Facility MOD
Grand Hyatt Hotel
Internal Security Services
Manah Power Project
Muscat Municipality HQ Building

National Museum Of Qatar


List Of Projects

Page 8 of 15

Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Kuwait
Lebanon
Lebanon
Lebanon
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Schneider Electric FZE
Buildings Business Unit

285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320

Muscat Securities Market


New ICU at Royal Hospital
Oman Intl Bank
Omantel Technical Building
PDO HQ Muscat
QAA Palace Muscat
Radisson Hotel Muscat
Robat palace
Royal Flight Muscat
Royal Hospital
Salalah Civil Airport
Sea Palace At West bay
Sheraton Oman
Sultan Qaboos Mosque at Bahla
Sultan Qaboos University Block C
Sultan Qaboos University Hospital
Taimur Mosque Muscat
JACIR Palace Bethlehem
Doha Intl Airport Phase 1
Doha Sheraton
Express Hotel Doha
QAFCO
Qatar Gas
Qatar Islamic Bank
QIB
Abraj Atta Awuneya (NCCI Project), Riyadh.
Abu Diab Office Building, Jeddah
Ajyad Al Sud Hotel
Al Bilad Commercial Ctr. Riyadh
Al Dahlawi Plaza, Jeddah
Al Khobar Hospital, King Fahd
Al Mishari Hospital, Riyadh
Al Mouwasat Hospital, Dammam
Al Mubarraz Hospital, Hafuf
Al Musa Shopping Ctr & Residential Complex, Riyadh
Aramco Boys & Girls School, Dhahran

National Museum Of Qatar


List Of Projects

Page 9 of 15

Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Oman
Palestine
Qatar
Qatar
Qatar
Qatar
Qatar
Qatar
Qatar
Saudi Arabia
Saudi Arabia
Saudi Arabia
Saudi Arabia
Saudi Arabia
Saudi Arabia
Saudi Arabia
Saudi Arabia
Saudi Arabia
Saudi Arabia
Saudi Arabia
Schneider Electric FZE
Buildings Business Unit